ClearPath Enterprise Servers

ClearPath MCP Software

Product Catalog
ClearPath MCP 19.0

June 2019 8807 7144–023

NO WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE ARE EXTENDED BY THIS DOCUMENT. Any product or related information
described herein is only furnished pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of a duly executed agreement to
purchase or lease equipment or to license software. The only warranties made by Unisys, if any, with respect to the
products described in this document are set forth in such agreement. Unisys cannot accept any financial or other
responsibility that may be the result of your use of the information in this document or software material, including
direct, special, or consequential damages.

You should be very careful to ensure that the use of this information and/or software material complies with the
laws, rules, and regulations of the jurisdictions with respect to which it is used.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Revisions may be issued to advise of such
changes and/or additions.

Notice to U.S. Government End Users: This software and any accompanying documentation are commercial items
which have been developed entirely at private expense. They are delivered and licensed as commercial computer
software and commercial computer software documentation within the meaning of the applicable acquisition
regulations. Use, reproduction, or disclosure by the Government is subject to the terms of Unisys’ standard
commercial license for the products, and where applicable, the restricted/limited rights provisions of the contract
data rights clauses.

Unisys and ClearPath are registered trademarks of Unisys Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may
be trademarks of their respective owners.
All other brands and products referenced in this document are acknowledged to be the trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective holders.
Contents
Section 1. Using This Catalog

Audience .............................................................................................................. 1–2

Documentation Updates .................................................................................. 1–2
Documentation ................................................................................................... 1–2

Section 2. Operating Environments

Overview ............................................................................................................. 2–1

Administration Center ..................................................................................... 2–2
CD-ROM Formatter .......................................................................................... 2–3
Client Access Services .................................................................................... 2–5
Command and Edit (CANDE) Language .....................................................2–12
Installation Center........................................................................................... 2–13
Master Control Program (MCP) .................................................................. 2–14
Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC) .............................................. 2–19
Metering Technology .................................................................................... 2–22
Operations Center .......................................................................................... 2–25
Print Center ...................................................................................................... 2–27
Print System ..................................................................................................... 2–29
Simple Installation (SI) Program .................................................................. 2–32
Software Inventory Assessment Utility ................................................... 2–33
Software License Management for ClearPath MCP ............................. 2–34
System Software Utilities ............................................................................ 2–38
WIN RPC............................................................................................................ 2–41
Work Flow Language (WFL) ......................................................................... 2–43

Section 3. Security

Overview ............................................................................................................. 3–1

Disk Encryption ................................................................................................. 3–3
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) ........................................ 3–5
Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and
Administration Products ............................................................................ 3–7
Locum Safe & Secure .................................................................. 3–9
Locum RealTime Monitor ......................................................... 3–12
Locum SafeSurvey ..................................................................... 3–16
Locum SecureAudit.................................................................... 3–21
Multi-Factor Authentication ............................................................... 3–25
Operating Environment Encryption Option.............................................. 3–27
Secure Access Control Module .................................................................. 3–33
Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP ................................................... 3–36
Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP ...................................................... 3–38

8807 7144–023 iii

Contents

Security Center ...............................................................................................3–40

Security Software Developer's Kit (SDK) ................................................. 3–45
Security Support Library ............................................................................... 3–47
Tape Encryption ..............................................................................................3–48

Section 4. Application Development

Overview .............................................................................................................4–1
ALGOL Compiler ............................................................................................... 4–3
ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS) ..................................................... 4–5
C Compiler .......................................................................................................... 4–7
C Test and Debug System (TADS) ............................................................. 4–10
ClearPath Application Integration Services Product.............................. 4–12
ClearPath ePortal ............................................................................................ 4–16
ClearPath Visual IDE ....................................................................................... 4–18
COBOL74 Compiler ........................................................................................ 4–21
COBOL74 Test and Debug System (TADS) ............................................. 4–23
COBOL85 Compiler ........................................................................................4–24
COBOL85 Test and Debug System (TADS) ............................................. 4–27
Cross-Reference Symbolic .......................................................................... 4–29
Data Comm ALGOL Compiler ......................................................................4–30
Editor .................................................................................................................. 4–32
FORTRAN77 Compiler ................................................................................... 4–35
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System (TADS) ........................................ 4–37
NEWP Compiler ...............................................................................................4–38
Pascal Compiler ...............................................................................................4–39
Program Binder ............................................................................................... 4–41
Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP .......................................4–42
Report Program Generator (RPG) Compiler ........................................... 4–46
SORT Compiler ................................................................................................4–47
SURE Software Management and Change Control .............................. 4–48
Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP ..................................................... 4–51

Section 5. Tools and Utilities

Overview ............................................................................................................. 5–1

Activity Reporting System (BARS) ............................................................... 5–2
Billing Support Library ..................................................................................... 5–3
Client System Component (CSC) for ACSLS ............................................. 5–4
Data Compression ............................................................................................ 5–7
DSI FileManager ................................................................................................ 5–8
DSI LibraryManager ........................................................................................ 5–10
DSI TapeManager ........................................................................................... 5–12
Enterprise Output Manager ......................................................................... 5–14
MCP TapeStack ............................................................................................... 5–17
MultiLingual System (MLS) .......................................................................... 5–19
Remote Print System .................................................................................... 5–22
SAN DataMover .............................................................................................. 5–24
SAN Mirror Disk Certify ................................................................................ 5–28
SAN Mirror Disk Manager ............................................................................ 5–29
SAN Spare Disk Manager ............................................................................. 5–30

iv 8807 7144–023
 Contents

SAN StoreSafe Manager ............................................................................... 5–32

System Assistant............................................................................................ 5–34
System Logger ................................................................................................ 5–36
TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE) ............................................................................. 5–37
WRAP File Enabler .......................................................................................... 5–39

Section 6. Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Overview .............................................................................................................6–1
Sightline Capacity Power Agent (CPA) ........................................................ 6–2
Sightline Enterprise Data Manager (EDM) .................................................. 6–3
Sightline Expert Advisor/Vision (EA/V) ........................................................ 6–6
Sightline Interface Agents .............................................................................. 6–9
Sightline Performance Power Agent (PPA) ............................................. 6–13
Sightline Workload Analyzer (SWA) ........................................................... 6–15
TeamQuest Express ...................................................................................... 6–16
TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes ........................................................... 6–17
TeamQuest Model ......................................................................................... 6–18
TeamQuest Online ......................................................................................... 6–19
TeamQuest Probes ........................................................................................ 6–21
TeamQuest SMFII ........................................................................................... 6–23

Section 7. Database, Query, and Reporting

Overview ............................................................................................................. 7–1

Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS)................................................ 7–3
Application Data Access ................................................................................. 7–5
Database Certification ..................................................................................... 7–7
Database Encryption ........................................................................................ 7–8
Database Interpreter ....................................................................................... 7–9
Database Operations Center ....................................................................... 7–10
Data Exchange ..................................................................................................7–12
dbaTOOLS ......................................................................................................... 7–16
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath
MCP ............................................................................................................... 7–22
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP ..................................... 7–26
Enterprise Database Server Inquiry ........................................................... 7–35
Enterprise Database Server Transaction Processing System
(TPS) .............................................................................................................. 7–36
Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO) ................................... 7–38
Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Backup Source............................. 7–40
Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Recovery Source......................... 7–41
Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) for Single Host Systems .................... 7–42
Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP ...................................... 7–43
Remote Database Backup ............................................................................ 7–47
REPORTER III .................................................................................................... 7–51

Section 8. Communications and Networking

Overview .............................................................................................................8–1

8807 7144–023 v
Contents

BNA over IP for Application Hosts............................................................... 8–2

ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft
Windows ........................................................................................................ 8–3
Connectivity Services ...................................................................................... 8–5
Heritage Host Services ................................................................................... 8–6
Heritage Network Services............................................................................ 8–8
Native File Transfer ........................................................................................ 8–10
Network Administrative Utility (NAU) ........................................................ 8–11
Network Operations Interface (Net OI) .................................................... 8–14
Network Services ........................................................................................... 8–16

Section 9. Internet and Transaction Processing

Overview .............................................................................................................9–1
Business Information Server ......................................................................... 9–2
ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing .................... 9–6
HTTP Client for ClearPath MCP ..................................................................... 9–8
MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform ................ 9–10
TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP ..................................... 9–12
TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services ..................................... 9–18
Transaction Center ......................................................................................... 9–24
Transaction Server ......................................................................................... 9–25
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP ................................................................. 9–28
Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP ..................................... 9–32
Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP ...........................................9–34
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP ..........................................................9–38

Section 10. Systems Management

Overview ........................................................................................................... 10–1

Operations Sentinel ....................................................................................... 10–2
SMA OpCon ..................................................................................................... 10–7
SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks ...........................................................10–10
SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP .......................................... 10–12
Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator .................................................10–16
Workload Management for ClearPath MCP .......................................... 10–20

Section 11. Advanced Development Environments

Overview ........................................................................................................... 11–1

Agile Business Suite (AB Suite) ................................................................... 11–2
Enterprise Application Environment (EAE) ................................................ 11–5

Appendix A. Support, Source, and SSU Subscription Information

Appendix B. Operating Environment Content

Appendix C. Acronym List for Software Products

vi 8807 7144–023
 Contents

Appendix D. Product Renaming Tables

Old Names Mapped to New Names ........................................................... D–1

New Names Mapped to Old Names .......................................................... D–4

Index ..................................................................................................... 1

8807 7144–023 vii

Contents

viii 8807 7144–023

Figures

2–1. MARC Home Screen (Unprivileged User) ............................................................... 2–19

2–2. Functions of WIN RPC .................................................................................................. 2–42
2–3. Types of Jobs that WFL Executes ............................................................................ 2–43

3–5. Admin Desk User Interface......................................................................................... 3–10

3–1. Sample Dashboard ........................................................................................................ 3–12
3–2. Sample RealTime Monitor Graphs ............................................................................ 3–13
3–3. Sample SafeSurvey Time-Line Graph ....................................................................... 3–17
3–4. Sample Time-Line Graph Showing Log-on Violations .......................................... 3–22

5–1. Sample CSC for ACSLS Configuration ........................................................................ 5–4

5–2. Sample CSC for ACSLS Configuration with multiple ACSLS servers................. 5–5

8807 7144–023 ix
Figures

x 8807 7144–023
Tables

9–1. Included Web Enabler Licenses ................................................................................. 9–30

B–1. Workload Types and Products ..................................................................................... B–2

8807 7144–023 xi
Tables

xii 8807 7144–023

Section 1
Using This Catalog

The ClearPath MCP Software Catalog contains functional descriptions of all system
software and networking products that Unisys licenses for use on ClearPath systems.
These descriptions help you understand the functions of each product and some of
the particular strengths of each product. If two products serve a similar function, this
catalog helps you distinguish between them.
The catalog is designed to help you answer the following types of questions:
 I have just received a ClearPath system and an assortment of documentation.
What do all of these products do?
 I have a ClearPath system and want to complete a specific task using this system.
Which software product should I use to accomplish this task?
 I have heard about a particular ClearPath software product, and I think that it might
be relevant to my needs. What are the general capabilities of this product and
what manuals are available that describe the product in detail?

Each product description includes

 “Product Overview,” which provides a statement of capability
 “General Features,” which contains a more detailed description of technical
capabilities
 “Configuration Requirements,” which lists software and hardware prerequisites,
where appropriate
 “Ordering Information,” which contains the Unisys style identifier (style ID), style
suffix, or both for the product
 “Product Information,” which lists the titles and part numbers of relevant Unisys
documentation

This catalog does not compare different products. Each is discussed independently of
the others. Also, it does not contain hardware product descriptions or line-of-business
application descriptions that are available for use on ClearPath systems.

8807 7144–023 1–1

Using This Catalog

Audience
This catalog is of interest to analysts, application programmers, data communications
specialists, data dictionary administrators, database administrators, end users,
network administrators, security administrators, system administrators, system
programmers, system operators, members of information systems management, and
anyone who uses or evaluates ClearPath system software and networking products.

If you are a new ClearPath system customer, are considering acquiring a system, or
want an introduction to ClearPath software, the information in this catalog is
particularly beneficial.

Documentation Updates
This document contains all the information that was available at the time of
publication. Changes identified after release of this document are included in problem
list entry (PLE) 19250709. To obtain a copy of the PLE, contact your Unisys
representative or access the current PLE from the Unisys Product Support website:

http://www.support.unisys.com/all/ple/19250709

Note: If you are not logged into the Product Support site, you will be asked to do
so.

Documentation
You can access the documents referenced in this catalog on the Unisys Product
Support website at www.support.unisys.com.

1–2 8807 7144–023

Section 2
Operating Environments

Overview
Introduction
This section describes the operating system as well as products that closely support
its functions.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Administration Center
 CD-ROM Formatter
 Client Access Services
 Command and Edit (CANDE) Language
 Installation Center
 Master Control Program (MCP)
 Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC)
 Metering Technology
 Operations Center
 Print Center
 Print System
 Simple Installation (SI) Program
 Software Inventory Assessment Utility
 Software License Management for ClearPath MCP
 System Software Utilities
 WIN RPC
 Work Flow Language (WFL)

8807 7144–023 2–1

Administration Center

Administration Center
Product Overview
Administration Center enables system administrators to manage various configuration
aspects of Client Access Services. For example, using Administration Center you can
list the directory share properties of a server.

General Features
The Administration Center interface enables administrators to perform the following
tasks:

 Configure shared resources such as disk directories and CD-ROMs

 Configure named pipe applications
 Administer metered shares
 Monitor resources and view attached users
 Gather diagnostic trace information

Ordering Information
Administration Center is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is
not available for this product.

Product Information
Client Access Services Administration Center Help 4310 3282

2–2 8807 7144–023

 CD-ROM Formatter

CD-ROM Formatter
Product Overview
CD-ROM Formatter enables you to copy MCP files to optical media using a drive that
is directly attached to an MCP server. As a result, you can take advantage of media
that is compact, inexpensive, and widely used for data storage and exchange.

To operate the CD-ROM Formatter, you drag files from Windows Explorer and drop
them into the graphical user interface (GUI). You can then save the image for future
disk creation on a system other than an MCP server, or write the image directly to a
disk with an optical drive that is directly attached to the system.

CD-ROM Formatter provides all necessary controls for selecting and setting the CD-R
format.

General Features
CD-ROM Formatter (Client Access Services Feature)
You can use CD-ROM Formatter to write data on CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, and DVD+R
media (if supported by your optical drive) in the following data formats:

 The industry standard ISO 9660 data format. Data on this media type is stored in a
stream file format.
 The Joliet data format. Data on this media type is stored in a stream file format.
 The MCP Native format, which is an enhanced ISO 9660 format that supports a
few MCP file attributes. This format, in many cases, allows read-only access to
data files from standard MCP-based programs.

Note: The CD-ROM Formatter does not support the Library Maintenance format
used by Unisys for software distribution. To create a CD-R using the Library
Maintenance format, use the MCP Library Maintenance software. For more
information on the Library Maintenance Software, see the System Operations Guide.

File Validation Feature

Validate CD-R Layout is an option on the Menu bar of the CD-ROM Formatter window.
After you copy files from the Windows Explorer window to the CD-ROM Formatter
window, you can request that files be removed automatically from unexpanded
directories with data formats that are not supported by the CD-ROM Formatter. An
example is a code file that has an unsupported data format.

8807 7144–023 2–3

CD-ROM Formatter

Configuration Requirements
CD-ROM Formatter has the following configuration requirements.

Hardware Only optical drives that fully conform to the SCSI-3 specification
work properly with this product.
All supported ClearPath servers are shipped with optical drives
that are compatible with this product.

Ordering Information
CD-ROM Formatter is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is
not available for this feature.

Product Information
CD-ROM Formatter Help 4310 4678

2–4 8807 7144–023

 Client Access Services

Client Access Services

Product Overview
Client Access Services enables your workstation to interoperate with the MCP
environment in the same way that it interoperates with the Windows Server. Client
Access Services

 Integrates the MCP environment into a Windows-based Microsoft network.

 Integrates resources and services based on MCP with the Microsoft desktop.
 Supports client/server distributed applications.

Using Microsoft client software on your workstation, you can

 Discover resources that are based on the MCP (through Browse).

 Access the following resources that are based on the MCP:
 Disk directory shares (includes subdirectories and associated files)
 CD-ROM shares
 Use named pipes and Winsock for client/server distributed applications.

Client Access Services enables you to access resources and services that are based
on MCP without having to install any additional software on your workstation.
Examples of these resources and services are

 Browsing resources
 Accessing shared resources, such as disk directories and CD-ROMs
 Providing access to server files for workstation applications
 Using named pipes in distributed applications
 Sharing workstation-created files with other users
 Storing data on a centralized server to facilitate backups
 Allowing manipulation of existing data by off-the-shelf workstation tools

General Features
Client Access Services supports features and products described in the following
subtopics.

Administration Center
This product provides a Windows-based interface for configuring the Client Access
Services software. This tool establishes the relationship between the network-visible
name and the resources accessed through Client Access Services. It enables system
administrators to define which resource can be accessed at workstations and which
users or groups are allowed access.

8807 7144–023 2–5

Client Access Services

CD-ROM Access
Any Microsoft Windows application and networking product running on the
workstation can access CD-ROM readers attached to the MCP environment by
assigning the drive to any free drive letter on the workstation.

MCP Support for Optical Devices

Selected optical drives (CD-RW and DVD-R) conforming to the SCSI-3 specification are
qualified for use on MCP systems. You can use them to write data on CD-R, CD-RW,
DVD-R, and DVD+R media (if supported by the drive). MCP support for optical drives
enables you to create disks in the following data formats:

 The industry-standard ISO 9660 and Joliet data formats. Data on these media
types is stored in stream files.
 The enhanced ISO 9660 format, which supports a few MCP file attributes. This
format, in many cases, permits read-only access to data files from standard
programs based on the MCP.
 The library maintenance format used by Unisys for software distribution. This
format preserves all the MCP file attributes and is a good format for archiving MCP
data and programs. CD-ROMs in this format are treated much like library
maintenance tapes, and the files are accessible only by using the library
maintenance software.

Database Operations Center

This product enables you to monitor and maintain databases created with Enterprise
Database Server for ClearPath MCP.

Explorer Extensions
You can use the Explorer Extensions drag-and-drop capability to select multiple files in
Windows Explorer. You can choose one of the following options:

 Copy all selected files by using one specified FILEKIND.

 Copy all selected files by using the default FILEKINDs for the files, based on each
file extension.

The StartJob interface enables you to track the progress of a Work Flow Language
(WFL) job in a text window that displays messages issued by the started job.

Graphical User Interfaces

Client Access Services provides access to existing services based on the MCP
through workstation applications.

2–6 8807 7144–023

 Client Access Services

GUESTHOSTNAME Option
You can add this option to the configuration file and Administration Center. Users can
then access the MCP system by using the “guest host name” and by using the
standard TCP/IP host name. For this feature to function, guest access to Client Access
Services must be enabled by establishing a valid RU *ANYUSER OF NXSERVICES
setting in the USERDATAFILE. System access through the standard TCP/IP hostname
is unchanged.

Installation Center
This product enables you to quickly and easily install software on your ClearPath
server. Installation Center collects data that you enter from the interface and executes
a Work Flow Language (WFL) job that installs your software release.

Job Messages Through WFLX Named Pipe

This feature enables you to start and monitor WFL jobs in the MCP environment from
an application running in a Windows environment.

Kerberos Support
This feature enables an organization using Microsoft Windows domains to have MCP
Client Access Services use Kerberos to validate user passwords when connecting to
the MCP. This feature enables a user’s log- on information for the Windows domain to
be used directly for authenticating access to the MCP through MCP Client Access
Services. Users are not required to have a separate password to access the MCP
system.

MCP Logon Agent

Client Access Services supports the MCP Logon Agent, which you can use from the
Windows server environment to specify accesscode and chargecode information.

MCP File Access

Client Access Services allows MCP file directories to be presented as network drives
to workstations using Microsoft networking. By associating a workstation drive letter
with this network drive (MCP file directory), the workstation user can create,
manipulate, delete, and inquire on MCP files.

MCP File Copier

This feature is a GUI to the features available in the MCPCOPY.EXE command line
utility. These features include a variety of data conversion options between record-
and stream-oriented files. The options are a superset of the ones available through the
Explorer Extensions right-click drag and drop capability.

MCPPRT
MCP programs can send printed data to a printer connected to a Microsoft client
workstation.

8807 7144–023 2–7

Client Access Services

MCP Redirector Kerberos Support

This feature enables an organization using Microsoft Windows domains to specify that
MCP Client Access Services use Kerberos to validate user passwords when using
MCP Redirector to connect to Windows workstations and servers. With this feature,
access to Windows servers and workstations can be authenticated directly from a
user’s log-on to the Windows domain. Therefore, a user is not required to create
credentials files or to specify explicit username and passwords for file access.

The MCP system must have Kerberos enabled to use this MCP Redirector capability.

MCPCOPY and Printer Backup Files

MCPCOPY supports printer backup files (files with FILEKIND = BACKUPPRINTER).
These files can be copied to Windows workstations and servers by using the
Windows Explorer drag-and-drop operation or the DOS copy commands.

Named Pipes/WinSock IPC

A standard Microsoft workstation interface, named pipes or sockets, can link to an
interface based on the MCP such as ports, Transaction Server direct Windows
programs, or remote files. This feature provides a platform for the creation of
distributed client/server applications.

NX Pipe
The NXPipe OLE control module is an OCX control for developing a client application
that uses named pipes. This ActiveX COM control facilitates opening and
communicating through named pipes. NXPipe provides asynchronous and full duplex
capabilities.

Object/NXServices Interactive Mode

Object/NXServices supports an interactive mode in which multiple commands can be
issued and responded to. You invoke the interactive mode by running
Object/NXServices with a blank parameter.

Operations Center
This product provides an interface for managing jobs and tasks running on the
ClearPath server. Features of Operations Center include

 The ability to display views that contain periodically updated information about
task and peripheral device activities on the server.
 Toolbar buttons and menus for accessing system commands related to task and
peripheral device management.
 The ability to enter any system command textually.
 The ability to manage Windows server tasks.

2–8 8807 7144–023

 Client Access Services

PCDriver and Launcher

This feature facilitates the automation of procedures where both MCP and PC
programs are required to work together to accomplish a task.

 System/NXServices/PCDriver is an MCP program that controls procedure

automation and can be invoked from a WFL job.
 Launcher is a component that is installed on a Windows or Linux client system
and performs commands on behalf of PCDriver. The supported capabilities include
 Copying files between the MCP and the client system
 Running programs and batch files on the client system
 Removing files from the client system

Print Center
This product enables you to monitor and manipulate print requests and printing
devices in the MCP environment. It also enables you to enter MCP environment PS
system commands.

Programmer’s Workbench
This product enables you to integrate the editing capabilities of CANDE with the
familiar graphical interface of the Windows environment. The server side is installed
and run in the MCP environment. The client side is installed and run on a Microsoft
workstation.

Security Functions
This feature set allows only authorized access to MCP environment resources such as
disk space, printers, CD-ROM devices, and other services.

SMB Signing
Client Access Services supports the SMB signing security feature. This enables you to
use Client Access Services capabilities (such as mapping to shares) if you have the
local security policy for the Windows operating system set to “Microsoft Network
Client: Digitally sign communications (always).”

By default, this feature is disabled because of the effect it can have on system
performance. To enable the feature, use the MCP SECOPT command.

Client Access Services uses the MCP MCAPISUPPORT library to connect to a

Cryptography CoProcessor to perform the computations required by SMB signing. If
this interface is not available, Client Access Services will not do SMB signing.

SMB signing increases the MCP CPM time used by Client Access Services and the
elapsed time of file transfers done by Client Access Services. If this feature is enabled,
both processor time and elapsed time for Client Access Services operations are likely
to increase by 50 to 100 percent.

8807 7144–023 2–9

Client Access Services

Support for Mixed Multibyte Character Sets

Client Access Services provides support for the use of mixed multibyte character sets
in Taiwan, China and Korea. Support for one of these implementations can be
specified by use of the CCSVERSION and HostCCS SYSOPS specifications.

System Logging
Client Access Services activities are included in the MCP logging mechanism. This
capability enables a system administrator to follow the use of the resources
supported by Client Access Services, especially in the areas of security and utilization
levels.

Transaction Center
This product enables users to perform Transaction Server configuration and operation
functions from a Windows workstation.

User Licensing
Client Access Services supports the User Licensing feature.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following features and enhancements are available in this release.

 Creation of security violation log entries for denied access attempts in the MCP
SUMLOG by Client Access Services
Client Access Services now creates a security violation log entry for denied
access attempts in the MCP SUMLOG. The entry records the file name and the
nature of the access that was attempted to provide enhanced notification and
control of denied access attempts.
 Additional information included in the SUMLOG when a Windows client connects
to a Client Access Service Share
When a Windows client connects to a Client Access Services share, Client Access
Services now logs the share the client mapped, in addition to the user and
originating IP address (or computer name) in the SUMLOG. This change enables
you to verify which shares are being used by which users, personal computers,
and servers, and if they are compliant.
 Support for Launcher as a service
Launcher Service is now available as an alternative to the Launcher graphical user
interface on Windows operating systems.
 Support for simultaneous usage of Kerberos and SMB Digital Signing
This feature ensures that NX/Services can authenticate Windows clients using
Kerberos so clients can connection using SMB 2.0 or higher.
 Ability to control access to pipes
Client Access Services enables users to start programs and WFL using special
pipes (such as \\server\program and \\server\wfl). System Administrators can now
add access control lists to the Client Access Services configuration file for special

2–10 8807 7144–023

 Client Access Services

pipes. Administrators can also verify that access to these resources is

appropriately granted or denied.
 (NFS) Addition of new ENABLENAMESERVICE option
The ENABLENAMESERVICE option allows you to specify if NameService is started
when Client Access Services is started. The default value is FALSE.

Ordering Information
Client Access Services is included as part of the operating environment. Source code
is not available for this product.

Product Information
Client Access Services Administration Guide 4310 3308

Client Access Services User Guide 4310 3324

CD-ROM Formatter Help 4310 4678

Explorer Extensions for Client Access Services Help 4310 3316

MCPFileCopier Help 4310 5881

8807 7144–023 2–11

Command and Edit (CANDE) Language

Command and Edit (CANDE) Language

Product Overview
The Command and Edit (CANDE) language enables you to perform generalized file
preparation and update activities in an interactive, terminal-oriented environment. You
can execute other programs through CANDE and assign them to the terminal from
which you executed those programs.

CANDE supports a full range of security options. The only files and programs you can
access are those that meet the security criteria described to CANDE when you log on
to the system.

General Features
 Complete text editing capabilities for a variety of file types
 Comprehensive log-on control for secure usage
 Changes made to work files guarantee integrity of the source data
 Recovery information available to restore your work in the event of an interruption
 Multiple command entries in a single transmission
 Attribute control of files created through CANDE
 Page mode operation for enhanced productivity
 Full range of commands to control and interrogate your operating environment
 Optional execution of files of CANDE commands
 Choice of high-performance or low-memory-use CANDE operation
 Support for long file names

Ordering Information
CANDE is included as part of the Operating environment for ClearPath servers. Source
code is available for this product. It is included as part of the operating environment
source products, which you can license separately.

Product Information
CANDE Configuration Reference Manual 8600 1344
CANDE Operations Reference Manual 8600 1500

2–12 8807 7144–023

 Installation Center

Installation Center
Product Overview
Installation Center simplifies the task of installing MCP software on a ClearPath server.
The program guides you through a series of interactive screens and stores your
responses to be used in a Work Flow Language (WFL) job that actually copies and
installs the software.

General Features
Installation Center enables you to install all your software at once or to install selected
products individually. If you wish, you can copy all your software from the release
media to disk and perform the installation at a more convenient time.

You can also use Installation Center to install Interim Corrections (ICs) and
Supplemental Support Packages (SSPs). The Install Job Summary window allows you
to begin another installation after the current job is completed.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following features and enhancements are available in this release.

 Upgrade from Visual C++ 6.0 to Visual Studio 2017

Installation Center has been migrated from Visual C++ 6.0 to Visual Studio 2017.
 (NFS) Ability to install from a container
You can now unwrap and install software directly from a container, in addition to
copying and installing software from a disk.

Ordering Information
Installation Center is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is not
available for this product.

Product Information
Installation Center Operations Guide 8807 8555
Installation Center Help 8808 0601

8807 7144–023 2–13

Master Control Program (MCP)

Master Control Program (MCP)

Product Overview
The Master Control Program (MCP) is the operating system that runs on enterprise
servers. The MCP provides a versatile environment by supporting concurrent batch
and online transaction processing (OLTP). The MCP also includes the facilities to
interface with industry-standard tools and applications from other operating system
environments. The MCP permits the use of compiler programming languages only, and
accommodates future system growth or distribution across the broadest range of 100
percent object code-compatible hardware products in the industry, without
reprogramming.

The MCP functions in complete integration with hardware logic to simplify system
operation and control. It provides automatic multiprogramming and multiprocessing,
as well as centralized I/O control for peripheral and data communication devices. It
automatically allocates system resources, including data and I/O processors, memory,
and peripherals. It manages all job and task initiation and control, local and remote
operator interfaces, and system security.

The MCP automatically handles all disk file management, including space allocation, file
assignment, and access control. It features a form of memory management known as
actual segment descriptor (ASD). ASD memory management expands the capacity,
performance, and memory addressability of current enterprise servers with the
potential to address up to 24 gigabytes (24 billion bytes) of memory.

Security
The MCP environment provides numerous advantages over commodity operating
systems. The MCP environment has many security attributes that reduce and
eliminate security vulnerabilities. These features are integrated into the operating
system so all applications inherit them by default.

Application Environment
All applications in the MCP environment space have significantly higher security than
those on commodity platforms. MCP applications cannot exploit C buffer overflows
for code insertion because all memory is tagged, and overflows are immediately
trapped by the environment. If an application does have an error, this error aborts only
the transaction of the hacker; no “shell” is exposed (that is, the attacker cannot
capture root privileges and attack the system through a back door).

Run-Time Memory Access

All MCP memory is protected through tagged memory. All areas of allocated memory
are surrounded by control information. This control information and executable code
cannot be overwritten with program data. All indexing operations natively perform
range validation so that references outside of the declared size are caught.

Only compilers can write code files—any attempt to modify local disk-resident code
files results in the file being marked as a nonexecutable data file. Code files can be
made compilers only by Privileged or SecAdmin users.

2–14 8807 7144–023

 Master Control Program (MCP)

In addition to these attributes, the stack on the MCP environment grows in a positive
address direction. This action preempts the overflow of the stack return pointer by
malicious code.

Accountability
The MCP environment has a logging capability superior to other commodity platforms.
Every event on the system is logged in the system SUMLOG for retrieval and analysis.
Security events and violations are logged to the sumlog for analysis and auditing.

Authentication and Authorization Controls

These platform advantages are also paired with state-of-the-art functions in
authentication and authorization controls.

Authentication

Strong password management is available on the MCP environment, which enables

password and accesscode aging, machine-generated passwords, and one-time users.
Customer-specific log-in checking can also be added to the environment.

Authorization Controls

The MCP environment supports groups to control user access. Password-protected

accesscodes are also available to further control access. Remote users can be
restricted or aliased to local usercodes to minimize visibility.

MCP guard files can also be used to specifically restrict access to files and databases.
When you use guard files with databases, access to parts of the database, as well as
records, structures, and individual fields, can be restricted. Sensitive files can be
scrubbed from the disk when they are deleted.

General Features
The MCP offers significant ease of operation by providing dynamic resource allocation
that includes memory, peripheral devices, and processor logic to maintain maximum
throughput. A simplified user interface is offered through Menu-Assisted Resource
Control (MARC) and Work Flow Language (WFL), which enables you to direct system
operations quickly and easily with as much or as little help as necessary. Menus and
prompt forms with extensive online documentation can guide an individual through
any operation. The same look and feel exists throughout the system software.

Automatic multiprogramming is key to the operating system environment being able

to concurrently run segments of multiple, independent jobs. The system can schedule
jobs for processing and select them in any sequence by observing user-assigned
priorities.

You can add additional resources such as memory, peripheral devices, data
communications, and terminal systems without program redesign. Upgrades to larger
enterprise servers provide a greater growth path of compatibility with no
reprogramming.

8807 7144–023 2–15

Master Control Program (MCP)

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following new features and enhancements are available in this release:

 New TIME(210) intrinsic available

The TIME(6) date format has been updated to increase the maximum supported
year from 2035 to 2147. For dates beyond 2035, existing user programs that
obtain a date from TIME(6), or compare timestamps with a TIME(6) format, must
be updated to use new interfaces defined in the MCP System Interfaces
Programming Reference Manual.
As an alternative to analyzing the 16-bit date value from TIME(6), the TIME(210)
function returns the current date as a 7-digit integer in YYYYDDD format.
 (NFS) Updated EXECUTEDATE/TIME attribute for JOBSYMBOL files
The EXECUTEDATE/TIME file attributes are now updated to reflect the time of
execution for a JOBSYMBOL file. This allows you to interrogate the EXECUTEDATE
attribute to determine the last time the physical file was run as a program, library,
or job.
 (NFS) Update of CM- behavior to cancel HLUNIT setting
If a Cancel CM (CM-) command specifies a unit previously marked as a pending
halt/load disk, a PHL command could cause a DEAD B0A fatal halt because the disk
is not CMed.
The Cancel CM command now removes the specified unit as a halt/load disk to
avoid the fatal halt. This update is consistent with rules for the HLUNIT PK
command.
 (NFS) New FREE System Command option: RELEASE for Emulated Disks
The RELEASE option frees and releases the specified emulated disk unit (also
known as a logical disk unit), which puts the associated emulated disk file into the
same state as if the MCP was halted.
Note: The new RELEASE option results in the same behavior as FREE without
RELEASE on MCPvm systems.
This option is restricted by the following conditions:
 PK<unit number> is an emulated disk
 PK<unit number> is not mirrored
 PK<unit number> is a single pack family
Note: The behavior of a FREE PK <unit number> without the RELEASE option
specified remains unchanged.
 (NFS) Addition of the source file name for a job in BOJ, EOJ, and identity log
records
Beginning-of-job (BOJ), end-of-job (EOJ), and identity log records now include the
source file name for a job.

2–16 8807 7144–023

 Master Control Program (MCP)

Note: Not all WFL jobs originate from a file (for example, jobs initiated using
ZIP WITH ARRAY or the Control Card (CC) ODT command). Jobs that do not
originate from a file are named *WFLCODE or (<usercode>)WFLCODE.

 New emulated disk formats for disk encryption and improved performance
With MCP Firmware level 45.0 or later, VSS-2 and VSS-3 sector formats are
supported for emulated disk units (also known as logical disks); this enables
support for MCP disk encryption and can improve performance for I/O workloads.
For information on how to change the sector format of an emulated disk unit, refer
to the Disk and Tape Storage Systems Configuration Guide for your system, and
the System Commands Reference.

Ordering Information
The MCP is included as part of the operating environment for ClearPath servers.
Source code is available for the MCP. It is included as part of the operating
environment source products, which you can license separately.

Product Information
ALGOL Programming Reference Manual, Volume 1: Basic 8600 0098
Implementation
COBOL ANSI-85 Programming Reference Manual, Volume 1: 8600 1518
Basic Implementation
File Attributes Programming Reference Manual 8600 0064

I/O Subsystem Programming Guide 8600 0056

MCP File Copier Help 4310 5881

MCP Implementation Guide 6871 4260

MCP Neighborhood Help 8214 5442

MCP Migration Guide 8225 1711

MCP Operating System Installation Guide 8600 1021

MCP Resource Licensing Guide 6871 3130

MCP Sockets Service Programming Guide 4310 3530

MCP System Interfaces Programming Reference Manual 8600 2029

Message Translation (MSGTRANS) Utility Operations Guide 8600 0106

MultiLingual System (MLS) System Administration, 8600 0288

Operations, and Programming Guide

8807 7144–023 2–17

Master Control Program (MCP)

System Administration Guide 8600 0437

System Commands Reference 3826 5419

System Configuration Guide 8600 0445

System Messages Support Reference Manual 8600 0429

System Operations Guide 8600 0387

Task Attributes Programming Reference Manual 8600 0502

Task Management Programming Guide 8600 0494

Work Flow Language (WFL) Made Simple 8807 7391

Work Flow Language (WFL) Programming Reference Manual 8600 1047

2–18 8807 7144–023

 Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC)

Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC)

Product Overview
The Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC) module simplifies the operation of your
computer system.

Easy-to-understand menus that are consistent in form and usage with other enterprise
server products guide you through the entry of even the most complex commands.
System flexibility enables you to modify and enhance MARC with menus and
presentation formats for your unique requirements. Figure 2­1 shows an example
MARC home screen.

Figure 2–1. MARC Home Screen (Unprivileged User)

General Features
The following points describe some of the significant features of MARC.

 Menu guidance for all system operations, including response to status messages
and task initiation.
 Two methods of menu operation:
 Menu mode, in which you can either enter a specific selection to go directly to
a desired menu or move sequentially through a series of guided choices to
reach the desired final menu.

8807 7144–023 2–19

Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC)

 Command mode, in which you can enter a request in the command language
of the MCP.
 Online help system. By positioning the cursor and pressing the SPCFY key, you
can initiate two levels of response detail. Two lines of information appear the first
time you press SPCFY. By pressing SPCFY again, you can see detailed information
about the topic.
 Multiple-page responses to all requests using scrolling.
 The ability to store responses, such as command output, in a disk file for later use.
 Utilities that provide the following benefits:
 Customized standard menus and prompt forms
 Addition of new menus and prompt forms to include user requirements in
MARC
 Custom online product information
 Multilingual display of menus, forms, messages, and online product
information
 The ability to use the operator display terminal (ODT) as a standard data
communications device in the network (or the ability to use a standard data
communications device in the network as an ODT).

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following new features and enhancements are available in this release:

 Addition of new Security Options (SECOPT) option: SECURECOMM NXEDIT

MARC now allows the input of the new SECOPT SECURECOMM NXEDIT option,
which controls if secure connections are offered to the following client
applications:
 Programmer’s Workbench
 ClearPath MCP IDE for Eclipse
 ClearPath Visual IDE
You can locate the SECURECOMM NXEDIT option on the SECCOMM –
Authentication and Encryption form by entering GO SECCOMM in the MARC action
field.
 (NFS) Addition of date information to command responses
Date information is now added to the time on the responses from system
commands, NW commands, and so on.

Ordering Information
MARC is included as part of the operating environment for ClearPath servers. Source
code is available for this product. It is included as part of the operating environment
source products, which you can license separately.

2–20 8807 7144–023

 Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC)

Product Information
Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC) Operations 8600 0403
Guide
Help Utility Operations Guide 8600 0510

Interactive Menugraph Generator (IMG) Operations Guide 8600 0411

8807 7144–023 2–21

Metering Technology

Metering Technology
Product Overview
Metered ClearPath MCP servers provide industry-leading metering technology that
measures the processing power delivered by the system. With metering, extra
resources are available immediately, which provides you with extraordinary flexibility
to meet seasonal peaks, to be prepared for growth, and to respond to the expected
and unexpected increased demands. This flexibility is available seamlessly and cost
efficiently.

The benefits of metering are achieved by using a pay-for-use business model in which
you pay only for the exact amount of processing power you use, as you use it.

How Metering Works

Unlike traditional servers, you license a metered ClearPath server at your average run
rate or usage level instead of the peak level of performance. Two licensing models are
available.

 Base-plus-Usage licensing
With this model, you license the base configuration but receive a system with the
ceiling level of performance activated and available for use. Ceiling-level
performance is up to 10 times the amount of the available base processing power.
The metering technology embedded in the ClearPath MCP environment measures
your system usage and reports the information to Unisys through e-mail on a
monthly basis. If you have used processing power higher than the base level for
which you are licensed, you are billed for it. If you have not exceeded this level, no
charges are incurred.

 Prepaid Performance licensing

With this model, you license all of your processing power up front. Ceiling levels
are set at the maximum processing power your server configuration can deliver.

Financial Benefits
 Lower up-front capital IT investment
You license up front only your average run rate, not your peak level of
performance. Also, the monthly costs you incur for the use of metered processing
power (using Base-plus-Usage licensing) are treated as operating expenses, not
capital expenses.

 Pay-for-Use
Once you start metering on your server, your system usage is viewed in
aggregate over the course of a month. If you use Base-plus-Usage licensing, the
base amount of processing power licensed up front is subtracted from the total
used that month. You only incur additional charges if you have used more
processing power than that which you licensed up front.

2–22 8807 7144–023

 Metering Technology

 Better match of revenues to expenses

In a period of increased revenue-generating activity, such as during a seasonal
busy period, the increased revenue that generates the need for additional system
usage is tied to the associated expenses incurred. In a period of decreased
revenue-generating activities, system usage and associated expenses decrease.
 Risk reduction
You pay only for what you use; revenue is earned before expense is incurred.

Operational Benefits
 Flexibility
Metering enables you to quickly respond to changes whether those changes are
expected (for example, meet peaks or seasonal demand) or unexpected (for
example, a promotion that drives more activity than you forecast).
 Improved service levels
Metering enables you to meet or improve your service level agreements even in
times of unexpected demand.
 Elimination of workload shifts
Metering enables you to perform more work in less time and perhaps eliminate a
workload shift. For example, you might be able to eliminate a third shift that runs
batch jobs because the second shift has enough processing power to complete
the batch run.
 Easier capacity planning
With metering, planning for resource needs 3-to-5 years into the future is easier
because so much extra processing power is delivered with the system.

General Features
The Governor
The governor feature enables you to dynamically control the amount of processing
power available to be metered. You can fine-tune your metering environment to use
and control small portions of the processor power for an individual server. You can
adjust the governor at any time through a system command. You can also use scripts
to set a series of timed governor settings to match available processing power with
your unique usage pattern.

Dynamic CPU Recovery

If a processor fails, the system automatically brings another processor online. The
system searches first in the same module for a processor to bring online; then it
searches in a different module. If no other processors are available, the system
attempts to resuscitate the failed processor.

8807 7144–023 2–23

Metering Technology

Automatic Regulation of Processing Power

The ability of the system to adjust its own performance is realized through automatic
regulation of processing power. With this advancement if a processor goes offline
(intentionally or not), the processing level of the remaining in-service processors is
escalated to recapture, as much as possible, the processing power that was being
delivered by the offline processor.

Configuration Requirements
Metering technology is available only on select ClearPath MCP server models.

Ordering Information
Metering technology is included in the operating environment for select ClearPath
MCP server models.

Product Information
Online help is available with each component of the metering technology.

2–24 8807 7144–023

 Operations Center

Operations Center
Product Overview
Operations Center is a Windows-based application that enables you to manage jobs
and tasks in both the MCP and Windows server environments.

General Features
 View and manage tasks in a Windows environment.
 Add, delete, and modify job queues in a Windows environment.
 Perform many system commands for peripheral devices (such as PER and OL).
 Facilitate input through familiar Windows concepts such as dialog boxes and
buttons.
 Create customized views (such as using fields, highlighting, and sort criteria).
 Manage tasks on more than one Windows Server including the ability to
 Refresh the attributes associated with a single entry (mix number or device
number) or all entries (both mix and device number) by using the latest values
from the MCP that are available for these attributes.
 Use five-digit mix numbers.
 Display rebranded names for licensed products with the User Licensing command.

System Requirements
To manage Windows tasks, your PC must be running a compatible operating system.
For more information, see the compatibility matrices at:

https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The new features/enhancements for this release are:

 (NFS) New FREE System Command option: RELEASE for Emulated Disks
The RELEASE option frees and releases the specified emulated disk unit (also
known as a logical disk), which puts the associated emulated disk file into the
same state as if the MCP was halted.
Note: The new RELEASE option results in the same behavior as FREE without
RELEASE on MCPvm systems.
This option is restricted by the following conditions:
 PK<unit number> is an emulated disk
 PK<unit number> is not mirrored
 PK<unit number> is a single pack family

8807 7144–023 2–25

Operations Center

Note: The behavior of a FREE PK <unit number> without the RELEASE option
specified remains unchanged.
 Upgrade from Visual Studio 2005 to Visual Studio 2015
Operations Center has been upgraded from Visual Studio 2005 to Visual Studio
2015.

Ordering Information
Operations Center is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is
not available for this product.

Product Information
Operations Center Help 4310 3290

2–26 8807 7144–023

 Print Center

Print Center
Product Overview
Print Center provides an easy-to-use Microsoft Windows-based user interface to the
MCP Print System (PS). Both privileged and nonprivileged users can use this interface.
System administrators and operators can monitor and control all aspects of the Print
System, while nonprivileged users can work with their own print requests, devices,
and other resources.

General Features
 The Print Requests function enables you to view all the print requests within the
Print System or those that belong to your usercode. You can control what types of
requests and information are displayed. You can also modify various properties of
the requests and manipulate requests to suit your the printing needs of your site.
 The Print Devices function enables you to view all the devices within the Print
System or those that belong to your usercode. You can control what types of
devices and related information are displayed. You can also define new devices,
modify various properties and page composition elements, and manipulate
devices to suit the printing needs of your site. International printing capabilities are
also available.
 The PS Commands function enables you to execute PS commands for configuring
and controlling the Print System. You can also display the current default settings
of the Print System and perform tasks that are not included elsewhere in the Print
Center interface.
 The Print System Properties function enables system users and privileged users
to set the default values and the print request selection criteria for the Print
System. Nonprivileged users can view the current settings.
 The Printer Groups function enables system users and privileged users to define
groups of printers and modify the contents of existing printer groups.
Nonprivileged users can view the current printer groups within the Print System.
 The Header function enables system users and privileged users to format and
control the information displayed on a header page.
 The Trailer function enables system users and privileged users to format and
control the information displayed on a trailer page.
 The Banner function enables system users and privileged users to format and
control the information displayed on a banner page.
 The Print Destinations function enables you to view all the devices within the Print
System or those that belong to your usercode. You can control what types of
destinations and information are displayed. You can also specify the destination at
which a file is to be printed, modify various properties and page composition
elements, and manipulate destinations to suit the printing needs of your site.
 The Active Servers function enables system users and privileged users to control
peripheral, station, virtual, and BNA (remote) printers in the Print System.

8807 7144–023 2–27

Print Center

 The Request Status function enables you to view the number of print requests
that are currently in the Printing, Waiting, Exception, and Stopped Printing states.
 The Print Files function enables you to view and modify information about backup
files. You can also view and modify the page composition attributes of the
associated print requests.
With the Print File Viewer, which appears as a separate window, you can inspect
the contents of a selected print file.
 The Associations function enables system users and privileged users to create,
modify, and delete associations between the sources of printed output and
selected destinations. Nonprivileged users can view the current associations and
their settings.
 The Separators function enables you to create and modify site-defined separator
pages for one or more specific devices within the Print System. The Separators
window enables you to view and manipulate the current list of separator pages.
 The Print Center log-on dialog box provides the Connect as MCP User option. This
option enables you to establish a Print Center session under MCP usercode and
password credentials.

 The Page Preview Window shows how a selected file or print file looks when
printed based on the current page composition layout. The window controls
enable you to quickly navigate, zoom, view margins, and display the page in a
vertical format.

Ordering Information
Print Center is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is not
available for this product.

Product Information
Print Center Help 8808 0759

2–28 8807 7144–023

 Print System

Print System
Product Overview
The Print System is an integral part of the MCP and related system software that
controls how, when, and where data is printed. The MCP component builds print files,
can spool them to an intermediate location disk and handles low level I/O tasks.

The Print System component is a subsystem within the MCP that controls printing on
various kinds of printers. These include peripheral printers, networked printers, and
programs termed “I/O handlers” or “virtual servers” that can act as printers by
receiving lines of output and directing that data to devices or locations not known to
the Print System

The Print System enables you to control all aspects of printing in the MCP
environment, from the system level to individual elements such as print requests,
print devices, and files to be printed. You can specify the routing and delivery of
printed output and define user and security settings.

You can control the Print System through PS (Print System) commands entered
through the MARC or CANDE interfaces or through the Print Center graphical user
interface described previously in this section.

General Features
Print System enables you to perform the following actions.

 Set system-wide default configuration values for various aspects and components
of the system. For example, you can control whether or not printing is initiated
automatically, when job summaries are generated, where output is routed, what
size request can be sent to each device, and how output is formatted on each
device. You can also control how print requests are created, what priority the Print
System uses to select requests for printing, and when the system removes
requests after printing.
 Manipulate and control individual print requests, print files, devices, and
destinations. You can specify or modify properties for all of these components
and set a wide variety of page formatting options at the print file, device, and
destination levels.
 Define and modify printer groups to increase printing efficiency and performance.
You can also establish predefined associations between the sources of printing
input (ODTs, stations, and usercodes) and destinations so that print jobs are
routed automatically to desired printers.
 Stop, start, and display the status of the Print System. Additionally, you can query
for configuration details of the Print System as a whole or query for information
about individual requests, devices, and other components.
 Manage, control, and select printer fonts and forms. You can identify new fonts to
the Print System and easily configure the list of forms resident on a printer.
Sample configurations exist for most supported printers.
 Specify the content of header, trailer, and banner pages.

8807 7144–023 2–29

Print System

 Create and modify site-defined header, trailer, and banner pages for one or more
specific devices within the Print System. This capability enables you to use
different feeders, stackers, and page layouts as needed.
 Create transforms, drivers, I/O handlers, and virtual devices.
 Handle international printing, including specification of EXTMODE mappings. The
Print System also supports Arabic printing and the euro currency symbol.
 Identify when files in a request no longer reside on disk through the PS
SHOWREQUESTS command.
 Use the REBUILDFL option to control how the Print System handles a missing
SYSTEM/BACKUPFILELIST file at initialization.
 Use the COMPLETEDMAX and COMPLETEDMIN options to limit the number of
completed and finalized print requests retained in the Completed queue,
overriding the Print System behavior set by the time stored in the
PRINTRETENTION and REQUESTRETENTION option values.
In addition to these capabilities, the Print System supports a number of industry-
standard page description languages (PDLs), including Epson LQ/FX, Hewlett-Packard
PCL, PostScript, PostScript 2, RTF, and HTML. Applications can exploit these page
description languages directly, or they can emit device-independent data streams by
having the Print System perform the translation automatically.

Remote Print System

The Remote Print System is an optional, separately priced product that enhances the
Print System by enabling you to control devices connected to host servers through
Transaction Server or BNA networks. With the Remote Print System, you can
configure systems that have no locally connected printers. For more information about
this product, refer to the description in a subsequent section in this catalog.

MCPPRT SSL/TLS Encryption

Print System validates the identity of the MCPPRT print server and encrypts printer
data as it moves from MCP host to MCPPRT print server. The feature enhances the
security of your printed output.

Enterprise Output Manager (EOM) SSL/TLS Encryption Support

The Enterprise Output Manager (EOM) ClearPath MCP component is a host Print
System virtual server and I/O handler library that enables host print files to be printed
on remote printers. Printer data can be encrypted as it moves from MCP host to
remote printers. This feature enhances the security of your printed output.

Ordering Information
The Print System is included as part of the operating environment for ClearPath
servers. Source code is available for this product. It is included as part of the operating
environment source products, which you can license separately.

2–30 8807 7144–023

 Print System

Product Information
Installing a Printer for MCP Print System Use 8807 6237
MCPPRT Help 3851 8072
Print System User’s Guide 8600 1039
Printing Utilities Operations Guide 8600 0692

8807 7144–023 2–31

Simple Installation (SI) Program

Simple Installation (SI) Program

Product Overview
The Simple Installation (SI) program simplifies the task of installing the MCP software
on your ClearPath server. The basic SI operation creates and executes a WFL job that
copies and installs your licensed software.

General Features
The basic capabilities of SI are:

 Copying ClearPath MCP software

 Installing ClearPath MCP software
 Maintaining ClearPath MCP software

Basic SI operations use both the software Installdatafile and the SI WFL job. The
Installdatafile is a data file that comes with the software release and contains the
information Installation Center uses to install the software. The SI WFL job is a WFL
job that SI creates that specifies the copy (or unwrap) and installation instructions for
the installation.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The new features/enhancements for this release are:

 (NFS) Custom naming of WFLs built using SI

SimpleInstall now allows generated WFL jobs to be saved with custom names.
 (NFS) Ability to install from a container
SimpleInstall can now unwrap and install software from containers, in addition to
copying and installing software from CDs, DVDs, and disks.

Ordering Information
SI is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is not available for
this product.

Product Information
Simple Installation Operations Guide 8807 6260

2–32 8807 7144–023

 Software Inventory Assessment Utility

Software Inventory Assessment Utility

Product Overview
The Software Inventory Assessment Utility helps you to determine the version of
system software running on an MCP partition.

General Features
The Software Inventory Assessment Utility produces a report on the versions of
system software libraries and automatically initiated programs that are installed on a
ClearPath MCP partition.

The report details each code file, its title, and its RELEASEID (version). It is formatted
using the Extensible Markup Language (XML) to facilitate processing by other
software utilities.

Ordering Information
The Software Inventory Assessment Utility is included as part of the operating
environment. Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460

8807 7144–023 2–33

Software License Management for ClearPath MCP

Software License Management for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Software License Management for ClearPath MCP provides the tools necessary for
you to easily track licensing information across your ClearPath MCP servers. With
Software License Management, you can lower license administration costs and
reduce the risks of running software that is not compliant with your license
agreement.

Software License Management supplies comprehensive usage data that enables you
to address critical business decisions by providing answers to such questions as
these:

 What software products am I licensing that I don’t use?

 What software products am I using that I don’t have licenses for?
 How much do I use the software products that I do license?
 Do I need additional licenses?
 Do I need an upgrade?

With Software License Management, you can also lower license administration costs
and reduce the risks of running software that is not compliant with your license
agreement. Through the use of a unique number assigned to your software order in
combination with a unique number assigned to each system at the manufacturing site,
Software License Management provides answers to the following questions:

 Are my software products installed and running on the correct servers?

 Does an upgrade shipment contain everything that it should?
 What are the licensing differences between my two servers?
 What should I order so that my new server matches an existing server?

General Features
Software License Management for ClearPath MCP has the following components.

License Center
License Center provides an interface for viewing information about software licenses
and processing power on MCP servers. License Center retrieves all license
information from the license support library through MCPInfo and MCPServer. No
other existing tool or interface provides access to all these different types of licenses
from one centralized point. License Center helps you to understand exactly which
software licenses you have and which ones you might need.

2–34 8807 7144–023

 Software License Management for ClearPath MCP

Several technical features make License Center a flexible, efficient, and easy-to-use
tool as described in the following points.

 Automated collection of usage information

A Usage Summary command enables you to generate a usage report for a user-
specified set of keys.
 Customizable reports for file and feature licenses
For most types of reports, you can choose the details to be displayed and assign
their order. You can filter and limit the number of displayed licenses. Filtering is
performed on the client side, which means that the entire set of data is retrieved
only once. This process eliminates the delays caused by the need to retrieve
additional data from the server to set or reset filtering options.
 Delete keys
You can select and delete a single software license or groups of software licenses
installed on ClearPath MCP partitions using License Center. This feature is an
alternative to the IK DELETE system command.
 Display of all keys for active keys files
Detailed information is displayed for all license keys stored in an active keys file on
a ClearPath MCP host. Details include usage, compliance, and expiration status.
 Display of all keys for inactive keys files
An Open Keys File command enables you to view the contents of an inactive keys
file on a connected ClearPath MCP host.
 Exportable data
You can export reported information in a format suitable for processing by various
spreadsheet applications such as Microsoft Excel. You can include all available
details in each exported report or customize the details for easy comparison with
contracts, invoices, packing lists, software profiles, and so on.
 Ease-of-use
The tree view structure of License Center clarifies which selections relate to the
active license configuration. In addition, the main menu and commands are easy to
use.
 Log-on credentials
You can connect to an MCP host by using alternative credentials. That is, you can
use an MCP usercode and a password that are different from those used through
previously established credentials—such as a mapped drive—or different from the
usercode and password used to log on to the workstation.
 Processor, I/O, memory keys
License Center displays order type and ordered style information for processor,
I/O, and memory keys.
 Processor licenses tailored to current configuration
The Processor Licenses display for MCP systems is tailored to the current
configuration of each partition and to the varieties of processor keys installed on

8807 7144–023 2–35

Software License Management for ClearPath MCP

each system. Most columns that do not apply are suppressed. For example, if
metering keys are not installed on a system, columns relating to metering are
suppressed for partitions belonging to that system.
 Purge command
A Purge command enables you to remove all traces of deleted keys from the
License Support summary and history databases.
 Relocation of license support KEYEDIOII files from DL BACKUP
An optional extension to the LS RESTART command is available that causes the
running SYSTEM/LICENSESUPPORT library to relocate the database files to the
specified family prior to terminating the library. The restarted program uses the
database files on that new family.
 Single-point enterprise-wide capabilities
Simultaneous connections to multiple MCP servers provide a consolidated view of
information about installed products and software usage across your enterprise.
License Center also provides a means of specifying which MCP servers it
automatically connects to upon initialization.
 Specification of station name when connecting to an MCP host
You can enter an optional station name in the log-in interface of the Add Host and
Connect commands.
 Support for I/O licenses
License Center displays information about I/O licenses.
 Support for memory licenses
License Center displays information about memory licenses on systems that
support this feature.
 Support for Dynamic Processor Performance Licenses
The Processor Licenses display supports dynamic (percentage-based) processor
performance licensing.
 Software license information saved to a file
You can save the software license information for a ClearPath host to a file on a
client workstation and then open that file at a later time.
 User preferences
License Center remembers which MCP servers were accessed in the past and
provides a means of specifying the MCP servers to be automatically connected to
upon initialization. License Center also remembers your previously customized and
exported reports for quick retrieval of your most current information.

LICENSESUPPORT Library
The LICENSESUPPORT library resides in the MCP environment and provides a common
interface point for all licensing requests from License Center.

2–36 8807 7144–023

 Software License Management for ClearPath MCP

Configuration Requirements
MCP Environment
 See the Compatibility Matrices at
 https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP
 MCPServer (installed automatically with LICENSESUPPORT)

Windows Environment
 A compatible Microsoft Windows operating system. For more information, see
the Compatibility Matrices at:
 https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

 Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or later

 MCPInfo (installed automatically with License Center)

Ordering Information
The Software License Management for ClearPath MCP is included as part of the
operating environment for ClearPath servers. Source code is not available for this
product.

Product Information
Software License Management for ClearPath MCP User 3833 1922
Guide
License Center Help 3833 1179

MCP Resource Licensing Guide 6871 3130

8807 7144–023 2–37

System Software Utilities

System Software Utilities

Product Overview
System Software Utilities enhance the basic system software for enterprise servers
by providing a range of capabilities to increase the productivity of operators and other
personnel.

General Features
The system utilities component of the operating environment package can include the
items that follow.

CONFIGURATOR
The SYSTEM/CONFIGURATOR utility processes changes made to the system
configuration file. The utility creates an object code file, read by the operating system,
that defines various system configurations.

DUMPALL
The SYSTEM/DUMPALL utility lists or copies various kinds of files such as disk files
and labeled and unlabeled tape files. You can complete the following tasks with this
utility.

 Copy as many as 10,000 files at one time. Therefore, you can copy more files to a
single tape and save on overall costs by reducing not only the number of tapes but
also the space needed to store the tapes.
 Copy a file from one kind of media, such as tape, to another kind of media, such as
disk.
 Specify file attributes for a new copy that are different from the original file.
 Specify that only certain records in a file are to be copied or printed.
 Copy records from several different input files to a single output file.
 Add records from one or more input files to the end of an existing disk file.
 Copy or print multivolume tape files, and copy or print files from multifile tape
volumes and unlabeled tape volumes.
 Create multivolume tape files, multifile tape volumes, and unlabeled tape volumes.
 Copy or list files located on other host systems.

 Use long file names with DUMPALL.

DUMPANALYZER
The SYSTEM/DUMPANALYZER utility analyzes either a memory dump or a program
dump that was created on disk. You can enter DUMPANALYZER commands in either
interactive or batch mode.

2–38 8807 7144–023

 System Software Utilities

EMAIL Utility
The EMAIL utility sends an e-mail message or submits a news article. You can initiate
the EMAIL utility by using any of the following methods:

 Work Flow Language (WFL) job

 CANDE UTILITY command
 Invocation of either the EMAIL or EMAIL_COB entry points of the EMAILSUPPORT
library from a program

FILECOPY
The SYSTEM/FILECOPY utility automates the process of copying large numbers of
files. When you specify the location and types of files to be copied, the FILECOPY
utility uses this information to start a Work Flow Language (WFL) job to perform the
copying. You can copy files from a disk family or a CD-ROM to another disk family or
tape. CD-ROM is on the list of destination media kinds for FILECOPY. FILECOPY can
produce CD-ROMs that can be read by the LMR utility.

FILEDATA
The SYSTEM/FILEDATA utility produces selected reports with varying levels of
information about permanent disk files, catalog backup information, archive backup
information, and library maintenance tapes. The NAMELIST request produces a flat
(nonhierarchical) list of file names.

LOGANALYZER
The SYSTEM/LOGANALYZER utility produces a report of all SUMLOG entries that
correspond to parameters that you set. The LOGANALYZER utility extracts the
specified types of entries from the log and formats them for display on a screen, a
printed report, or a disk file. If you do not specify a file, the utility analyzes the current
SUMLOG file. You can also limit the LOGANALYZER search to entries in the log file that
were made during a particular time period.

MAKEUSER
The SYSTEM/MAKEUSER utility creates or modifies usercode definitions that restrict
access to the computer system. This utility can form an integral part of the security
system at your site. Security Center is the recommended tool for maintaining the
USERDATAFILE.

PDIR
SYSTEM/PDIR is a program that searches for files with a set of specified
characteristics. You can base the search on a wild-card match of file names and on the
values of file attributes. By default, the output is directed back to the initiating user at
the system console or data communications terminal that initiated the command. The
output can also be directed to a print file or to a disk file with a specified name.

You can run the PDIR utility from a Work Flow Language (WFL) job, from CANDE, or by
using the PDIR (Process Directory) MARC or system command.

8807 7144–023 2–39

System Software Utilities

SSH Remote Command Utility

The SSHCLIENT program is a remote command utility that enables you to log into a
remote machine over the SSH protocol and execute commands on the remote
machine. The utility provides secure encrypted communications between two hosts
over an unsecure network.

PMIX
SYSTEM/PMIX is a program that enables privileged users to select mix entries by their
characteristics and display information about those mix entries. Examples of the
characteristics for a mix entry include name, usercode, process time, and task type.

The following examples illustrate the type of information that you can generate and
display with SYSTEM/PMIX:

 Mix entries that are not segment dictionaries and whose names contain the string
PRINT. You can display the mix number, name, and process type.
 Usercoded mix entries. You can display the names, usercodes, and mix numbers.
 Mix entries whose names begin with the string SYSTEM. You can display the mix
numbers, names, task types, and ready-queue times, sorted in descending order
by ready-queue time.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The new features/enhancements for this release are:

 (NFS) LOGANALYZER now displays the BOT timestamp in the EOJ and EOT log
record analysis.
 (NFS) EMAIL now has an option to use a secure connection (TLS) to the mail
server.

Ordering Information
System Software Utilities are included as part of the operating environment for
ClearPath servers. Source code is available for this product. It is included as part of the
operating environment source products, which you can license separately.

Product Information
System Configuration Guide 8600 0445

System Log Programming Reference Manual 8600 1807

System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460

2–40 8807 7144–023

 WIN RPC

WIN RPC
Product Overview
WIN RPC supports the Microsoft Remote Procedure Call (RPC) protocol. WIN RPC
provides a simple way for client and server applications to communicate with one
another using a normal application program interface (API), even when the client and
server applications do not reside on the same physical system.

General Features
WIN RPC enables both the client and the server to behave as much as possible as if
they were both on the same physical system. That is, the client issues a call for a
service, WIN RPC transmits the request to the server, the server responds in the
normal way, and WIN RPC transmits the response back to the client. All of the related
networking responsibilities are transparent to both the client and the server.

WIN RPC supports Connect Level Kerberos Authentication for clients and servers who
communicate over TCP. Also, facilities allow servers to impersonate clients.

WIN RPC includes the following components:

 Interface definition language (IDL)

 E-Mode Interface Definition Language (EIDL) generator
 Run-time WINRPCSUPPORT library
 Transport layer interface modules
 Name service provider proxy called the Name Service Procurator
 Endpoint directory service

The WIN RPC Client Fast Interface allows performance improvements for those clients
that do not use any of these features: association groups, asynchronous call,
automatic binding, callbacks, maybe calls, multiple calls in progress at one time, and
the UDP protocol.

When you are building an application, you specify an interface to the remote
procedures using the interface definition language. Once you specify the interface,
you must run it through the EIDL generator to produce stubs. The client side stubs
(which are compiled into the client application) communicate with the server side
stubs (which are compiled into the server application) through the run-time library on
each machine.

Normally an application in a client-server environment must include code to define the

network protocols and communication. One of the advantages of WIN RPC is that the
network details are provided as part of the WIN RPC run-time library.

8807 7144–023 2–41

WIN RPC

Figure 2­2 illustrates the functions of WIN RPC.

Client Server

Remote Remote
Procedure Call Procedure
Application Application
Stub Code Stub Code
RPC Library RPC Library

Input Output

Network
AF1 731

Figure 2–2. Functions of WIN RPC

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath WIN RPC is included as part of the operating environment.

Product Information
WIN RPC Installation and Programming Guide 8808 0593

2–42 8807 7144–023

 Work Flow Language (WFL)

Work Flow Language (WFL)

Product Overview
The WFL compiler checks WFL language syntax and translates job control statements
into object code. A job file is created that contains the object code, source
statements, data checks, and space for logging and restart information.

General Features
The WFL compiler accepts job specifications from a variety of sources, including

 Operator display terminals (ODT)

 Operations Center (for ClearPath servers)
 Menu Assisted Resource Control (MARC) sessions
 Command and Edit (CANDE) sessions
 Running WFL jobs
 Remote job entry (RJE)
 Executing programs

Figure 2­3 shows the types of jobs that WFL can execute.

Figure 2–3. Types of Jobs that WFL Executes

8807 7144–023 2–43

Work Flow Language (WFL)

Many features enable the flexible handling of jobs that consist of a number of
dependent or independent tasks. These features include

 Use of strings and procedures to enable dynamic processing, which can be run-
time dependent.
 Task initiation to start user programs and system functions in separate tasks.
These tasks can be executed serially or processed in parallel.
 Interrogation and control of tasks by associating a task variable with each task.
 Setting and modification of file attributes through the file equation process,
enabling appropriate file specifications to be set.
 Control statements to enable files to be created, removed, or copied or to have
their security status changed.

WFL supports the wrapping and unwrapping of native MCP environment files so that
they can coexist on the same CD-ROM media as files that are not in the MCP
environment. You can wrap and unwrap a file, a list of files, or a directory of files. You
can also specify both the input and output files or the directory title and its location.
File wrapping is available if you license the WRAP File Enabler, Heritage Host Services,
or Native File Transfer.

Case-Insensitivity
WFL is case-insensitive; keywords and variables can be in uppercase letters,
lowercase letters, or mixed capitalization.

Continuation Character for Node Names

You can use an ampersand (&) to concatenate constant strings across more than one
line to create longer node names.

File and Attribute Limits for ALTER, PRINT and SECURITY

The maximum number of file names specified in a single ALTER, PRINT, or SECURITY
statement varies. That number is determined by the size of the file names and the
number of attributes associated with the request.

WFL Compiler and Security

WFL can open a PUBLIC SECURED file (or one guarded with a guardfile that allows
EXECUTE access). WFL can use such files as the job source file and as included files
(files identified in a $INCLUDE compiler option specification).

The $LIST compiler option is reset if a user does not have read access to the job
source file and any included files. The source images are not printed in either the
compiler output file or the job summary file.

If you use the CANDE START command to start a JOBSYMBOL or DATA file that is
secured, CANDE returns #FILE NOT AVAILABLE. Use WFL START from CANDE to start
the job.

2–44 8807 7144–023

 Work Flow Language (WFL)

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The SETUSERCODE and SETGROUPCODE file attributes now apply to job symbol files
in addition to code files.

If the SETUSERCODE or SETGROUPCODE file attributes are applied to a job symbol file
that is started, the job executes with the usercode of the owner of the file and the
groupcode of the group of the file.

Ordering Information
Work Flow Language is included as part of the operating environment for ClearPath
servers. Source code is available for this product. It is included as part of the operating
environment source products, which you can license separately.

Product Information
Task Attributes Programming Reference Manual 8600 0502

Task Management Programming Guide 8600 0494

WFL Made Simple 8807 7391

Work Flow Language (WFL) Programming Reference Manual 8600 1047

8807 7144–023 2–45

Work Flow Language (WFL)

2–46 8807 7144–023

Section 3
Security

Overview
Introduction
We live in a word with increasing threat to IT systems and information security. When
a business does not immediately detect attempts to access sensitive information,
serious legal consequences and exceptional financial and risk issues can result. Thus,
taking a holistic approach to system and sensitive data protection is vitally important.
Although ClearPath MCP systems are considered inherently secure, risks can remain.
This section describes the security products available to support the secure operation
of ClearPath servers.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Disk Encryption
 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
 Locum Security Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

 Locum RealTime Monitor

 Locum SafeSurvey
 Locum SecureAudit
 Locum Safe & Secure

 Multi-Factor Authentication
 Operating Environment Encryption Option

 MCP Cryptographic Services

 ClearPath Secure Transport (SSL/TLS)
 ClearPath Kerberos Security
 Remote Web Enabler ODT Communications Secure Sockets Layer (MCPvm
systems only)
 McpCryptoApi for User Applications
 Internet Protocol Security (IPsec)

8807 7144–023 3–1

Overview

 Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6)

 Secure Shell (Secure File Transfer Protocol)
 XML Encryption

 Secure Access Control Module

 Password Management Facility

 Secure Accountability Facility
 Secure Identification Facility

 Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP

 Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP
 Security Center
 Security Software Developer’s Kit
 Security Support Library
 Tape Encryption

3–2 8807 7144–023

 Disk Encryption

Disk Encryption
Product Overview
As the impact of data security breaches on organizations continues to escalate, the
need for additional protection mechanisms grows. A significant security breach can
cause an organization to face significant costs, loss of customers and revenue, a
tarnished reputation, and even management changes.

Disk Encryption is designed to provide another layer of data security and help you
protect sensitive data stored on encrypted disks from unauthorized access and
tampering. Data on an encrypted disk is unreadable if the disk is lost, stolen, or
decommissioned.

The Disk Encryption product is server-based and operates under the control of the
ClearPath MCP operating environment.

General Features
Disk Encryption provides the following features:

 Disk Encryption supports VSS-2 and VSS-3 disks. With the MCP Firmware level
45.0 or later, this includes support for emulated disk units (also known as logical
disks) in addition to physical disks.
 You can use Disk Encryption to encrypt all or some of the disks, including halt/load
disks, used by your ClearPath MCP server.
 When you encrypt a disk, all data on that disk is encrypted.
 Encryption is fully transparent to applications. Data written to an encrypted disk is
automatically encrypted when written, and decrypted when read by an application.
 Encrypted disks can be re-encrypted with a different key.
 Encryption keys are created, managed, and stored securely in the ClearPath MCP
operating environment. The same key can be used for multiple disks.
 You can backup and restore the encryption key store. You can merge key stores
from multiple systems to facilitate the movement of disks from one system to
another.
 Disk Encryption uses XTS-AES-256 encryption.

Configuration Requirements
Software
Operating Environment Encryption Option

Hardware
ClearPath Libra Model 4300, 6300, or 8300 System, or FS600 System

8807 7144–023 3–3

Disk Encryption

Ordering Information
ClearPath The ordering style for Disk Encryption is CSP 10nn-DKE, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of
10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498
Security Center Help 4310 9263
System Commands Reference Manual 3826 5419
System Log Programming Reference Manual 8600 1807
System Messages Support Reference Manual 8600 0429

3–4 8807 7144–023

 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)

Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)

Product Overview
The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a standard Internet protocol for
accessing and modifying directory information across a network. This protocol is
specifically targeted at management and browser applications that provide read/write
interactive access to directories. When used with a directory supporting the X.500
Directory Access Protocol (DAP), it is intended to be a complement to the X.500 DAP.

Within the LDAP protocol, clients and servers exist. LDAP enables clients to access
and modify directories stored on servers. The server side of LDAP is supported by
many current directory products, including Microsoft Active Directory and directory
products from Novell and Netscape. The client side of LDAP is supported on ClearPath
MCP servers by an MCP environment library, which is a private server library.

This library, titled *SYSTEM/LDAPSUPPORT (referenced in this guide as

LDAPSUPPORT), enables MCP environment programs to access and modify directory
information stored in network directories that support LDAP.

General Features
Authentication Models
The LDAP protocol provides for three authentication models: anonymous
authentication, clear text password authentication, and Simple Authentication and
Security Layer (SASL) authentication. One variant of SASL authentication is Kerberos
V5 authentication encapsulated in Generic Security Service (GSS). Microsoft Active
Directory supports this particular variant of SASL authentication.

The ClearPath MCP implementation of the LDAP protocol supports all three of these
authentication models, using GSS-encapsulated Kerberos for SASL authentication.

Limitations
LDAP functionality on ClearPath MCP servers supports LDAP as defined only by RFCs
2251 and 2254. Numerous other RFCs provide information needed for full utilization of
LDAP, but the ClearPath MCP implementation limits the support for those RFCs as
follows:

 RFC 2252 defines how to parse and interpret attribute value fields of schema
entries. The LDAPSUPPORT library simply passes attribute values to the LDAP
server without parsing or interpreting the values. Therefore, MCP environment
programs must include their own logic to process attribute value fields in
accordance with RFC 2252.
 The LDAPSUPPORT library simply translates Distinguished Names to and from
UTF-8 format. It does not parse them for certain characters such as commas and
escape sequences that are allowed by RFC 2253. Programs that invoke
LDAPSUPPORT must handle these characters in accordance with RFC 2253 before
invoking LDAPSUPPORT.

8807 7144–023 3–5

Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)

 URLs defined by RFC 2255 are not supported by LDAPSUPPORT because of

authentication issues. RFC 2255 is nonspecific about what credentials to use when
establishing an LDAP session to process a URL that complies with the format
rules of RFC 2255.
 References returned from directory searches are simply passed back through the
LDAPSUPPORT library to the program that requested the search. Search results
are returned by LDAP servers as RFC 2255 format URLs and are therefore not
supported by LDAPSUPPORT, as previously described.

The LDAPSUPPORT library that enables LDAP functionality on ClearPath MCP servers

 Requires no special privileges because it is a private server library.

 Provides entry points to construct and send LDAP requests to LDAP servers.
 Provides translation between UTF-8 and local EBCDIC according to translations
available from CENTRALSUPPORT.
 Can be declared and invoked by ALGOL, COBOL, and C programs.
 Allows multiple LDAP sessions if multiple declarations of the library are made in
the program.

Ordering Information
LDAP is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is not available for
this product.

Product Information
Client/Server Applications Development Guide 4310 3274
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Programming 4310 9438
Guide

Information on LDAP is also available from sources external to Unisys. Books that
provide detailed information about implementing LDAP and about programming
directory-enabled applications are available at bookstores and on booksellers' Web
sites. Additionally, groups such as the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) and the
Internet FAQs Consortium post Requests for Comments (RFCs) that describe various
protocols and features of LDAP.

3–6 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing,

and Administration Products
Unisys has partnered with Locum Software Services Limited to provide a
comprehensive security alerting, assessment, auditing, and administration solution for
ClearPath MCP servers. The solution consists of several products, each of which
complements the others.

Established in 1986, Locum has a wealth of expertise in software security offering

security product sales and installation support; security evaluation and auditing;
training courses; and security implementation on ClearPath MCP systems.

These mutually complementary products are summarized below:

 Locum Safe & Secure (ADMINISTER) Provides administration capabilities for

security administrators, auditors, and compliance officers.
 Locum RealTime Monitor (ALERT) is the MCP security dashboard that provides
immediate alerts of security violations.
 Locum SafeSurvey (ASSESS) provides the ability to assess the security of the
ClearPath MCP environment and compare compliance and performance over time.
 Locum SecureAudit (AUDIT) provides comprehensive reports on system and
security events and enables the security administrator to perform forensic
analysis on the system sumlog to investigate security events.

Benefits of Locum Security Products

If you implement the four complementary Locum security alerting, assessment,
auditing, and administration products, you can realize the following benefits:

 Because these products are tailored to meet the unique requirements of clients
who have ClearPath MCP systems, the resulting security alerting, assessment,
auditing, and administration solution is especially suited to the MCP environment.
 Operation that starts “out-of-the-box” is easily reconfigurable with the purchased
license keys, which saves time and money,
 These products are pre-integrated and pretested, which results in minimal costs
to upgrade the existing security infrastructure.
 The graphical reports about the security of the ClearPath MCP environment enable
you to quickly review and access the security of your system.
 The monitoring and reporting capabilities quickly and easily provide information
needed for internal and external audits, which reduces costly preparation time.
 The ability to identify early trends in the security of the enterprise system affords
you more time to determine impacts of the trends.
 The solution provides improved risk management, thus, reducing financial
exposure.
 The improved risk management and reduction in time required to detect
attempted security breaches saves you time and money.

8807 7144–023 3–7

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

 The solution centralizes and simplifies security administration.

Licensing
Each of the Locum security alerting, assessment, auditing, and administration products
is licensed separately. Summary versions of Locum RealTime Monitor, Locum
SafeSurvey, and Locum SecureAudit are included with each ClearPath MCP system.
Evaluation license keys are available for download from www.unisys.com/locum for
Locum RealTime Monitor, Locum SafeSurvey and Locum SecureAudit that enable full
product functionality for a limited period of time.

Contact your Unisys representative for more information on Locum Safe & Secure
evaluation licenses.

3–8 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Locum Safe & Secure

Product Description
Safe & Secure is the Locum security software solution for the entire range of Unisys
ClearPath MCP systems for centralized security administration. In this world of
increasing emphasis on security and compliance, Safe & Secure centralizes and
simplifies security administration, providing an easy-to-use single point of control in
single and multisystem environments. Safe & Secure offers a wide range of powerful
tools that include administration, inquiry and reporting facilities. You can tailor these
capabilities to comply with your policy requirements by using the extensive set of
Security Policy Options available with the Safe & Secure product.

General Features
The following points summarize the key features available with this product.

 User authentication
 Safe & Secure implements password aging, which can be applied to both
usercodes and accesscodes. Accesscode aging allows full synchronization of
the password across all owning usercodes.
 Extensive password control and validation options enable the administrator to
define exactly how aging works on the system. The strength of passwords
that users select can be controlled. Various options are available to disallow
certain passwords. For example, passwords that contain usercode names can
be automatically disallowed.
 The user verification feature is a secret mechanism, whereby a security
question and answer is stored in the definition of the user.
 Access control
 Station lockout and/or user lockout can be enforced when a user reaches the
Maximum Logon Attempts setting.
 Session limits enable extra control over active user sessions. The
administrator can view all active sessions on the system and, if required,
terminate unwanted sessions.
 The controlled usercode feature allows emergency usercodes to be
configured in case of the eventuality that emergency access is required.
 Access control also provides logon investigation capabilities.
 Control and restriction of ODT commands for security administrators.
 Authorization
 Safe & Secure implements the ability to delegate Administrator rights, using
objects and permission to create sub-administrator status. For example,
specific administrators might only be designated permissions to enable them
to reset passwords and reactivate users.
 The regimes feature enables you to partition the user population such that a
Regime Administrator only controls the users for a specific regime.

8807 7144–023 3–9

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

 The system command authorization enables the administrator to give a unique

and specific command list to individual users, instead of assigning full
privileges.
 Administration
 Through the profile feature, you can easily create new user accounts and
modify existing ones.
 Templates enable you to group users by roles.
 The zonal update feature provides simultaneous Userdatafile and CFILE update
capability across multiple ClearPath MCP servers.

Advantages and Benefits

Security Administration has never been easier than through the client-based
AdminDesk of Safe & Secure. The simplification of user management through the
implementation of profiles saves you time and effort in the creation of new user
accounts and modifications for existing ones. In addition, AdminDesk supports SSL for
all client-host connections.

Because of the range of password control and validation options, you can define
exactly how password aging works on your system, which provides you with
excellent authentication control in protecting your system. Additionally, the Controlled
Usercode feature enables you to configure emergency usercodes as needed.

Figure 3-5 illustrates the AdminDesk Interface.

Figure 3–5. Admin Desk User Interface

3–10 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Safe & Secure New Features/Enhancements for MCP Release 19.0

The Basic version of the Locum AdminDesk is now available on the INSTALLS share. It
is the starter version of the Safe and Secure AdminDesk software and offers limited
functionality so you can discover the power of the Locum products.

Ordering Information
You can order the full version of Locum Safe & Secure using style CSP 10nn-SAS,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).

This product is supplied either through disc or download.

Contact your Unisys representative for information about ordering this product.

Product Information
Getting Started with Safe & Secure Guide

Safe & Secure Online Help

8807 7144–023 3–11

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Locum RealTime Monitor

Product Overview
Locum RealTime Monitor is the MCP security dashboard. It enables the security
administrator to collect data from multiple ClearPath MCP systems to one or more
security workstations plus it allows specific alerts and criticality settings.

Locum RealTime Monitor provides advanced, real-time monitoring for any defined
ClearPath MCP event, not only those related to security. Locum RealTime Monitor
offers the power and flexibility to create the monitoring environment that you need by
specifying alert filters and activity codes. Locum RealTime Monitor gives total
monitoring control over ClearPath MCP systems with tools to keep the administrator
updated on critical events even when away from a PC and provides a selection of
options to display or process the data.

Figure 3–1 illustrates a sample dashboard showing the numbers of connected

systems, alerts, associated priorities, and activity codes.

Figure 3–1. Sample Dashboard

3–12 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Figure 3-2 illustrates the RealTime graphs, accessible through the RealTime Graphs
tab.

Figure 3–2. Sample RealTime Monitor Graphs

8807 7144–023 3–13

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

General Features
 Easy designation of events as alerts through
 A generic method of designating events as alerts by function, such as: security
policy changes, privileged actions, and user suspensions
 The major/minor log record type, which can be further refined to include only
security-relevant events
 Flexible mapping of alert type to severity
 Default mapping so that RealTime Monitor works out of the box
 Customer-specified mapping
 Rules file implemented to specify the actions taken for alerts. Actions include:
 Display
 Write-to-file
 Forward
 Count
 Escalation of alerts to email, file, or SYSLOG
 RealTime Monitor provides the following features for ease of use:
 A local display of real-time alerts through a dashboard summary, including
time-line graphing of alert traffic
 Configurable display characteristics
 The ability to monitor multiple MCP systems simultaneously
 A single display per system, or, optionally, a single combined display, with the
combined display color-coded by originating system
 Color-coded alert highlights to denote severity
 Host storage of messages that the host is unable to send
 RealTime Monitor allows multiple monitor workstations to be serviced from a
single MCP host
 Each monitor workstation has its own filters, so its alerts can be configured
independently
 Event filters can be set and changed by a security administrator
 Easy configuration of RealTime Monitor through RealTime Config (a component of
Security Center).

Ordering Information
ClearPath The ordering style for the Locum RealTime Monitor is CSP
10nn-LRM, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).

3–14 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Product Information
RealTime Monitor Online Help
Security Center Help 4310 9263

8807 7144–023 3–15

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Locum SafeSurvey
Product Overview
Locum SafeSurvey is a security assessment tool developed by Locum Software
Services Limited for use with ClearPath MCP systems. Locum SafeSurvey is
integrated with Security Center. SafeSurvey allows the customer to perform
quantitative analysis of security status on the MCP host.

Locum SafeSurvey provides security administrators and auditors with a series of

detailed reports that analyze and highlight areas where system security might be at
risk.

Locum SafeSurvey is available in two parts: SafeSurvey Host, which runs on the
ClearPath MCP environment and can be run as a stand-alone, and SafeSurvey Client,
which provides a user-friendly graphical interface on Windows environments.

Running Locum SafeSurvey on a regular basis helps to keep management informed of

the current status of the security environment on each system. This information,
which is presented in several reports, enables management to take the necessary
actions before security breaches occur. Locum SafeSurvey reports are clear, concise,
and presented in a nontechnical format.

Security administrators can

 Print all the reports or a selection of reports from both the SafeSurvey Client and
the SafeSurvey Host.
 Send the reports to a disk file or to a printer.
 Produce line graphs, bar charts, and pie charts for one or more reports.
 Produce differential reports. The differences between two reports are highlighted
for easy comparison.
 Schedule scans to be done at the MCP system at a predetermined time/internal.
The reports are processed by the SafeSurvey Host and the SafeSurvey Client can
download them when it next connects.

Figure 3-3 shows a sample time-line graph that graphs the number of usercodes on
the system with weak passwords.

3–16 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Figure 3–3. Sample SafeSurvey Time-Line Graph

8807 7144–023 3–17

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

General Features
Locum SafeSurvey includes the following key features.

USERDATAFILE Analysis
This test analyzes the USERDATAFILE definitions. The test highlights usercodes with
special privileges and investigates the use of security-related usercode attributes.

The USERDATAFILE analysis reports the following information:

 USERDATAFILE statistics
 Usercode privileges such as PU (privileged) or SECADMIN (security administrator)
 Use of security-related attributes such as NODEFAULTUSE or COMSONLYLOGON
 Remote user definitions

Password Penetration Tests

Computer hackers try to exploit systems through usercodes that use passwords that
are weak or easy to guess. Locum SafeSurvey performs a number of tests on each
password to determine the ease by which an unwelcome user might gain access to
the system. Locum SafeSurvey performs the following checks:

 Usercodes or accesscodes with no passwords

 Usercodes or accesscodes for which the password is identical to the
usercode/password name
 Usercodes or accesscodes with an easy-to-guess password
 Usercodes with multiple passwords

When looking for easy-to-guess passwords, Locum SafeSurvey checks the password
against a list of popular words and names and repeated character strings and
character sequences.

Policy-Based Security Assessment

This feature enables customers and auditors assessing the ClearPath MCP
environment to use SafeSurvey to compare the actual security settings (SECOPT,
LOGGING, and so on) of the system with a defined system policy and to note any
discrepancies. You can use a policy-based security assessment to graphically track
compliance events.

Transaction Server CFILE Analysis

The Transaction Server CFILE analysis identifies obsolete usercode entries and hidden
privileges contained in program and station definitions. The Transaction Server CFILE
analysis produces the following reports:

 Transaction Server CFILE statistics

 USERDATAFILE and Transaction Server CFILE compatibility check

3–18 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

 Transaction Server CFILE program definitions analysis

 Transaction Server CFILE station definitions analysis
 Default definition analysis
 CFILE Station Usage report

System Configuration Analysis

The system configuration analysis interrogates and displays the settings of all relevant
system options and settings including:

 MCP run-time options

 SECOPT options (including Secure Access Control Module options)
 TCP/IP security settings
 MCS status information
 Disk File Analysis

Locum SafeSurvey analyzes the entire disk subsystem and produces a report that
identifies the following characteristics:

 Code files with special privileges

 Code files with operational privileges
 Public code files and data files

The User Privileges snapshot includes role-based access control (RBAC) permissions
and the CMOS CFILE privileges.

Other System Reports

 Distributed System Service (DSS) configuration report
 Kerberos Principal Identifier (PID) analysis
 Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) capabilities report
 Report for GUARDFILES

Secure Connections
Locum SafeSurvey uses SSL/TLS to protect the assessment data in transit between
the ClearPath MCP environment and the security administrator's workstation.

You can enable this security feature by configuring SSL/TLS for Security Center
access.

Ordering Information
Two versions of Locum SafeSurvey are available.

8807 7144–023 3–19

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Summary version You can use the summary version to view a summary of
the security configuration on a Unisys ClearPath MCP
server.

The summary version of Locum SafeSurvey is included

with the operating environment.

Full version Provides the following functionality:

 Reports that contain specific usercodes and other

entities
 Ability to save the reports into a PC-based database
 Graph generation to depict changes over time or to
compare reports
You can order the full version of Locum SafeSurvey using
style CSP10nn-LSS, where nn represents performance
groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).

Product Information
Getting Started with SafeSurvey Guide
SafeSurvey Online Help
Security Center Help 4310 9263

3–20 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Locum SecureAudit
Product Description
Locum SecureAudit produces consolidated reports for MCP systems, thus providing a
security reporting solution for your enterprise. Security reporting is essential to many
jobs and departments, such as security administration and external auditing.
Authorized users can use SecureAudit to produce specific reports.

Security reports inform you of any activity or condition that might pose a security
threat. SecureAudit allows you to perform quantitative analysis of security events on
the MCP host.

SecureAudit accesses the SUMLOG file, which is used by the MCP to log system
activity, and produces a comprehensive set of security reports that are

 Relevant: Each report targets a specific security issue.

 Nontechnical: Technical jargon is avoided.
 Readable: Layouts are clear and easy to use.
 Concise: Extraneous information is omitted.

Figure 3­4 illustrates a sample time-line graph showing the number of log-on
violations on the system.

8807 7144–023 3–21

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

Figure 3–4. Sample Time-Line Graph Showing Log-on Violations

General Features
 Several reporting modes
 Batch mode
This mode enables you to create standard reports.
 Interactive mode
This mode provides a menu-driven interface that enables you to generate
reports from any CANDE or Transaction Server workstation using terminal
emulation. You can direct reports to the workstation in paged format, to a disk
file for report archiving, or to a print file. In the latter case, SecureAudit
controls the routing of printed output. You can also route reports directly to a
PDF file or Windows PC disk.

3–22 8807 7144–023

 Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

 Client mode
This mode enables you to create and view reports from a Windows interface.
You can also store reports within a local database on your PC, and you can
create graphical analysis of the reports.
 Multiple SUMLOG reporting
You can create reports that cover a specified time range without complicated
SUMLOG consolidation. SecureAudit identifies the required SUMLOG files to be
analyzed.
 Reports
Most reports can be filtered, enabling you to view exactly what you need. The
following standard reports are available in all modes:

 System Security Violations  Logon Violations

 MCS Initializations  File Accesses

 Program Executions  System Commands

 Unsuccessful Password Changes  Session Information

 Window Accesses  COMS CFILE Events

 File Status Events  Userdata Changes

 Installation Records  User Validations

 Unauthorized File Accesses  Role Based Access Control

 Guardfile Activity  Password Changes

 Privileged Actions  Run-time Usercode Changes

 DMSII Database Events  DMSII File Activity

In addition, the client mode provides the following reports:

 Statistics
 Graphical, which offer advanced statistical reporting
 Correlation Reports
SecureAudit provides correlation capabilities that enable the security administrator
to perform forensic analysis on the system SUMLOG to investigate security
events.

Ordering Information
Two versions of Locum SecureAudit are available.

8807 7144–023 3–23

Locum Security, Alerting, Assessment, Auditing, and Administration Products

 Summary version You can use the summary version to view a summary
of the security configuration on a Unisys ClearPath MCP
server.
The summary version of Locum SecureAudit is included
with the operating environment.
 Full version Provides the following functionality:
 Detailed data, which can be saved to a local
database
 Graphical reports
 Correlation reports
You can order the full version of Locum SecureAudit
using style CSP 10nn-LSE, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of
10).

Product Information
Getting Started with Secure Audit Guide
SecureAudit Online Help
Security Center Help 4310 9263

3–24 8807 7144–023

 Multi-Factor Authentication

Multi-Factor Authentication
Product Overview
Multi-factor authentication (MFA) strengthens access security by requiring multiple
methods (also known as factors) to verify the identity of a user during log on.
Generally, a factor includes information the user already has (such as a usercode and
password), in addition to information obtained through another method (for example,
through out-of-band authentication such as registration). A One-Time Passcode (OTP)
obtained through an out-of-band transmission is an example of a factor.

Most multi-factor authentication solutions include one or both of the following

methods to verify the identity of the user attempting log on:

 A push factor that provides a user with the ability to approve or deny an access
request.
 A pull factor that provides a user with a passcode that must be entered to
complete log-on.

With MCP Release 19.0, MFA provides a pull factor: after a user has entered a
usercode and password, an OTP is sent to the email address associated with the
usercode. The user must then enter the OTP before access to the system is granted.

The first phase of MCP MFA enables the security administrator to require an additional
authentication factor from users during log on. The security administrator can both
specify if two-factor authentication is required for logging on to the system and
designate which usercodes require an additional authentication factor. Both MARC and
CANDE support multi-factor authentication. Unisys intends to include new multi-factor
authentication capabilities in subsequent software releases.

General Features
If a usercode is configured to require a second authentication factor, an OTP provided
out-of-band must be supplied during log on. Once the usercode, accesscode, and
chargecode are validated, a numeric, OTP is sent to the email address associated with
the usercode attempting to log on. The OTP must be entered in MARC or CANDE,
verified, and authenticated before the user is logged on.

Note: Users required to use two-factor authentication for log on to MARC are not
required to enter an additional authentication factor when the station is transferred
to CANDE.

Limitations
Multi-factor authentication has the following limitations:

 Only MARC and CANDE support two-factor authentication.

 EMAILSUPPORT must be configured in the MCP environment for transmission of
the OTP.

8807 7144–023 3–25

Multi-Factor Authentication

Ordering Information
Multi-factor authentication is included as part of the operating environment. Source
code or an SDK is not available for this product.

Product Information
CANDE Operations Reference Manual 8600 1500

GETSTATUS/SETSTATUS Programming Reference Manual 8600 0346

MCP Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498

Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC) Operations Guide 8600 0403

System Administration Guide 8600 0437

System Commands Reference 8600 0395

System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460

3–26 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Encryption Option

Operating Environment Encryption Option

Product Overview
The Operating Environment Encryption Option provides cryptography services for the
MCP environment. These cryptographic services are offloaded to co-resident
hardware on the ClearPath MCP environment: Cryptographic CoProcessors or
Windows partitions. The software for the offloaded cryptographic services is provided
on the MCP Cryptographic Services CD-ROM.

The Operating Environment Encryption Option also enables the following MCP
services, which use these cryptographic services:

 MCP Cryptographic Services

 ClearPath Secure Transport (SSL/TLS)
 ClearPath Kerberos Security
 Remote Web Enabler ODT Communications Using Secure Sockets Layer (MCPvm
systems only)
 Disk Encryption (ClearPath Libra Model 4300, 6300, or 8300 System, or FS600
System only)
 McpCryptoApi for User Applications
 Internet Protocol Security (IPsec)
 Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6)
 Secure Shell (Secure File Transfer Protocol)
 XML Encryption

The Operating Environment Encryption Option and the MCP Cryptographic Services
are required by the Internet protocol security (IPsec) feature of the TCP/IP
Interprocess Communications Services product. Refer to Section 9 for more details
about this feature and product.

General Features
MCP Cryptographic Services
MCP Cryptographic Services is composed of the following services:
 Unisys ClearPath Crypto-Proxy
This service uses the Microsoft Windows cryptographic services to provide
cryptography to the MCP environment. Within a ClearPath system, the MCP
environment can use multiple cryptographic environments to provide
cryptographic services simultaneously, thus offering increased reliability and
redundancy.

8807 7144–023 3–27

Operating Environment Encryption Option

 Unisys ClearPath SecurityCenter Agent

Security Center uses this service to assist the security administrator in creating
and managing the keys used to encrypt and decrypt the data. You can localize the
Security Center interface as part of the localization and internationalization kit.
This service also enables the security administrator to request and install the
certificates that bind an application or Web site to its public key.

ClearPath Secure Transport

ClearPath Secure Transport implements the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol and
the Internet standard Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol version 1.0—
documented in RFC 2246— and TLS 1.2—documented in RFC 5246— in the ClearPath
MCP environment. The primary purpose of the SSL and TLS protocols is to ensure
secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet.

You can use the ClearPath Secure Transport to encrypt sensitive data such as credit
card numbers and other financial information that is transmitted between consumers
and product Web sites.

Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP uses the ClearPath Secure Transport to
protect objects marked as secure by the Web administrator. The secure objects are
protected by the SSL protocol.

The FTP products, client and server, can enable ClearPath Secure Transport in both
implicit and explicit modes to secure file transfers across the network.

Programs using the MCP Sockets Interface and TCPIPNATIVESERVICE port files
through the Port File API can secure their protocols by enabling SSL and TLS.

ClearPath Secure Transport includes

 Common Security Layer

SSL and TLS provides a common security layer for all TCP applications. Security is
handled just above the transport layer to relieve the burden of securing the data
from each application.

 Client-Side Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)

This feature enables an application running in the MCP environment to function as
an SSL client. The application initiates an SSL session (FTP, for instance) as a client.
MCP system software is responsible for sending all client protocol messages and
responding to all server protocol messages.

 Peer Authentication
Peer authentication allows the MCP server to authenticate a client. The client
sends the MCP server a certificate and a signed message. The server
authenticates the client. Peer authentication is for situations in which the server
wants to restrict access to the server or a resource to authorized clients

3–28 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Encryption Option

 TLS Support for Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)

AES cipher suites are supported in the secure sockets layer. AES is the
cryptography algorithm approved by the US Government as a replacement to data
encryption standard (DES). This feature enables MCP software to keep pace with
current encryption technology.

ClearPath Kerberos Security

ClearPath Kerberos Security can provide a secure log-on to the MCP environment; it
also provides a programmatic interface that enables MCP client-server applications to
add core security services.

Kerberos Security enables the MCP to identify and authenticate users and
automatically log them on to MARC without prompting the users for a password.
Kerberos Security never sends a password in the clear across the network. Once
users are connected to the MCP host, they can initiate Kerberos-authenticated Telnet
connections to other systems.

MCP applications can be enhanced to authenticate clients by using the Generic

Security Services Application Program Interface (GSS-API). This API is an extended
version of the standard Generic Security Services API published by the Internet
Engineering Taskforce (IETF) Request for Comments (RFC) 2078. Applications can also
encrypt individual messages and apply data-integrity checking by means of the GSS-
API. Client applications can also use the GSS-API to authenticate server applications.

Users who access a Kerberos-enabled system need only to log on once to the
Kerberos server. They are then automatically logged on when connecting to any other
Kerberos-enabled system.

The components of Kerberos Security on the MCP system are

 The *SYSTEM/KERBEROS/SUPPORT library

 Enhancements to system software, including the MCP, MARC, Transaction Server,
TELNET, Station Transfer, MAKEUSER, and LOGANALYZER
 GSS-API, which is available to ALGOL and NEWP programs
An include file is provided that defines the interface. Applications import the GSS-
API interface into their programs by including this file at compile time.
Kerberos Security supports AES128, DES, AES256, and RC4 data encryption.
 DES encryption, which is available natively on ClearPath systems.
 RC4 encryption, which is most commonly used by the Windows platform, is
available on ClearPath systems either natively in the MCP environment or in the
Windows environment by using the MCP Crypto Application Program Interface
(MCAPI).
 AES Encryption, which is only available in the Windows environment by using the
MCP Crypto Application Program Interface (MCPAPI) (Web Enabler).

8807 7144–023 3–29

Operating Environment Encryption Option

Kerberos Security requires a Kerberos workstation client and a Kerberos server. The
Windows Kerberos workstation client can be a Kerberized version of the INFOConnect
terminal emulator.

Internet Protocol Security (IPsec)

IPsec secures network data at the IP layer and uses policies to define the security
protection that is not to be applied at the MCP-to-network boundary. Traffic can be
forbidden from being transmitted unencrypted (DISCARD), allowed to be transmitted
unencrypted (BYPASS), or encrypted prior to transmission (PROTECT).

Refer to the MCP Security Overview for more IPsec details.

Remote Web Enabler ODT Communication Using Secure Sockets Layer

(SSL)
This feature provides 128-bit encryption capabilities for network communication with a
remote Web Enabler operator display terminal (ODT). This capability enables the Virtual
Machine for ClearPath MCP software to hide the protocol details from network
sniffers, packet filters, and other spy software.

McpCryptoApi for User Applications

The McpCryptoApi programmatic interface enables applications to call a variety of
encryption services from the MCP environment.

The McpCryptoApi security service includes the MCAPISUPPORT library in the MCP
environment.

The McpCryptoApi programmatic interface enables applications to

 Encrypt or decrypt data (using RC4, 3DES, RSA, and AES (128, 192, 256 bit modes).
 Generate a digest, also known as a hash or fingerprint (using SHA1, HMAC, and
SHA-256).
 Use RSA to generate and verify digital signatures.
 Generate encryption keys.
 Generate pseudorandom byte patterns.
 Manage digital certificates by using a partial Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)
capability.

The McpCryptoApi programmatic interface includes the following key features.

 Support for AES Algorithm

The McpCryptoApi interface supports the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)
algorithm. The AES algorithm is recommended for new applications and replaces
the DES algorithm in existing applications that require the use of a symmetric key-
block cipher. The AES algorithm enables the use of 128-bit, 192-bit, or 256-bit keys
and provides stronger security than the DES algorithm. Use of ECB and CBC
modes is supported.

3–30 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Encryption Option

The McpCryptoApi interface supplies cryptographic functions to ClearPath MCP

applications and system software. This interface is available to ALGOL, NEWP, and
COBOL85 programs.

Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP

The Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP product provides an implementation of the
industry-standard Secure Shell (SSH) protocols, which enable secure data
communications. See “Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP” later in this section.

XML Encryption
XML Encryption allows COBOL or ALGOL applications to easily encrypt or decrypt data
in XML documents. You require MCP Cryptography to enable this feature. For more
information, see the WEBAPPSUPPORT Application and Programming Guide.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The MCP now supports secure terminal sessions over SSL. You can use any SSH
terminal (such as PuTTY or Tectia SSH) to connect to your MCP server over SSH.

Configuration Requirements
Hardware  An Intel-based server or Cryptography
CoProcessor attached to one of the following
Libra servers: 880 or 890.
System Software  MARC
 Transaction Server
 GSS-API
 DIGEST library
 TELNET
 DSS
 Resolver
Third-Party Products  Kerberos Key Distribution Center server:
Windows Server 2008 or later
 Clients
 Kerberized INFOConnect terminal emulator
for Windows
 Any other Kerberized Telnet VT100 emulator

Ordering Information
The cryptographic services are subject to U.S. Government export regulations.

Platform Style
United States only The ordering style for the Operating Environment
Encryption Option-US is CS 10-END.

8807 7144–023 3–31

Operating Environment Encryption Option

Other countries The ordering style for the Operating Environment

Encryption Option-International is CS 10-ENI.
Source Code is not available for this product.

Product Information
ClearPath Enterprise Servers Security Software 2621 1060
Developers Kit
ClearPath Kerberos Security Configuration and 8807 8878
Administration Guide
ClearPath Enterprise Servers MCP Implementation 6871 4260
Guide
Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498
MCP Sockets Service Programming Guide 4310 3530
Security Center Help 4310 9263
TM
Virtual Machine for the Java Platform on ClearPath 8212 6095
MCP Programming Guide

3–32 8807 7144–023

 Secure Access Control Module

Secure Access Control Module

Product Overview
Secure Access Control Module is a controlled-access protection security module that
enables you to invoke additional system-wide security features to protect critical
information. Secure Access Control enforces accountability of individual actions
through log-on procedures, audit, and resource isolation. Password generation and
password aging capabilities are available to reduce the threat of password
compromise and to assist the security administrator in password management
activities.

General Features
Secure Access Control enables an installation to define one or more security
administrators to identify who has access to the system and what resources can be
accessed. An administrator can enforce log-on procedures by requiring users to
periodically update their passwords. An optional password generation feature ensures
the use of passwords that cannot be easily guessed.

Auditing of the system is critical to the process with extensive, flexible reports
generated as needed. You can dynamically select the audit options needed with a
“spot checking” option to selectively turn on and off auditing for specific
requirements. After you acquire audit information, you can perform selective filtering
to produce your reports.

Secure Access Control provides the following features:

 System-enforced security-administrator status

 Password aging
 Password generation
 Simplified security administration
 Tape security
 Logging activities associated with a mix number
 Selective SUMLOG access

Secure Access Control is integrated with other system software products to ensure a
high level of resource restriction at multiple levels. Additional levels of protection
guard against the importation of code files from unknown or unreliable sources.
Limited access can be granted to disk files, as well as tape volumes. For further
restrictions to information, the operating system can scrub disk areas to be returned
to the pool of available areas so that no one can inadvertently access information left
over from prior functions.

8807 7144–023 3–33

Secure Access Control Module

Secure Access Control security features are also available as the following security
feature groups. A ClearPath server running all of these security feature groups has the
same security features as a system running the Secure Access Control Module
product.

 Password Management Facility

 Secure Accountability Facility
 Secure Identification Facility

Password Management Facility

The Password Management Facility enables you to designate a lifetime and a warning
period for passwords. When a password reaches a certain age, the user is warned by
the system that the password is to expire in a certain number of days. At the end of
that time, the password no longer allows the user to access the system. You have the
software-supported option of either allowing users with expired passwords to
generate new passwords for themselves, or requiring users to request new
passwords from the security administrator. This functionality applies to passwords
associated with both usercodes and accesscodes.

In addition, the PASSWORDCHANGE security option enables you to install a custom

library to validate passwords against local rules when passwords are changed. For
example, a rule might indicate that the password be different from the usercode or
that the password must contain a variety of characters such as lowercase letters,
uppercase letters, numbers, and special characters.

Secure Accountability Facility

The Secure Accountability Facility includes the following software groups:

Audit This group includes those selective logging features that

have not been bundled with the MCP. Specifically, these
features include result and visibility information and the
spot-check capabilities of the LOGSELECT attribute and
the LG system command.
Object Reuse and This group includes the features controlled by the
Access Control PROGDUMPFILTER, DISKSCRUB, TAPESCRUB,
NONUSERFILES and USERCODEDBACKUP security
options.
Tape Security This group includes maintenance of the volume
directory that allows security attributes to be associated
with tape volumes that are controlled by the
TAPECHECK security option.

3–34 8807 7144–023

 Secure Access Control Module

Secure Identification Facility

The Secure Identification Facility includes the following groups:

User History Profile This group includes the maintenance of last log-on and
batch use information and the accumulation of security
violations.

Security This group includes the ability to enable security

Administrator administrator status on the system.
Privilege

Ordering Information
Secure Access Control Module is included as part of the operating environment for
ClearPath servers. Source code is available for this product. It is included as part of the
operating environment source products, which you can license separately.

Product Information
Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498

8807 7144–023 3–35

Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP

Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP allows the secure transfer of MCP files
between two MCP hosts. The MCP attributes, such as FILEKIND, are preserved across
the transfer, and the data can also be encrypted, enabling secure transfer with
SSL/TLS.

General Features
The capabilities provided by Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP include the
following:

 The transfer of information can be secured over the network by specifying which
data is to be secured (login credentials, control data, and/or data).
 MCP attributes are preserved between the source and destination file.
 The transfer of hazardous files is controlled to prevent code files from being
executed at the destination host without intervention by a security administrator.

A secure transfer is initiated using the COPY [FTP] command, as well as through the
FTP Interactive and Scripting clients.

You can now transfer files securely from one MCP host to another MCP host without
wrapping the file to preserve the source file attributes. Data and/or login credentials
can be encrypted to prevent viewing during transmission over the network—
preventing security compromise. The transfer of hazardous files is controlled by using
the system security option RESTRICTUNWRAP to prevent code files from being
executed at the destination host without intervention from a security administrator.

Initiating a secure transfer is easy using any of the FTP client interfaces. You simply
set a new option type MCPDATA in the transfer syntax.

Configuration Requirements

Hardware An Intel-based server or Cryptography CoProcessor

attached to one of the following Libra servers: 880 or 890.
System Software TCP/IP Interprocess Communication Services
Operating Environment Encryption Option

Ordering Information
The ordering style for Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP is CSP 10nn-NFT, where
nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).

3–36 8807 7144–023

 Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP

Product Information
TCP/IP Distributed System Services Operations Guide 8807 6385
Work Flow Language Programming Reference Manual 8600 1047
Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498

8807 7144–023 3–37

Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP

Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
The Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP product provides an implementation of the
industry-standard Secure Shell (SSH) protocols, which enable secure data
communication. Applications use this infrastructure to provide services such as
secure file transfer, using the Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP); terminals, using the
SSH terminal protocol; remote command execution, through the SSH connection layer
protocol; and other services. See “Key Features” for the services available in the
ClearPath MCP software.

Key Features
These features are available in the product.

 Inbound and outbound file transfers using SFTP are supported.

 For initiating programs at remove systems over SSH (U SSHCLIENT), a remote
command utility is included.

Advantages and Benefits

Because this product provides SSH capabilities that are integrated with the MCP
architecture and environment, the high performance and security levels expected in
MCP environments are maintained.

Configuration Requirements

Hardware  An Intel-based Libra server or Cryptographic

CoProcessor attached to an appropriate Libra server:
System Software  TCP/IP Interprocess Communication Services
 Operating Environment Encryption Option

Ordering Information
You must order the Operating Environment Encryption Option. For more information,
refer to “Operating Environment Encryption Option” previously in this section.

3–38 8807 7144–023

 Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP

Product Information
Distributed Systems Service Operations Guide 8600 0122
File Attributes Programming Reference Manual 8600 0064
Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498
Networking Commands and Inquiries Help 4310 3506
Networking Encoded Messages Programming Reference 3787 7958
Manual
Networking Reports and Logs Messages Help 4310 3514
Security Center Help 4310 9263
Security Software Developer’s Kit (SDK) 2621 1060
System Log Programming Reference Manual 8600 1807
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460
TCP/IP Distributed System Services Operations Guide 8807 6385
TCP/IP Implementation and Operations Guide 3787 7693

8807 7144–023 3–39

Security Center

Security Center
Product Overview
Security Center enables security administrators to define, document, and apply a
corporate security policy to an MCP ClearPath server. The following system security
features are included in Security Center:

 Create and apply user account policies for user accounts.

 Manage role-based access control for Application and JAVA Realms
 Create and apply system-wide security policies.
 Create and apply guard files.
 Use MCP File Explorer to navigate a tree structure of the MCP file system to
 Displayfile properties.
 View and modify the file attributes SECURITYTYPE, SECURITYUSE, and
SECURITYMODE.
 View and modify file permissions.
 Provide for the maintenance and creation of Remote Users, Kerberos users,
Transaction Server users, and user accounts.
 Manage network policies (TCP/IP filtering and IPsec).
 Manage the cryptography environments and the keys and certificates for use by
applications using the MCP Cryptographic Services, which are described under
“Operating Environment Encryption Option” earlier in this section.
 Configure and manage the Kerberos configuration information

The Locum RealTime Monitor, Locum SafeSurvey, and Locum SafeAudit products are
integrated with Security Center.

General Features
Notes:
 If role-based access control is enabled for the Security Center product, then the
role of the usercode determines what operations the usercode can perform. If
role-based access control is disabled, then the attributes of the usercode
determine whether or not the usercode can connect to Security Center.
 Users of systems with the SECADMIN feature turned off need PU (privileged
user) privileges to access Security Center. Users of systems with the
SECADMIN feature turned on must have SECADMIN privileges to access
Security Center.

Security Center provides an environment for running management applications,

structured as components and referred to as modules.

The server applications run on ClearPath servers. The client applications run on
Windows platforms.

3–40 8807 7144–023

 Security Center

The following modules are available in Security Center.

Security Policy Management Module

The Security Policy Management module enables you to

 Create and maintain user account policies to be used for maintaining MCP user
accounts.
 Create, maintain, and apply system-wide security policies across multiple
ClearPath servers. These security policies contain the logging options of the MCP
server for the system SUMLOG and job log.
 Maintain a history of system-wide policy changes.
 Use a default Transaction Server template to create Transaction Server users.
 Use the TCP/IP filter rules feature to create, update, and maintain the rules applied
by the TCP/IP network provider to all incoming and outgoing packets. By using
these rules, security administrators can restrict access to the MCP environment.
This feature provides a wizard to help security administrators to create and edit
rule files.
This feature also includes a testing wizard to test the rules file before deploying it
to the Unisys ClearPath MCP environment.
 Create, maintain, test, and apply IPsec policies to the ClearPath MCP environment.

File Access Management Module

The File Access Management module provides the ability to

 Create, maintain, and apply MCP GUARDFILES to restrict access to files and
databases.
 Use MCP File Explorer to navigate a tree structure of the MCP file system to
 Displayfile properties.
 View and modify the file attributes SECURITYTYPE, SECURITYUSE, and
SECURITYMODE.
 View and modify file permissions.

MCP User Account Management Module

The MCP User Account Management module provides the ability to

 Maintain MCP user accounts, remote users, Kerberos user identities, and
Transaction Server account information.
 Apply user account policies created in the MCP Security Policy Management
module.
 Clone an existing usercode. All attributes other than username are prefilled with
the values of the existing usercode. Administrators can also clone a remote user
or a Transaction Server user.

8807 7144–023 3–41

Security Center

 Query the system using various criteria and save the results into the MMC
framework for later use. Modify and delete usercodes based on the result of a
query.
 Create, modify, and deploy user realms for the Java EE authentication and role-
based authorization in the JBoss® Enterprise Application Platform (JBoss EAP).
Realms associate usercodes with their assigned roles, specifically for use by the
JBoss EAP. Role-based access control assigns roles to usercodes rather than
assigning them to groups, thus minimizing management overhead.
 Create, modify, and deploy role-based access control for applications running on
an MCP server. Role-based access control assigns roles to usercodes rather than
assigning them to groups. Applications can define realms (either applications or
application subsystems), permissions, roles, and populate these sets with
usercodes.
 Create, modify, and deploy role-based access control for applications running on
an MCP server. Role-based access control assigns roles to usercodes rather than
assigning them to groups. Applications can define realms (either applications or
application subsystems), permissions, roles, and populate these sets with
usercodes.

MCP Cryptographic Services Management (CSM) Module

The MCP Cryptographic Services Management (CSM) module enables security

administrators to configure and manage keys, certificates, and certificate stores for
use with the ClearPath Secure Transport, McpCryptoApi for User Applications, and
Library Maintenance Tape Encryption products and with the IPsec feature.

Security Center replicates the information between cryptographic environments—

Cryptographic CoProcessors or Windows environments. The key, certificate, and
certificate store information are kept in a secure Enterprise Database Server database
in the MCP environment.

The CSM module enables the security administrator to generate asymmetric keys and
certificates for applications to use ClearPath Secure Transport, Web Transaction
Server, FTP services, Secure Sockets Layer, or MCPCryptoApi for User Applications.
CSM generates the machine keys for Tape Encryption as well as the symmetric keys
for use by IPsec.

The CSM module also enables the security administrator to backup and restore keys
and certificates. This capability is useful for sharing keys with disaster recovery sites
(for Tape Encryption) and for sharing keys between systems using the IPsec feature.
The configuration of the MCP cryptographic environment used for encryption can also
be maintained with this module.

MCP Kerberos Configuration Management Module

The MCP Kerberos Configuration Management module enables security administrators
to configure the MCP Kerberos product on an MCP server. The Kerberos Configuration
Manager makes it easier for security administrators to install, configure, and manage
Kerberos security and principal identifiers. Security administrators of Kerberos must
have security administrator privileges in the MCP environment and administrator

3–42 8807 7144–023

 Security Center

privileges on the Windows server acting as the key distribution center (KDC) for the
Kerberos system.

Locum RealTime Monitor

Locum RealTime Monitor provides total monitoring control over ClearPath MCP
systems with tools to keep the administrator updated on critical events even when
away from a PC plus offers a selection of options to display or process the data.

For additional details and ordering information, see “Locum RealTime Monitor” earlier
in this section.

Locum SafeSurvey
Locum SafeSurvey provides the tools to supply the security administrator with
detailed reports and perform a security assessment of the system to highlight areas
where the system might be at risk.

Locum SafeSurvey provides a series of reports that enables security administrators to

review and analyze security status on MCP systems. Some of the reports provide
information on allocation of usercode privileges, security-related attributes, and
remote user definitions. This product analyzes the USERDATAFILE, password strength,
system configuration, disk file privileges, and networking configuration.

The summary mode version of SafeSurvey, which provides a summary view of the
security configuration, is packaged with Security Center. The full version is available
through a separately priced feature.

For additional details and ordering information, see “Locum SafeSurvey” earlier in this
section.

Locum SecureAudit
Locum SecureAudit produces consolidated reports for MCP systems, thus providing a
security reporting solution for your enterprise. Security reporting is essential to many
jobs and departments, such as security administration and external auditing.
Authorized users can use SecureAudit to produce specific reports.

For additional details and ordering information, see “Locum SecureAudit” earlier in this
section.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The new feature/enhancement for this release is Security Center support for two
additional encryption algorithms: SHA-384 and SHA-512. These algorithms provide
clients with more modern and secure choices for signing certificates. Security Center
now supports certificates signed with the following algorithms:

 SHA-1
Note: Security Center still allows the use of keys signed with SHA-1; however,
because SHA-1 has been deprecated, any attempt to install a certificate signed
with SHA-1 results in a warning.

8807 7144–023 3–43

Security Center

 SHA-256
 SHA-384
 SHA-512

Ordering Information
Security Center is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is not
available for this product.

Product Information
Security Center Help 4310 9263
MCP Implementation Guide 6871 4260
Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498

3–44 8807 7144–023

 Security Software Developer's Kit (SDK)

Security Software Developer's Kit (SDK)

Product Overview
The following security interfaces are available to application programmers in the MCP
environment:

 Generic Security Service Application Program Interface (GSS-API)

 McpCryptoApi
 SSL/TLS through BSD Sockets (SOCKETSUPPORT) and TCPIPNATIVESERVICE Port
Files

The Security SDK provides programming information about these three security
interfaces, plus basic security and cryptography concepts, particularly as they apply to
ClearPath MCP application programming.

The Security SDK also contains information about some MCP interfaces (USERDATA,
password change libraries, and password generator libraries), supported message-
digest algorithms, and usage of Kerberos in application programs. Password change
libraries and the security option PASSWORDCHANGE are described under the general
features for this product.

General Features
Use Cases
The Security SDK divides ClearPath MCP application security into distinct use cases,
with considerations for application design decision making.

Cryptography Concepts
The Security SDK provides a basic introduction to general cryptography concepts and
an introduction to resources available in the ClearPath MCP environment.

GSS-API
The Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSS-API) provides
security services to callers in a generic fashion. In the ClearPath MCP environment,
GSS-API supports the industry-standard Kerberos authentication mechanism, as well
as the native USERDATA mechanism.

The Security SDK documents the security routines available through the GSS-API to
application programs and gives instructions for how to use these routines to secure
an application program in the ClearPath MCP environment. Specific examples are
included.

8807 7144–023 3–45

Security Software Developer's Kit (SDK)

McpCryptoApi for Application Programs

McpCryptoApi provides cryptographic and some public key infrastructure (PKI)
functions to application programs in the ClearPath MCP environment. These functions
are available through a series of INCLUDE files. The Security SDK gives detailed
programming instructions for enabling an application program with the following
items:

 Message encryption
 Message digests
 Digital signatures
 PKI functions

Specific examples are included.

PASSWORDCHANGE Sample Library

The PASSWORDCHANGE sample library implements some basic rules that can be
applied when a password is changed, and can be used with the security option.

Secure Sockets Layer (SSL/TLS)

Access to SSL/TLS from user applications is available through BSD Sockets
(SOCKETSUPPORT) and TCPIPNATIVESERVICE Port Files. For BSD Sockets, examples
are available such as:

 Server examples are available in ALGOL, NEWP, COBOL, and C.

 Client examples for the MCP environment are available in ALGOL, NEWP, COBOL,
and C. Client examples for the workstation environment are available in C, Visual
Basic, and Java.

For TCPIPNATIVESERVICE, sample ALGOL programs for both client and server are
available.

Ordering Information
The Security Software Developer’s Kit is part of the MCP documentation library,
located on the Product Support site.

Product Information
ClearPath Enterprise Servers Security Software 2621 1060
Developers Kit

3–46 8807 7144–023

 Security Support Library

Security Support Library

Product Overview
The Security Support Library enables you to invoke an additional level of security for
CANDE and MARC users in addition to that already provided by other products and
features.

General Features
CANDE and MARC call the Security Support Library each time a log-on sequence is
accepted to further validate the following information:

 Usercode
 Chargecode
 Accesscode
 Station Identification

Code within the Security Support Library to perform this validation is written by the
user.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the Security Support Library is
CSP 10nn-SSL, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is included for this product.

Product Information
Security Overview and Implementation Guide 8205 7498

8807 7144–023 3–47

Tape Encryption

Tape Encryption
Product Overview
As data security breaches become more frequent and more sophisticated, public
concern for data protection is on the rise. Poor management of data protection can
result in legal and regulatory penalties. Penalties might include mandatory reporting—
to the international community—of theft or loss of personal and sensitive data that
has not been secured through data encryption. These penalties in turn might result in
loss of confidence in the organization and ultimately affect revenue.

Tape Encryption provides the solution you need to create a secure environment.

General Features
The Tape Encryption product adds encryption capabilities to the following products:

 MCP TapeStack
 LIBRARY/MAINTENANCE

MCP TapeStack Encryption

The Tape Encryption product adds encryption capability to the MCP TapeStack utility—
which is included in the operating environment—to provide the following functionality:

 Copy data from tape to tape, encrypting the data in the process.
 Copy data from an encrypted tape to a new tape, decrypting the data in the
process. (This functionality does not require the Tape Encryption product.)
 Use the optional integrated control from the TapeManager application supplied by
Dynamic Solutions International.

Tape Encryption can also be used with the stacking capabilities of the complete MCP
TapeStack product (style CSP10nn-MTS), which is an optional product, to provide the
following additional functionality:
 Stack data from several tapes onto a single stacked tape, encrypting the original
data in the process.
 Append data from several tapes to the end of a single stacked tape, encrypting
the original data in the process.
 Locate, unstack, and decrypt the specified virtual tape volumes contained on the
physical stacked tape to physical tapes that you specify. (This functionality does
not require the Tape Encryption product or the complete MCP TapeStack product.)

Library Maintenance Encryption

The Tape Encryption product includes the following encryption capabilities of the MCP
Library Maintenance. (The MCP TapeStack product is not required.)

 CD-ROM encryption. You can use ENCRYPT=<algorithm> in COPY and ARCHIVE

statements in a similar manner as that used in tape encryption.

3–48 8807 7144–023

 Tape Encryption

 To use this feature, you must have a license for the Tape Encryption product
(CSP10nn-MTE).
 Capability to use standard Enterprise Database Server DUMP and COPYAUDIT
QUICKCOPY operations to encrypt database data when the data is written to
dump and audit tapes.
To use this capability, you must have licenses for both the Tape Encryption
product (CSP10nn-MTE) and the Enterprise Database Server product.

 Simplified management of tape encryption keys.

 Use of the COPY command to make encrypted tape copies of files that reside on
disk or tape.
 Use of the COPY and COMPARE command to encrypt data.
 Use of the SYSOPS (System Options) command to encrypt data by default when
copying files to tape.
 Automatic data decryption when copying data from a source tape. This
functionality is available only if the appropriate encryption keys are present on the
system.
 Facility (Security Center) to export and import encryption keys when sharing of
encryption keys is required, such as in disaster and recovery situations.

Generate Additional Key Set

This feature of Tape Encryption enables you to generate an additional key set for a
given MCP release. In the past, only one key set per MCP release could exist. This
capability is useful if you believe that a key of the set was compromised or if you want
to change the keys used because of a local security policy (for example, keys must be
changed every year).

This capability enables you to

 Designate a key set as compromised and to automatically generate another key

set
 Recognize read-only keys (those imported from other systems) and compromised
keys (those whose key-set numbers are not in use for the local host) through
icons for each
 Export and import compromised key sets, which are helpful for reading old tapes
 Audit tape encryption key operations such as key creation, compromise, and use

8807 7144–023 3–49

Tape Encryption

Configuration Information
Software  Operating Environment Encryption Option.
 Complete MCP TapeStack product (for certain capabilities
as specified under “General Features”).
Hardware  A Cryptography CoProcessor attached to one of the
following Libra servers: 750, 780, 790, 880, or 890.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Tape Encryption is CSP10nn-MTE,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460

3–50 8807 7144–023

Section 4
Application Development

Overview
Introduction
The enterprise server system supports a broad range of industry-standard
programming languages. In addition, a broad range of program development tools
helps you to implement, compile, test, and debug programs with the least effort
possible.

The enterprise server program development strategy maximizes productivity by

emphasizing the use of fourth-generation languages and by providing a variety of
programmer productivity tools for use with third-generation languages. Because the
enterprise server system is optimized for the execution of high-level languages,
assembly language is neither needed nor provided.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 ALGOL Compiler
 ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS)
 C Compiler
 C Test and Debug System (TADS)
 ClearPath Application Integration Services
 ClearPath ePortal
 ClearPath Visual IDE
 COBOL74 Compiler
 COBOL74 Test and Debug System (TADS)
 COBOL85 Compiler
 COBOL85 Test and Debug System (TADS)
 Cross-Reference Symbolic
 Data Comm ALGOL Compiler
 Editor
 FORTRAN77 Compiler

8807 7144–023 4–1

Overview

 FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System (TADS)

 NEWP Compiler
 Pascal Compiler
 Program Binder
 Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP
 Report Program Generator (RPG) Compiler
 SORT Compiler
 SURE Software Management and Change Control
 Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP

4–2 8807 7144–023

 ALGOL Compiler

ALGOL Compiler
Product Overview
ALGOL is an applications and systems programming language. The ALGOL compiler
includes provisions for interprogram communication, Input/Output (I/O) device
handling, flexible data editing, and structured programming. In conjunction with other
products, it provides facilities for structured programming, programmer productivity
aids, and direct programming access to the Transaction Server and the MultiLingual
System (MLS).

General Features
ALGOL is based on, and has all of the features of, ALGOL60—including structured
control flow constructs, extensive arithmetic and Boolean expressions, plus nested
procedure definition. Unisys Extended ALGOL adds other constructs and data types to
simplify program writing and to enable programs to use some of the unique features
of the enterprise server processors and operating system. These additional constructs
are divided into five major categories.

Category Function
Language Provide the basis on which the ALGOL language is
components built.
Program units Constitute a grouping of syntactical constructs to be
compiled.
Declarations Identify the internal format of the entity being
described.
Statements Provide the mechanism to assign computation
results, transfer program control, and perform I/O
operations.
Expressions Provide the rules for performing various operations
to achieve the computed results.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The ALGOL compiler now supports resetting the TADS compiler option in portions of
code. This features allows very large programs (such as the Accessroutines) to be
compiled with $TADS and enables debugging at run-time.

Ordering Information

Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the ALGOL compiler is CSP 10nn-ALG,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

8807 7144–023 4–3

ALGOL Compiler

Product Information
ALGOL Programming Reference Manual, Volume 1: Basic 8600 0098
Implementation
ALGOL Programming Reference Manual, Volume 2: 8600 0734
Product Interfaces
ALGOL Compiler Messages Support Reference Manual 8600 0031

4–4 8807 7144–023

 ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS)

ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS)

Product Overview
The ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS) is an interactive tool for testing and
debugging ALGOL programs and ALGOL libraries. ALGOL TADS enables you to
monitor and control the execution of the software you are testing and to examine the
data at any given point during program execution.
ALGOL TADS uses commonly understood interactive terms such as procedure names,
variable names, source statement sequence numbers, and ALGOL expression syntax.
It does not require familiarity with the details of the enterprise server hardware
architecture.

General Features
ALGOL TADS enables you to interactively test and debug application programs and
modules. You can suspend test program execution or interrupt it with breakpoint
commands that you can set for individual variable conditions or for automatic fault
conditions. A breakpoint interrupt enables you to interrogate data and conditions
leading up to the condition that caused the interrupt.

You can display the flow of program execution to view the history of active
procedures and the current position of the program. Statistics provide you with
information about program statements that were not executed and the number of
times specific statements were executed, along with information about the change of
values during the execution phase.

You can store a series of commands to be used for controlled, automated testing.
TADS stores the testing results so you can compare iterations of program testing for
the effects of program modification or changes in program parameters.

TADS.View, an Editor enhancement, provides an improved and consistent interface for

TADS users. For additional information, refer to the description with the Editor product
in this section.

Configuration Requirements
One of the following compilers is required.

 ALGOL compiler
 Data Comm ALGOL compiler
 DMALGOL compiler

8807 7144–023 4–5

ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS)

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for ALGOL TADS is CSP 10nn-ATD, where
nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS) Programming Guide 8600 2144

4–6 8807 7144–023

 C Compiler

C Compiler
Product Overview
The C Compiler conforms to the international standard (ISO-IEC 9899:1990) for the C
programming language. The ANSI standard is based on The C Programming Language
by Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie. The advantages of the C language include
simple, fast programming, easy program documentation and modification plus a high
degree of compatibility with C compilers from other vendors.

The C Compiler does not include interfaces to databases created with Enterprise
Database Server for ClearPath MCP.

General Features
A number of major features are available as a result of compliance with the ANSI
standard. These features simplify the programming task and add flexibility to the
applications development environment.

Major ANSI Features

 Explicit control of signed versus unsigned for plain character and bit fields
 Constant and volatile type modifiers for improved optimization
 Function prototypes for faster calls and more type checking
 Enumeration type
 Portable macros for variable numbers of arguments
 Trigraphs for terminals without US-ANSI characters
 Structures that can be passed by value and returned
 Token concatenation and “stringize” operators for the preprocessor

Extensions
 Standard Compiler Control Image (CCI) processing (dollar cards)
 Ability to store the macro-expanded text as a file
 Ability to link separately compiled C source files
 Cross-reference file generation
 Run-time linkage to enterprise server Libraries
 Relaxation of the type checking rules in the draft standard to be more compatible
with Kernighan and Ritchie
 A fundamental “make” utility
 Internationalization capabilities

8807 7144–023 4–7

C Compiler

Sort and Merge Features

You can direct the compiler to perform the following actions:

 Read input records from a file or from a routine within the program.
 Write output records to a file or to a routine within the program.
 Sort the records in ascending or descending order.
 Select a particular collating sequence to use for the sort or merge action. The
collating sequences that you can specify include EBCDIC, ASCII, a sequence that
you define, or an internationalized, coded character-set version. If you do not
specify a collating sequence, the default is EBCDIC.
 Order the records based on specified keys or through the use of a specially
written comparison routine.
 Perform the sort action by using (for its intermediary workspace) memory only,
memory and disk, memory and tape, or all three.
 Restart the sort or merge action.

Application Development and Maintenance

Application development and maintenance is fully supported using Command and Edit
Language (CANDE) and Editor.

The C Compiler Test and Debug System (TADS) is an optional component of the C
programming environment.

The BIND_LARGE_PROGRAM compiler control option enables large C programs ported

from other hardware platforms to bind individual modules, create an object file, and
execute on a ClearPath system without running out of addressable D2 space.

When the C compiler issues error or warning messages to user programs, it appends
the title of the file that contains errors or warnings at the end of the message. The C
compiler adds the title if the error or warning message is part of the include file. The
file title appears only in the error file and remote file. This C compiler feature saves
you time in debugging. By knowing which include file or files contain errors or
warnings, you can fix the error or take the appropriate action.

Ordering Information
The C Compiler is included as part of the operating environment.

Source code is not available for this product.

4–8 8807 7144–023

 C Compiler

Product Information
C Programming Reference Manual, Volume 1: Basic 8600 2268
Implementation
C Programming Reference Manual, Volume 2: Headers 8600 2278
and Functions
C Test and Debug System (TADS) Programming 8600 1591
Reference Manual

8807 7144–023 4–9

C Test and Debug System (TADS)

C Test and Debug System (TADS)

Product Overview
C Test and Debug System (TADS) is an interactive tool for testing and debugging C
programs and C libraries. C TADS enables you to monitor and control the execution of
the software being tested and to examine the data at any given point during program
execution. It uses commonly understood interactive terms such as procedure names,
variable names, source statement sequence numbers, and C expression syntax. C
TADS does not require familiarity with the details of the enterprise server hardware
architecture.

General Features
C TADS provides many of the features and capabilities of the existing ALGOL TADS,
COBOL74 TADS, and FORTRAN77 TADS products. C TADS provides the following
additional features:

 C TADS provides commands to do the following:

 Cause a condition to occur every time the value changes of a specified <ON
expression>.
 Allow qualifications of identifiers that are declared inside nested programs.
 Cause an active condition to be temporarily disabled and an inactive condition
to be restored to active status.
 Interrogate, set, or reset the CODE and INCLUDE options.
 Invoke language statements or functions as a separate task that leaves
conditions enabled.
 C TADS offers an array of integer-valued run-time variables that you can use as
loop counters during a TADS session. This feature can be useful for keeping track
of the number of iterations through a particular block of code while you are
debugging a program.
 C TADS also recognizes a startup file. The startup file, if present, is picked up by
TADS during initiation, and the commands contained in the file are processed
immediately.
 C TADS includes a collection of statement-execution statistics such as
FREQUENCY, CLEAR, MERGE, SAVES, and COVERAGE commands.
 C TADS supports the following features:
 Shared-by-all libraries
 Concurrent code execution
 Multiple task and breakpoint handling
 Display of mix numbers through the OPTION command
 TADS.View, an Editor enhancement, provides an improved and consistent
interface for TADS users. For additional information, refer to the description with
the Editor product in this section.

4–10 8807 7144–023

 C Test and Debug System (TADS)

Configuration Requirements
C compiler

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for C TADS is CSP 10nn-ACT, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
C Programming Reference Manual, Volume 1: Basic 8600 2268
Implementation
C Test and Debug System (TADS) Programming Reference 8600 1591
Manual

8807 7144–023 4–11

ClearPath Application Integration Services Product

ClearPath Application Integration Services Product

Product Overview
The process of developing a distributed application leveraging resources from multiple
operating environments presents a unique set of organizational and technical
challenges. Examples range from skills availability for the various operating
environments to dealing with different data formats.

The Unisys ClearPath Application Integration Services product is designed to make it

easier for you to develop distributed applications.

This product

 Helps you reduce the cost of developing distributed applications.

This product provides APIs that applications running in one operating environment
can use to access resources such as files or applications in another operating
environment. For example, a Windows application can access COMS transactions
or read MCP files. ClearPath Application Integration Services has been designed to
reduce the amount of code that developers have to design, write, and test.
 Is optimized for specific operating environments.
This product provides the Unisys value-added capabilities that standards-based
products such as Client Access Services cannot provide. For example, it can
enable a Windows application to access the attributes of an MCP file.
 Leverages the ClearPath Forward high-speed interconnect.
When a distributed application using ClearPath Application Integration Services is
deployed on a fabric-enabled ClearPath Forward server, it can take advantage of
the high-speed interconnect between the Microsoft Windows and ClearPath MCP
environments within the ClearPath Forward server.
 Provides transparent application deployment flexibility.
Using ClearPath Application Integration Services, you have the flexibility to deploy
distributed applications on fabric-enabled ClearPath Forward servers, on other
ClearPath servers as well as on Windows servers and PCs. When the high-speed
interconnect is not available, TCP/IP networking is used for the connection.

General Features
 The ClearPath Application Integration Services product provides a set of
application programming interfaces (APIs) that enable Windows-based applications
to access MCP-based files, integrate MCP=based libraries, and initiate COMs
transactions in the ClearPath MCP environment.

4–12 8807 7144–023

 ClearPath Application Integration Services Product

 File access APIs enable applications running in the Microsoft .NET Framework to
create, access, and update files in the ClearPath MCP environment.
 The Windows API enables applications running in the Microsoft .NET
Framework to access MCP files in a manner that is similar to the way they
access Windows files using the .NET System.IO API.
 The MCP API enables applications running in the Microsoft .NET Framework to
use record-oriented access to MCP files. It supports fixed-length and variable-
length records and file streams. Applications can also access MCP file
attributes.

Both APIs support various MCP-coded character sets

 Application integration APIs enable applications running in the Microsoft .NET

Framework to call libraries in the ClearPath MCP environment. The APIs support
libraries written in COBOL85, ALGOL, and NEWP languages.
 Transaction Integration APIs enable Windows-based applications to initiate
transactions in the ClearPath MCP environment under the control of the COMS
Transaction Server.
 Application Integration Services uses the security modules of the MCP to
authenticate users and log them into a ClearPath MCP server.
 Application Integration Services provides APIs that enable Java applications
running on Microsoft Windows to access MCP-based files, use the Java Native
Interface (JNI) to integrate with MCP-based applications, login to a ClearPath MCP
server, and call the MCP time function.
 File access APIs enable Java applications to create, access, and update record-
oriented files in the ClearPath MCP environment
 JNI enables integration of Java applications running on Microsoft Windows
with ClearPath MCP-based applications.
 Java applications can call libraries running in the MCP environment. Libraries
written in ALGOL are supported.
 ClearPath MCP-based applications can call Java applications. The MCP-based
applications can be written in either COBOL85 or ALGOL.
 MCP security APIs enable Java applications to have users authenticated by the
security modules of the MCP and to login to a ClearPath MCP server.
 The MCP time function API enables Java applications to call the MCP time
functions to obtain various ClearPath MCP system times and system
attributes. This is the same MCP time function that is available to ALGOL
applications.

ClearPath Application Integration Services Editions

Unisys offers three editions of ClearPath Application Integration Services to satisfy a
variety of application development requirements: Enterprise Edition, Basic Edition, and
JProcessor Migration Edition.

8807 7144–023 4–13

ClearPath Application Integration Services Product

The following table summarizes the features available in each edition.

Enterprise Basic Edition JProcessor

Edition Migration
Edition

Services for Windows-Based Applications

File Access • •

Application •
Integration

MCP Security • •

Services for Java Applications

File Access • •

Application • •
Integration

Application • •
Integration

MCP Security • •

Configuration Requirements
ClearPath MCP Environment
 Software
ClearPath MCP operating environment
 Hardware/Firmware
 ClearPath Forward Libra or FS server (fabric-enabled)
 ClearPath MCP server with network connection
 ClearPath Software Series product running on a computer with a network
connection.

Microsoft Windows Environment

 Software
 Microsoft Windows operating system
 Microsoft .NET Framework (for Windows-based applications)
 Java Standard Edition (for Java applications)

4–14 8807 7144–023

 ClearPath Application Integration Services Product

 Hardware
 ClearPath Forward fabric or a computer with a network connection that is
capable of running compatible versions of Microsoft Windows and the
Microsoft .NET Framework or the Java Standard Edition.

Ordering Information
Contact your Unisys sales executive to order ClearPath Application Services.

Product Information
For the current product information about this independently released product, see

ClearPath Application Integration Services API Reference Guide 8222 4239

ClearPath Application Integration Services Configuration Utility 8229 8548
Help
ClearPath Libra Servers Application Integration Services 8222 4221
Installation and Programming Guide
ClearPath Libra Servers Application Integration Services 8231 0681
ProxyStub Generator Help
ClearPath MCP Application integration Services for Java 8205 2853
applications (AIS/JA User’s Guide

8807 7144–023 4–15

ClearPath ePortal

ClearPath ePortal
Product Overview
ClearPath ePortal is an end-to-end modernization solution that enables you to easily
extend your existing ClearPath server applications to mobile devices, service-based
clients, and the web. Using ClearPath ePortal, you can transform, simplify, and
consolidate user and application interactions, refactor complex transaction sequences
into a logical collection of services, or expose a subset of the application transactions
to a targeted set of users.

ClearPath ePortal enables you to transform monolithic single-tiered ClearPath server

applications into a modern multi-tiered architecture by using popular modern
technologies. You can do this by leveraging your existing ClearPath server application
assets without changing them; this eliminates risk or interruptions to your ongoing
operations. Everything, from application interface capture, to web-tier application
generation along with deployment and management to a highly scalable runtime
environment are provided in a single, integrated solution. ClearPath ePortal consists
of ePortal Developer and the ePortal Runtime Environment.

ePortal Developer

ePortal Developer is a Microsoft Visual Studio plug-in for building ePortal applications.
It enables you to capture the interfaces of existing ClearPath server applications into a
data source project that is used to create presentation projects for web, mobile, or
web service applications. The flow of data between these newly designed
applications and the existing ClearPath server application can also be orchestrated to
provide additional processing and navigation capabilities when required.

ePortal Runtime Environment

ePortal Runtime Environment is a dedicated, secure runtime environment that hosts

and manages ePortal applications. A browser-based management interface manages
the runtime environment including application deployment, cluster management,
software upgrades, security, and consolidated monitoring. The ePortal Runtime
environment consists of a Manager Partition and one or more Web Partitions.

Notes:

 For ePortal Business and Enterprise systems, the ePortal Runtime Environment is
the dedicated application specific "appliance" which runs the ePortal runtime
software on Unisys provided platform hardware.
 For ePortal Software Edition (SE), the ePortal Runtime Environment is the
dedicated application specific environment that runs the ePortal runtime software
on customer data center hypervisor. The hypervisor hosts a Manager Partition and
one or more Web Partitions. The hypervisor host can be either Microsoft Hyper-V
or VMware ESXi.

The current release of ClearPath ePortal is Release 9.0.

4–16 8807 7144–023

 ClearPath ePortal

New Features/Enhancements (Release 9.0)

Refer to the ClearPath ePortal Software Release Announcement Release 9.0 (8205
8371) for information about the features and enhancements (You can access the SRA
on the Unisys Product Support website.)

Configurations
Refer to ClearPath ePortal Software Release Announcement Release 9.0 (8205 8371)
for specific information about hardware and software requirements, migration
requirements, and other important information. (You can access the SRA on the
Unisys Product Support website.)

Ordering Information
Contact your Unisys sales executive to order ePortal.

Product Information
Refer to ClearPath ePortal Software Release Announcement Release 9.0 (8205 8371)
for specific information about accessing product documents. (You can access the SRA
at the link given previously.)

8807 7144–023 4–17

ClearPath Visual IDE

ClearPath Visual IDE

Product Overview
Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE is a software product that extends the capabilities of
Microsoft Visual Studio to enable you to use it to develop ClearPath applications.

Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE is a plug-in for Visual Studio that provides an integrated
development environment you can use to create projects, edit ClearPath source files,
and build solutions using the familiar Visual Studio interface you already use for C#,
C++, e-Portal, Agile Business Suite, and other languages.

There is a large community of developers who have experience using Microsoft Visual
Studio to develop enterprise-class applications. Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE enables
these developers to leverage their Visual Studio experience and reduces the time
required for them to become productive ClearPath application developers.

Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE, when combined with other Microsoft Visual Studio plug-
ins, enables a developer to use a single tool – Microsoft Visual Studio – to develop
distributed environments such as ClearPath MCP, Agile Business Suite, ClearPath
Forward e-Portal, Microsoft Windows, and others. Using a single tool makes
developers more productive and can help to reduce software licensing and support
costs.

General Features
Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE provides a predefined MCP project type to create projects
and develop applications and libraries for the ClearPath MCP environment.

You can configure build settings and run or debug settings for an MCP project. For
example, you can specify an output file name and location for an object file that will be
created when you build the project. Additionally, you can specify values for
parameters and change the default setting of the debug mode property, which will
take effect when you run or debug an MCP project.

Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE allow you to use the Visual Studio code editor to create
and edit MCP source files in these languages:

 COBOL74
 COBOL85
 ALGOL
 DMALGOL
 DCALGOL
 NEWP

Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE allows you to create patches for existing MCP source files.
You can build the project with the patches and test it without applying the patches to
the original source file. You can also import and export patches and revert patch
changes.

4–18 8807 7144–023

 ClearPath Visual IDE

Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE enables you to use the source control features of
Microsoft Visual Studio to easily manage individual and team projects.

Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE enables you to build MCP applications and libraries within
a project. When you create a project, default build configurations are assigned to the
project. You can edit the default configurations or create your own configurations.

After a successful build, Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE allows you to run MCP
applications.

Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE enables you to debug MCP applications using the Test and
Debug System (TADS). You can view output messages and TADS messages, respond
to waiting entries on the host, and issue TADS commands.

Configuration Information
Consult the product compatibility matrices at:

https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

for compatible versions of the products listed that follow.

ClearPath MCP Environment

Software

ClearPath MCP Operating System

Hardware/Firmware (One of the following)

 ClearPath MCP server with a network connection

 ClearPath Software series product running on a computer with a network
connection

Microsoft Windows Environment

Software

 Microsoft Windows operating System

 Microsoft Visual Studio
Hardware

A computer with a network connection that is capable of running compatible versions

of Microsoft Windows and Microsoft Visual Studio.

8807 7144–023 4–19

ClearPath Visual IDE

Ordering Information
Consult your Unisys representative for ordering information.

Product Information
 Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE Installation and Configuration Guide (8230 0956)
 Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE Application Development Guide (8230 0864)
 Unisys ClearPath Visual IDE Information Center on the Unisys Product Support
website.

4–20 8807 7144–023

 COBOL74 Compiler

COBOL74 Compiler
Product Overview
The COBOL74 compiler includes all capabilities defined in the American National
Standard Institute standard (COBOL ANSI-74) plus a number of unique extensions
added to reduce programming time and cost.

General Features
Language Structure
The English-like structure of COBOL74 makes it an ideal language for business
application programming. The COBOL language offers high-level constructs that
minimize the overall programming effort. Application programs created by the
COBOL74 compiler operate under control of the MCP and its environment. The
support of application programs with system software results in rapid compilation,
compact code structure, and efficient execution. The MCP automates many detailed
operations related to input/output requests, error handling, file handling, and memory
allocation resulting in greater programmer productivity.

Product Interfaces
Extensions exist that interface with other software facilities. Enterprise Database
Server for ClearPath MCP COBOL verbs are incorporated to allow direct, efficient
access and manipulation of information managed in the database. Tabular retrieval and
single-statement updates are provided, as well as access through the more complex
structured retrievals and multiple-statement updates demanded of traditional
database applications. The Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS) enables
COBOL74 programs to gain information descriptions from ADDS while optionally
tracking those programs and data items compiled with the COBOL74 compiler.

Screen Design Facility Plus (SDF Plus) automates the coding of screen forms external
to the application program. Extensions to the COBOL74 READ and WRITE statements
provide a simple method for using these forms without the need to learn complex
calling procedures. Standard READ and WRITE constructs are used to support a
remote file interface for communication with a terminal network. SEND and RECEIVE
constructs support a simplified interface to the Transaction Server. The COBOL74
compiler also supports the enterprise server library architecture that permits a
program to call externally developed procedures, dynamically, at run time.

COBOL Migration Tool

The COBOL Migration Tool (CMT) is a utility that aids in the migration from COBOL74
to COBOL85. You can run COBOL68 or COBOL74 source files through the CMT to
filter them to COBOL85. Both the CMT and its source files are provided free of charge
on the release media to anyone who licenses the COBOL74 or COBOL85 compilers.
You can update the CMT source files to handle the specifics of your migration, but you
must first have licensed the COBOL85 compiler.

8807 7144–023 4–21

COBOL74 Compiler

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the COBOL74 compiler is CSP 10nn-C74,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

The COBOL Migration Tool (CMT) and its source files are bundled components of the
COBOL74 and COBOL85 compilers.

Product Information
COBOL ANSI-74 Programming Reference Manual, 8600 0296
Volume 1: Basic Implementation
COBOL ANSI-74 Programming Reference Manual, 8600 0130
Volume 2: Product Interfaces
COBOL ANSI-74 Test and Debug System (TADS) 8600 2151
Programming Guide

4–22 8807 7144–023

 COBOL74 Test and Debug System (TADS)

COBOL74 Test and Debug System (TADS)

Product Overview
COBOL74 Test and Debug System (TADS) enables you to monitor and control the
execution of the software being tested and to examine the data at any given point
during program execution. COBOL74 TADS uses commonly understood interactive
terms such as procedure names, variable names, source statement sequence
numbers, and COBOL74 expression syntax. It does not require that you be familiar
with the details of the enterprise server hardware architecture.

General Features
COBOL74 TADS enables you to interactively test and debug application programs and
modules. You can suspend test program execution or interrupt it with breakpoint
commands that you can set for individual variable conditions or for automatic fault
conditions. A breakpoint interrupt enables you to interrogate data and conditions
leading up to the condition that caused the interrupt.

You can display the flow of program execution to view the history of active
procedures and the current position of the program. Statistics provide you with
information about program statements that were not executed and the number of
times specific statements were executed, along with information about the change of
values during the execution phase.

You can store a series of commands to be used for controlled, automated testing.
TADS stores the results so you can compare iterations of program testing for the
effects of program modification or changes in program parameters.

TADS.View, an Editor enhancement, provides an improved and consistent user

interface for TADS users. For additional information, refer to the description with the
Editor product in this section.

Configuration Requirements
COBOL74 compiler

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for COBOL74 TADS is CSP 10nn-CTD,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
COBOL ANSI-74 Test and Debug System (TADS) Programming 8600 2151
Guide

8807 7144–023 4–23

COBOL85 Compiler

COBOL85 Compiler
Product Overview
The COBOL85 compiler conforms to the American National Standard Institute (ANSI)
X3.23-1985 Standard, which supports the high level of the following required modules:
Report Writer, Nucleus, Sequential I/O, Relative I/O, Indexed I/O, Interprogram
Communication, Sort-Merge, and Source Text Manipulation. Support of the Multiple-
Octet Character Set was implemented using the finalized CODASYL proposal for this
feature. In addition, the compiler includes value-added extensions that support a
flexible and powerful business application development tool.

General Features
Support for High-Volume Transaction Processing
Compiler extensions enable you to use the Transaction Server and the Enterprise
Database Server for ClearPath MCP for recoverable, high-volume transaction
processing.

Explicit Insertion for PICTURE Character Strings

Manual Insertion Editing using the capital letter I has been introduced into Unisys
COBOL85. Manual Insertion Editing provides an unambiguous mechanism for
introducing arbitrary nonblank characters in PICTURE strings as simple insertion
characters.

Internationalization
The internationalization features provide support for various character sets,
international business and cultural conventions, extensions to data communications
protocols, and the ability to use multiple languages concurrently. COBOL85 provides
language syntax that enables you to customize an application for the language and
conventions of a particular locality.

MOVE CORRESPONDING and Multiple Destinations

When the CORRESPONDING phrase is used in the MOVE statement, both identifiers—
the source and destinations—must be group items. Selected items from the source
are then moved to selected items in multiple destinations.

The results are the same as if each pair of corresponding identifiers were referenced
in separate MOVE statements. The following example illustrates the use of the MOVE
CORRESPONDING statement.

MOVE CORRESPONDING <source-1> TO <destination-1, destination-2 ..>

4–24 8807 7144–023

 COBOL85 Compiler

Support for Enterprise-Wide Applications

COBOL85 allows you to nest complete programs within other COBOL program.
Nesting provides a way to segment your large programs into smaller logical units,
making applications

 Easier to develop and test

 More reliable
 Easier to maintain

Support for 16-Bit Character Identifiers

You can specify 16-bit character identifiers in your COBOL85 programs.
Implementation of 16-bit character names in COBOL85 programs provides benefit for
the Japanese, Korean, and Chinese languages, whose character sets require more
than 8 bits to uniquely encode all the characters.

The implementation of 16-bit character identifiers offers the following advantages:

 Support for the development and portation of applications in character sets native
to Asian languages
 A means for current and new ClearPath customers who want to expand their
businesses and participate in global markets

Support for Other Key Unisys Features

 Tasking allows a program to initiate, monitor, and control other tasks. A program
can use task variables to access its own task information or task information of its
parent or offspring. Event items provide synchronization and interlocks between
tasks.
 Interrupt procedures are dynamically invoked with event items to enable a
process to continue executing other statements at the same time that it waits on
an event.
 Libraries facilitate resource sharing among a cooperative set of executing tasks. A
library program written in COBOL85 provides a directly nested program, or a set
of directly nested programs, that can be called by other programs.
 File attributes provide access to features that augment the standard COBOL85
language. File attributes enable you to define, monitor, or change file properties.
 The MultiLingual System (MLS) environment enables you to localize your
applications, including the translation of messages to another language, alternative
character sets, and support for other application-specific conventions.
 COBOL85 source listings include the physical file name of the Enterprise Database
Server for the invoked database. This feature can help eliminate errors that result
from the use of the wrong description file, which can prevent access to the
database and cause version or timestamp errors.
 You can inquire about the compilation progress of your program by entering the
?HI command with the compiler mix number. The compiler responds with the
same information provided by the ?CS command but adds the program name
specified in the PROGRAM-ID paragraph. This feature is useful when you are

8807 7144–023 4–25

COBOL85 Compiler

compiling a multiprogram symbol file, such as a bind stream, to determine which

program is currently being compiled.

Simplified Migration
Because the COBOL74 syntax is a subset of the COBOL85 syntax, you can usually
migrate COBOL74 programs to COBOL85 without any changes. The Multi-Octet
Character Set feature implements the COBOL74 CCSVERSION functionality, single-
octet character support, in the COBOL85 compiler. This feature provides syntax that
requires the compiler to implicitly generate CENTRALSUPPORT library calls for
comparison and for collation operations on single-octet national data items. A
single-octet national refers to a national character that occupies one byte of computer
storage. This functionality helps facilitate the migration of COBOL74 programs to
COBOL85.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the COBOL85 compiler is CSP 10nn-C85,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for the COBOL85 compiler. The COBOL Migration Tool
(CMT) and its source files are bundled components of the COBOL85 compiler and the
COBOL74 compiler.

Product Information
COBOL ANSI-85 Programming Reference Manual, 8600 1518
Volume 1: Basic Implementation
COBOL ANSI-85 Programming Reference Manual, 8600 1526
Volume 2: Product Interfaces
COBOL ANSI-85 Test and Debug System (TADS) 8600 0957
Programming Reference Manual

4–26 8807 7144–023

 COBOL85 Test and Debug System (TADS)

COBOL85 Test and Debug System (TADS)

Product Overview
COBOL85 Test and Debug System (TADS) is an interactive tool for testing and
debugging COBOL85 programs and COBOL85 libraries. COBOL85 TADS enables you
to monitor and control the execution of the software being tested and to examine the
data at any given point during program execution. COBOL85 TADS uses commonly
understood interactive terms such as procedure names, variable names, source
statement sequence numbers, and COBOL85 expression syntax. It does not require
familiarity with the details of the enterprise server hardware architecture.

General Features
COBOL85 TADS provides many of the features and capabilities of ALGOL TADS,
COBOL74 TADS, and FORTRAN77 TADS products. COBOL85 TADS also provides the
following features:

 Commands that you can use during the TADS session to perform the following:
 Cause a condition to occur every time the value of a specified <ON
expression> changes.
 Allow qualifications of identifiers declared inside nested programs.
 Cause an active condition to be temporarily disabled and an inactive condition
to be restored to active status.
 Interrogate, set, or reset the CODE and INCLUDE options.
 Invoke a language statement or function as a separate task that leaves
conditions enabled.
 An array of integer-valued run-time variables to use as loop counters during a
TADS session. This feature can be useful for keeping track of the number of
iterations through a particular block of code while you are debugging a program.
 Recognition of a startup file. The startup file, if present, is picked up by TADS
during initiation, and the commands contained in the file are processed
immediately.
 The collection of statement-execution statistics such as FREQUENCY, CLEAR,
MERGE, SAVE, and COVERAGE commands.
 Supports for the following features:
 Shared-by-all libraries
 Concurrent code execution
 Multiple task and breakpoint handling
 Display of mix numbers through the OPTION command

8807 7144–023 4–27

COBOL85 Test and Debug System (TADS)

Editor Interface
TADS.View, an Editor enhancement, provides an improved and consistent user
interface for TADS users. For additional information, refer to the description with the
Editor product in this section.

Configuration Requirements
COBOL85 compiler

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for COBOL85 TADS is CSP 10nn-C8T, where
nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
COBOL ANSI-85 Programming Reference Manual, Volume 1: 8600 1518
Basic Implementation
COBOL ANSI-85 Programming Reference Manual, Volume 2: 8600 1526
Product Interfaces
COBOL ANSI-85 Test and Debug System (TADS) 8600 0957
Programming Reference Manual

4–28 8807 7144–023

 Cross-Reference Symbolic

Cross-Reference Symbolic
Product Overview
The Cross-Reference Symbolic is a utility that produces cross-reference information
consisting of an alphabetized list of the identifiers that appear in a program. The utility
then writes the cross-reference information to either a printer file or a disk file.

General Features
After control options in the various enterprise server compilers generate cross-
reference information, the SYSTEM/XREFANALYZER analyzes that information.

The Cross-Reference Symbolic does the following:

 Produces an alphabetized cross-reference listing of identifiers that appear in a

program.
 Indicates the type of variable named by an identifier.
 Indicates the sequence number of the input record where the variable is declared.
 Indicates the sequence numbers of input records where the variable is referenced.
 Controls the production of cross-reference information to be analyzed by
SYSTEM/XREFANALYZER and specifies immediate or deferred analysis.
 Creates optional disk files instead of printer listings that contain cross-reference
information.

Ordering Information
Cross-Reference Symbolic is included as part of the operating environment. Source
code is available for this product. It is included as part of the operating environment
source product, which you can license separately.

Product Information
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460
Refer also to each compiler programming reference manual.

8807 7144–023 4–29

Data Comm ALGOL Compiler

Data Comm ALGOL Compiler

Product Overview
The Data Comm ALGOL Compiler includes all of the constructs of the Extended
ALGOL compiler and also includes constructs that have application in the control and
implementation of a data communications environment.

General Features
Data Comm ALGOL contains constructs that create messages, insert them into
queues, remove them from queues, and combine, create, or change queues. A
program that controls the data communications environment using these constructs is
called a Message Control System (MCS). The combination of ALGOL and these
constructs makes Data Comm ALGOL an extremely efficient implementation
language.

Note: Any enhancements made to ALGOL also apply to Data Comm ALGOL.

Client Queue
Client Queue adds syntax to Data Comm ALGOL. Using this syntax, each client of a
connection library can supply a Data Comm ALGOL queue. The connection library can
use this queue to send messages back to the client. Currently, connection libraries can
be used for two-way communication. Because of the graphs that the MCP must use
to manage two-way connections, the existing two-way passing technique can cause
application-scaling problems. The Client Queue provides a way to use connection
libraries for two-way communication without the application scaling penalty of two-
way graph edges.

Link Event to Queue

Through library export, the MCP provides a queue capability that links events to
queues. After an event is linked using this capability, if the event occurs, a predefined
message is added to the queue. You can use this mechanism to

 Enable a program to wait on a dynamically selected set of events.

 Establish two-way communication between a library and its clients without the
large overhead associated with two-way connection libraries.
 Write complex multistack applications that scale well.

Reporting ControlCard Job Messages through Queue

The interface REPORTING_CONTROLCARD is exported from the MCP. This interface
can be used by a Data Comm ALGOL program to start a WFL job. One of the
parameters to the interface is a queue. All messages produced by the job are put into
that queue. The program invoking the interface can extract the messages from the
queue to display what the job is doing.

4–30 8807 7144–023

 Data Comm ALGOL Compiler

This interface is similar to the existing CONTROLCARD API in that it is used to

programmatically launch a WFL job. However, with REPORTING_CONTROLCARD, the
launching program is able to monitor the actions of the job and potentially take actions
based on the progress of the job.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the Data Comm ALGOL compiler is
CSP10nn-ALG, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
DCALGOL Programming Reference Manual 8600 0841

8807 7144–023 4–31

Editor

Editor
Product Overview
Editor is a versatile file-editing system that facilitates program development on
enterprise server systems. The Editor displays or modifies program, text, or data files
that you create or access through the Command and Edit (CANDE) language.

General Features
The Editor enables you to

 Insert or merge records from an external file into your current work file.
 Change the text of one or more records in your file.
 Add or delete records in your current work file.
 Move or copy existing text to a different location within your file.
 Perform various types of formatting operations including paragraphing, centering,
shifting, line splitting, and line joining.
 Restore the contents of a work file to what it was prior to an operation that had an
undesirable result.
 Assign or modify sequence numbers to groups of records.
 Use special control keys on T27 or compatible terminals that perform various
Editor functions.
 Easily access information contained in program and memory dumps through the
dump analysis feature.

 List the contents of external files without affecting the contents of the current
work file.
 Assign labels to identify particular records in a file.
 Find any specified text in a file, or areas in the work file where you have changed,
added, or deleted text.
 Automatically recover changes to the work file in case of a system fault.
 Remember the state of an Editor session from one run to another.
 Provide online information about topics referenced by the Editor.
 Use cross-reference facilities.
 Create a patch file of changes made to your work file.
 Compile your work file.
 Run your work file or an external code file.

TADS.View
TADS.View combines the functionality of TADS—the Master Control Program (MCP)
debugging server—with the extensively integrated capabilities provided by the

4–32 8807 7144–023

 Editor

development environment of the Editor. Both applications can run independently; or

the test session can run as a dependent task within the Editor.

TADS.View offers interactive debugging capabilities for the following third-generation

language (3GL) compilers:

 ALGOL
 C
 COBOL74 and COBOL85
 FORTRAN77
 NEWP
 Pascal83

TADS.View provides an improved and consistent user interface for existing TADS
users. Despite the differences inherent in the underlying command-line TADS
products, any TADS product user can access the same interface.

TADS.View makes the test and debugging process smoother and easier by

 Shortening the learning curve. The user interface is common to all supported
languages.
 Shortening the time required to test and debug complex systems or applications.
Under best-case conditions, TADS.View can turn testing and debugging days into
hours or even minutes.
 Making it easier to learn and understand the logic of test programs by watching
the application execute statement by statement, stepping into or stepping over
subroutines.
 Making it easier to anticipate, find, and solve problems, thus shortening test
schedules, improving the quality of products, and reducing overall costs.
 Reducing the need to understand machine-specific architecture.
 Offering automated processes and mechanisms to test scripts.
 Offering compatibility with a variety of proprietary terminal hardware as well as
the Windows operating system.

Who Can Benefit from TADS.View?

TADS.View offers the most benefits to system and application programmers, test
engineers, and technical support personnel.

8807 7144–023 4–33

Editor

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Editor is CSP 10nn-EDI, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Editor Operations Guide 8600 0551

4–34 8807 7144–023

 FORTRAN77 Compiler

FORTRAN77 Compiler
Product Overview
The FORTRAN77 Compiler converts programs written in FORmula TRANslation
language (ANSI 1977) into object programs for execution on enterprise server
systems.

FORTRAN77 is a widely used language for scientific and engineering functions,

although many installations also use it for business application programming.
FORTRAN77 enables you to specify procedures in precise and familiar terms. It also
provides an efficiency of expression that results in rapid processing of formula-
oriented problems.

General Features
Programming Benefits
FORTRAN77 offers powerful programming capabilities that facilitate structured
programming, character manipulation, and easy reformatting of data records.

You can separately compile independent subroutines and execute them at run time.
You can separately compile routines written in ALGOL, FORTRAN, COBOL74, and
COBOL85 and have their object codes bound into a FORTRAN77 object file. Where
many FORTRAN77 subroutines are maintained separately from the base program, an
Autobind feature allows automatic binding after compilation.

The Test and Debug System (TADS) is integrated with the FORTRAN77 Compiler as
well.

Product Interfaces
Through the Database Interpreter, FORTRAN77 programs can gain interpretive access
to Enterprise Database Server databases. This capability extends the use of
FORTRAN77 in all environments. FORTRAN77 programs can access the Sort and
Merge features provided by the MCP.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the FORTRAN77 compiler is
CSP 10nn-F77, where nn represents performance groups
10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

8807 7144–023 4–35

FORTRAN77 Compiler

Product Information
FORTRAN77 Programming Reference Manual 3957 6053
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System (TADS) Programming 4199 8816
Reference Manual
Enterprise Database Server Interpretive Interface 8600 0155
Programming Reference Manual

4–36 8807 7144–023

 FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System (TADS)

FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System (TADS)

Product Overview
FORTRAN77 TADS enables you to monitor and control the execution of the software
being tested and to examine the data at any given point during program execution.
FORTRAN77 TADS uses commonly understood interactive terms such as procedure
names, variable names, source statement sequence numbers, and FORTRAN77
expression syntax. It does not require familiarity with the details of the enterprise
server hardware architecture.

General Features
FORTRAN77 TADS enables you to interactively test and debug application programs
and modules. You can suspend test program execution or interrupt it with breakpoint
commands that you can set for individual variable conditions or for automatic fault
conditions. A breakpoint interrupt enables you to interrogate data and conditions
leading up to the condition that caused the interrupt.

You can display the flow of program execution to view the history of active
procedures and the current position of the program. Statistics provide you with
information about program statements that were not executed and the number of
times specific statements were executed, along with information about the change of
values during the execution phase.

You can store a series of commands to be used for controlled, automated testing.
TADS stores the test results so you can compare iterations of program testing for the
effects of program modification or changes in program parameters.

TADS.View, an Editor enhancement, provides an improved interface for TADS users.

For additional information, refer to the description with the Editor product in this
section.

Configuration Requirements
FORTRAN77 compiler

Ordering lnformation
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for FORTRAN77 TADS is CSP 10nn-FTD,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System (TADS) Programming 4199 8816
Guide

8807 7144–023 4–37

NEWP Compiler

NEWP Compiler
Product Overview
NEWP is a programming language based on ALGOL that enables you to implement
system software. Its major application is the Master Control Program (MCP), and thus
some features of NEWP are closely tied to the features available in the MCP and
underlying hardware.

General Features
Significant differences exist between ALGOL and NEWP. NEWP performs more
rigorous type checking than ALGOL does, which helps prevent errors caused by
unexpected type conflicts. NEWP provides a number of features that ALGOL lacks,
such as modules, user-defined scalar types, and sets. NEWP does not include the
environmental software interfaces that ALGOL supports, such as interfaces to
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP or Transaction Server.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the NEWP compiler is CSP 10nn-NWP,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
NEWP Programming Reference Manual 8600 2003

4–38 8807 7144–023

 Pascal Compiler

Pascal Compiler
Product Overview
Pascal is a high-level, block-structured language with strong data structuring and data
typing capabilities. The clean, elegant syntax of Pascal makes the language easy to
learn and leads to readable, maintainable programs.

Enterprise server Pascal is based on the ANSI/IEEE 770 X3.97-1983 Pascal standard
with major extensions to provide access to BNA functions. It is also integrated with
and provides programmatic interfaces to the Advanced Data Dictionary System
(ADDS) and Transaction Server.

General Features
Benefits
The enterprise server Pascal compiler enables you to compile Pascal programs fast
and efficiently and offers excellent error diagnostics and recovery from syntax errors.
Standard compiler options are available, and you can use standard file attributes.

Extensions to the ANSI/IEEE Standard

The enterprise server Pascal compiler contains the following extensions:

 Full support of variable length strings

 Access to BNA functions
 Integrated programmatic interface to the Advanced Data Dictionary System
(ADDS) and Transaction Server
 Module concept to control visibility to program elements
 Support for single and double precision fixed point numbers
 Creation and invocation of ClearPath MCP libraries
 Definition of structured constants
 Data compatibility among Pascal, COBOL74, COBOL85, RPG, and ALGOL programs
and compilers

Sort and Merge Features

You have the ability to

 Read input records from a file or from a routine within the program.
 Write output records to a file or to a routine within the program.
 Sort the records in ascending or descending order.

8807 7144–023 4–39

Pascal Compiler

 Select a particular collating sequence to use for the sort or merge action. The
collating sequences that you can specify include EBCDIC, ASCII, a sequence that
you define, or an internationalized, coded character set version. If you do not
specify a collating sequence, the default is EBCDIC.
 Order the records based on specified keys or through the use of a specially
written comparison routine.
 Perform the sort action by using (for its intermediary workspace) memory only,
memory and disk, memory and tape, or all three.
 Restart the sort or merge action.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the Pascal compiler is CSP 10nn-PAS,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Pascal Programming Reference Manual, Volume 1: Basic 8600 0080
Implementation
Pascal Programming Reference Manual, Volume 2: Product 8600 1294
Interfaces

4–40 8807 7144–023

 Program Binder

Program Binder
Product Overview
The Program Binder combines one or more separately written and compiled
subprograms into a single executable program. Using Program Binder, you can
implement features not available in one language in another language and bind the
features together for the final program.

General Features
Modules written in ALGOL, C, COBOL74, COBOL85, FORTRAN77, and Pascal can
generally be bound together to form one program.

You can modularize large programs into many subprograms to reduce the
recompilation time necessary for small changes. You can separately recompile a
rewritten module and insert it into a large program, which requires revision and
compilation of only the module in question.

Ordering Information
Program Binder is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is
available for this product. It is included as part of the operating environment source
product, which you can license separately.

Product Information
Binder Programming Reference Manual 8600 0304

8807 7144–023 4–41

Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP

Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Programmer’s Workbench enables you to create and edit an MCP file as easily as you
would a Windows file. Instead of complex commands, you can use familiar drop-down
menus, tool buttons, shortcut keys, and point-and-click capabilities.

The client side of Programmer’s Workbench is installed and runs on a PC in the

Windows environment, while the server side is installed and runs in the MCP
environment of a ClearPath system. The client and the server communicate through a
TCP/IP connection.

General Features
Programmer’s Workbench Client Features
Programmer’s Workbench enables you to

 Create and edit patch and symbol files either on your PC or on any accessible
ClearPath host.
 Compile your files, and, if errors occur, you can use the automatic linking of errors-
to-source lines to quickly solve program errors.
 Use Mark IDs to identify the author or the release version of a code segment. You
can edit individual Mark IDs, apply dynamic Mark IDs that include a time or date
stamp, disable Mark ID application, and perform searches in the Mark ID field.
 Quickly perform such tasks as finding and replacing text, sequencing and
resequencing line numbers, and printing files.
 Connect to an unlimited number of MCP hosts.

Enhanced Screen Editing

Editing features include

 Insert/overwrite mode, which enables you to insert text as well as overwrite it

 Drag-and-drop capability, which enables you to copy or move text from one
location in your program to another, from one program to another program, or
from another application into Programmer’s Workbench.

Import File Wizard

You can use this utility to import existing PC or MCP files into a format that is
compatible with Programmer’s Workbench. For example, you can import structured
PC text files, and you can convert a DATA type file into an ALGOL file, or vice versa.

4–42 8807 7144–023

 Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP

Kerberos Authentication
If Programmer’s Workbench is running on a Windows workstation, you can perform a
single-point log-on. That is, you can use your Kerberos principal ID and password and
your Kerberos domain to log on to the Windows workstation. You no longer have to
log on to your workstation and then log on again every time you connect to a different
MCP host.

Macro Recording
Using Programmer’s Workbench, you can record a series of keyboard actions in a file.
Macro scripts can save you time; for example, you might want to record keyboard
actions that you perform repeatedly, such as setting IF, BEGIN, and END statements or
comment lines.

Two methods are available for recording a macro script:

 Quick macro
A quick macro enables you to quickly replay recorded keyboard actions without
having to name and save a file. However, the recorded keyboard actions are
available only until you record another quick macro.
 Named macro
A named macro enables you to save the recorded actions into a file that you can
use repeatedly even after you record another macro.

Memo Scripting
You can develop scripts that are executed by choosing a menu selection, pressing a
keyboard shortcut, or clicking a toolbar button. To simplify your script development,
several predefined script objects are available, which you can use to manipulate the
Programmer’s Workbench environment.

The following table provides a brief summary of some of the objects available for
developing macro scripts.

Object Description

Control Performs such functions as opening a file, creating a new

file, listing recently opened files, and so on.
HostManager Performs MCP host functions, such as connecting,
disconnecting, directory searching, and disk pack listing.
Document Manipulates an open file.
Line Manipulates lines of text and represents one line of text
in a file.
Selection References the location of the current cursor and the
bounds of the selected text, if any.

8807 7144–023 4–43

Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP

Multiple Parameters
When running a program, you can supply multiple parameters. A Multiple Parameters
check box controls how the parameters are passed. If this box is selected, the
parameters are passed as multiple parameters; if this box is not selected, the
parameters are passed as one string parameters.

Project Files
Using a project file, you can store, organize, and use information that is related to a
specific MCP symbol file.

Project files save you time and effort when performing a variety of tasks, such as
compiling and debugging programs and working with xref files. For example, once you
specify a compiler name in the project file, you are not prompted to provide a
compiler name every time you compile your program.

Information that you can store in a project file includes

 Name and location of files, including symbol, patch, object, and xref
 Name of WFL compile job
 Compiler name and compiler control options: XREF, TADS, LineInfo, and Merge
 Build method to compile a program—directly or with a WFL job
 Automatic saving of bookmarks
 Automatic saving of breakpoints
 Mark ID values

Renew
You can use this feature to restore changed text to its original state. You can remove
changes without starting over.

Run-Time Debugging
You can interactively debug program source code through the Test and Debug System
(TADS) utility supported for certain compilers including ALGOL, COBOL74, COBOL85,
and Pascal. Using the run-time debugging feature, you can enter breakpoints, view call
stacks, step through code a line or procedure at a time, and view variable values while
the code is executing.

System Command Support

System administrators can control the operation of the Programmer’s Workbench
server component by entering system commands at a system terminal (ODT) or
through the MARC menu. Some of these operations include

 Inquiring about currently logged-on Programmer’s Workbench clients

 Logging clients off
 Setting configuration options

4–44 8807 7144–023

 Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP

TADS Watch List Window

The TADS Watch List window offers you a powerful debugging tool. The expressions
you add to this window are evaluated each time the program stops at specified
breakpoints or when stepping through the source code to trace program execution. If
a value changes, the value in the TADS Watch List window appears in red.

WFL Compile
You can associate a Work Flow Language (WFL) job with the Compile option in the
Tools menu.

Xref Files Support

Cross-reference (xref) files, which consist of a declaration file and reference file for a
compiled source file, are a fast and efficient way to find, display, and track identifier
declarations and references. Xref indexes are compiler-generated and use the
programming language scoping rules to find declarations and references. This feature
is critical within programs that include more than one variable with the same name.

Configuration Requirements
Client Software Microsoft Windows with TCP/IP network adapters.

For information on Windows operating system compatibility, see the compatibility

matrices at
https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

Programmer’s Workbench now supports the encryption of data transfers between the
host and the client.

Ordering Information
Programmer’s Workbench is included as part of the operating environment packages.
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP Help 8999 5732
Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP Installation and 8808 0049
Operations Guide

8807 7144–023 4–45

Report Program Generator (RPG) Compiler

Report Program Generator (RPG) Compiler

Product Overview
Report Program Generator (RPG) is a simple, easy-to-use programming language. The
standard programming forms are self-documenting and require limited learning time.
The simplicity of RPG helps reduce program development time, and a number of
extensions increase the effectiveness of the language as a convenient, low-cost
programming tool.

General Features
Object programs generated by the RPG compiler are fully reentrant and automatically
take advantage of the virtual memory services provided by the MCP. On enterprise
server systems, RPG contains unique extensions to enable programs to access and
update Enterprise Database Server databases and to take advantage of the message
routing and other capabilities provided by the Transaction Server.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the RPG compiler is CSP 10nn-RPG,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Report Program Generator (RPG) Programming Reference 8600 0544
Manual, Volume 1: Basic Implementation
Report Program Generator (RPG) Programming Reference 8600 0742
Manual, Volume 2: Product Interfaces

4–46 8807 7144–023

 SORT Compiler

SORT Compiler
Product Overview
SORT compiler accepts SORT language statements and invokes the MCP SORT
intrinsic to sort and merge files. You can access it through CANDE or through WFL
where the file is of type SORT.

General Features
With the SORT compiler, you can

 Sort records in multiple files.

 Merge records in up to eight files.
 Specify records to be included or excluded from the sort/merge process.
 Specify up to 200 keys in ascending or descending order.
 Sort by using tags.
 Specify a stable sort, in which records with identical keys maintain their original
order.

Ordering Information
The SORT compiler is included as part of the operating environment. Source code is
available for this product. It is included as part of the operating environment source
product, which you can license separately.

Product Information
SORT Language Programming Reference Manual 8807 6583

8807 7144–023 4–47

SURE Software Management and Change Control

SURE Software Management and Change Control

Product Overview
SURE is a comprehensive MCP-based software configuration management (SCM)
solution for developers of hybrid applications involving ClearPath MCP, Windows, and
Unix/Linux operating environments. SURE transparently supports all popular developer
IDE tools from Unisys and the industry. Extensive security, automation, audit, and
electronic workflow support throughout the stages of the application development
lifecycle insure the highest quality software is delivered into production.

SURE brings the following advantages to the IT organization:

 Improved productivity
 Lower software development costs
 Improved software quality
 Shorter development to deployment cycles
 Improved communications among all IT functions
 Total integrity of the application process from project start through deployment
and beyond

General Features
SURE enables you to organize the tasks of complex application development across
functional environments such as development, test, quality acceptance, and
production.

Life-Cycle Management
SURE consists of a rich set of functions to support and manage the complete life-
cycle of an application. SURE manages all the consequences of a change in a particular
source file and, as a result of this capability, it starts not only the automatic
compilation of the source file involved, but also compiles those source files that are
affected by the change. This impact analysis function is also available in a variety of
other forms within the SURE products.

Project Management
SURE offers extensive functions for managing projects and the individual tasks within
projects. Therefore, all modifications resulting from one major change of an application
are transferred as one integrated set of activities through the complete cycle of
development or maintenance, test, acceptance and production environments. During
the technical implementation of a complex modification, all changed software
components are transferred completely to the next stage of the development
process. The result of these project management functions is significantly higher
quality and integrity of the application software.

Organizations that streamline and optimize their processes around accepted industry
development models will benefit from the SURE task management mechanism.

4–48 8807 7144–023

 SURE Software Management and Change Control

Versioning Management
SURE provides extensive versioning management. This facility enables you to place
software in separate environments for each distinct phase of the development and
deployment processes. For example, when a new version of the software is
delivered, it can be transferred to a separate environment for testing to ensure that
test activities do not have any impact on development or production. The options to
develop through patch files and/or to create additional branches make versioning
management complete.

Change History
SURE keeps a logical and a physical history of each source, including who changed a
source, when and why they made the change, and an explanation of the change. This
change history is useful for developers analyzing application software issues.

File-Level Cross Reference

SURE keeps a maintains a cross-reference at the file level, which contains information
on which data-files, include-files, datasets, databases and so on are used by which
sources. This information is often used by the change-control staff, in addition to
developers and analysts.

Authentication, Authorization, and Security

SURE supports various methods of authentication such as the traditional usercode and
password method through the MCP USERDATAFILE.; Kerberos authentication; and
authentication through the Windows account. SURE offers a customizable, role-based
authorization scheme. It supports shared work/development environments as well as
an individual work environment for each developer.

Client/Server Architecture
The SURE client is a development workbench running on a Windows-based PC. The
SURE server, including the repository, executes on a ClearPath server.

PC-Based Development Workbench

The PC-based SURE development workbench has a Windows Explorer look-and-feel
and makes it possible to develop application software for a Unisys enterprise server
on a local PC.

SURE enables you to completely isolate the development team from the traditional
mainframe environment. This capability is of particular value in the recruiting of new
employees who are most comfortable with a PC environment and do not want to
invest in learning the “back-office” details.

You can connect the PC to the server by a LAN or a WAN using TCP/IP. You can also
use Internet connections to offer capabilities for telecommuting to the development
staff.

Enterprise Database Server-Based Repository

The SURE repository is stored in an Enterprise Database Server database that is
installed in the MCP environment of a ClearPath server. In addition to storing the

8807 7144–023 4–49

SURE Software Management and Change Control

source file for MCP-based applications, the repository can store the source files of
applications for the Windows platform.

Ordering Information
SURE is licensed on a per-user basis. A user is defined as a PC that accesses the SURE
repository.

The following styles are available on ClearPath servers.

Style Description
CS10-SUR SURE media. One copy is required.
CSC1001-SU1 SURE Configuration Manager license for one user. A user is
defined as a PC that accesses the SURE repository.
CSC1001- SURE Task/Workflow Manager license for one user. A user is
SU2 defined as a PC that accesses the SURE repository.
CSC1001- SURE Total Enterprise Manager license for one user. A user is
SU3 defined as a PC that accesses the SURE repository.

Additional styles are available to order SURE Software Update Subscriptions.

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
SURE Software Management and Change Control User's Guide 8999 8298

4–50 8807 7144–023

 Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP

Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
The Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath is an application programming interface (API) that
a COBOL85, ALGOL, or NEWP application can use to parse, create, or modify XML
documents.

Unisys XML Parser helps to accelerate development and deployment of business

process integration projects by reducing the complexities involved in exchanging
information between applications. Unisys XML Parser accomplishes this by enabling
MCP applications to use XML documents to exchange data with other applications.

General Features
Using the Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP, applications can

 Parse and validate XML documents. An application can supply any of the following
to the parser:
 Data from an XML document.
 References to an MCP file containing an XML document.
 An HTTP URL that identifies the document location on an HTTP server.
 Provide XML document data to applications.
An application can ask the parser to provide all data in an XML document
sequentially (SAX-mode) or to provide specific data in an XML document
(DOM-mode).
 Create and modify XML documents
The parser can create an XML document or modify a parsed XML document and
can return the new or modified document to the application or save to an MCP
disk file.
 Monitor Java components
The parser can monitor the following characteristics in the Java component:
status, version, number of connections, worker threads, memory use, and
documents parsed.
 Transform XML documents into other documents using XSLT

The XML Parser supports multiple JPMs in active or standby mode, for scaling and
redundancy.

File Cache improves performance of reading MCP files for Unisys XML Parser and file
merging capabilities.

The XML Parser supports the XML Path Language (XPATH). The implementation of the
XPath feature supports the W3C XPath 1.0 syntax for expressions that can access an
XML document.

8807 7144–023 4–51

Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP

JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) allows parsing of JSON into XML so that an
application can access data in a received JSON document.

Configuration Requirements
Microsoft Windows system with Oracle Java 8.0 JRE

Ordering Information
The Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP is included in all ClearPath MCP operating
environment packages.

Product Information
WEBAPPSUPPORT Application Programming Guide 3826 5286

4–52 8807 7144–023

Section 5
Tools and Utilities

Overview
Introduction
This section describes the tools and utilities available to support the operation of
ClearPath MCP servers.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Activity Reporting System (BARS)

 Billing Support Library
 Client System Component, Enterprise version, for Automated Tape Libraries
 Data Compression
 DSI FileManager
 DSI LibraryManager
 DSI TapeManager
 Enterprise Output Manager
 MCP TapeStack
 MultiLingual System (MLS)
 Remote Print System
 SAN DataMover
 SAN Mirror Disk Certify
 SAN Mirror Disk Manager
 SAN Spare Disk Manager
 SAN StoreSafe Manager
 System Assistant
 System Logger
 TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE)
 WRAP File Enabler

8807 7144–023 5–1

Activity Reporting System (BARS)

Activity Reporting System (BARS)

Product Overview
The Activity Reporting System (BARS) monitors and displays system performance in
real time. You can display performance statistics in the form of numeric values and bar
graphs on the system console or remote terminals. The system updates the display
every “cycle” seconds. You define the cycle frequency. The default screen format
displays a predefined set of information about the performance of the system, but you
can modify the format to meet your specific needs.

General Features
BARS monitors information about processor utilization, I/O request depths, and pack
subsystem performance by job or system. You can access BARS through MARC
menus or through the CANDE message control system (MCS).

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for BARS is CSP 10nn-BAR, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
System Administration Guide 8600 0437
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460

5–2 8807 7144–023

 Billing Support Library

Billing Support Library

Product Overview
The Billing Support Library provides an effective method for processing billing
information and enables this information to be printed in the job summary listing.
Billing Support Library provides system and installation software that converts
resource usage into information that can be used for charging users.

General Features
The Billing Support Library contains one procedure entry point. No restrictions exist on
what this procedure can do. It can provide such functions as

 Calling other procedures

 Invoking other libraries
 Invoking Enterprise Database Server databases

The library provides system software modules (JOBFORMATTER and LOGGER) as a

means to process billing information.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the Billing Support Library is
CSP 10nn-BSL, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is available with this product.

Product Information
Master Control Program (MCP) System Interfaces 8600 2029
Programming Reference Manual
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460
Work Flow Language (WFL) Programming Reference Manual 8600 1047

8807 7144–023 5–3

Client System Component (CSC) for ACSLS

Client System Component (CSC) for ACSLS

Product Overview
The Enterprise version of Client System Component (CSC) for ACSLS from the
University of Washington provides an interface from ClearPath servers to an
automated tape library system. The CSC for ACSLS is versatile and scalable, and
provides an easy-to-use interface. These features make CSC for ACSLS a global leader
in MCP robotic tape management.

Figure 5-1 illustrates the CSC for ACSLS software in a ClearPath server and the
interface to a tape library system. This graphic illustrates the simplest configuration.

Figure 5–1. Sample CSC for ACSLS Configuration

5–4 8807 7144–023

 Client System Component (CSC) for ACSLS

Figure 5-2 illustrates a configuration with multiple, independent ACSLS servers.

Figure 5–2. Sample CSC for ACSLS Configuration with multiple ACSLS servers

The software also supports multiples of each MCP server (with CSC for ACSLS
software on each MCP server), multiple independent ACSLS servers, and multiple
Tape Library Systems.

General Features
CSC for ACSLS supports the following general features:

 All MCP-supported tape drives and cartridges

 Tape libraries consisting of up to 100,000 cartridges
 Simultaneous support of multiple tape libraries
 Dynamic tape drive sharing across MCP platforms
 Mixed-vendor libraries
 Single or multiple libraries on multiple ClearPath servers
 Ability to interface with multiple independent ACSLS instances
 Support for high availability ACSLS HA environments
 Integration with all tape management systems in the MCP market, including B&L
Associates, Metalogic, and Dynamic Solutions International (DSI), as well as
customer-developed tape management systems.
 CSC/Enterprise licenses are available based on the number of volumes seen by the
MCP host.

8807 7144–023 5–5

Client System Component (CSC) for ACSLS

Configuration Requirements
Hardware  Qualified cartridge tape library
 Qualified server running the Automated Cartridge
System Library Software (ACSLS)
Software  ClearPath MCP Release 15.0 or later
 ACSLS release 7.1 or later

Ordering Information
Your Unisys representative can help you select the components suited to your
business needs.

Documentation
Documentation for this product is located on the Unisys Product Support site.

5–6 8807 7144–023

 Data Compression

Data Compression
Product Overview
Data Compression enables you to handle large amounts of data more efficiently, by
reducing the amount of time it takes to transfer large amounts of data across a
network and reducing the space required to store data.

General Features
You can use Data Compression in conjunction with the WRAP File Enabler product to
compress one or more native MCP-based files—along with their MCP file attributes—
as byte stream data files, and send those files across the network more efficiently.

When the file reaches a destination MCP partition, you can use Data Compression in
conjunction with the MCP unwrap feature to decompress and unwrap the files. The
unwrapped files are in their native MCP format.

You can also store the compressed and wrapped files on systems running other
operating systems.

WRAP File Enabler

Ordering Information
A Unisys representative can provide the appropriate styles to order the Data
Compression Product

Source code is not available for this product

Product Information
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460
Work Flow Language (WFL) Programming Reference Manual 8600 1047

8807 7144–023 5–7

DSI FileManager

DSI FileManager
Product Overview
FileManager, from Dynamic Solutions International, provides a simplified interface
and file tracking mechanism to allow for backup and recovery of MCP files to local
storage (tape) or remote storage (Cloud).

FileManager provides the ability to define one or more set-based backup scenarios for
MCP hosts. A set defines a group of files to be managed (backed up or restored) and
is based on pack family names and file directories with subsets of files included or
excluded as needed. A set can be preconfigured or temporarily defined for a one time
backup or restore process.

Files that are backed up by FileManager are recorded in the FileManager database. You
can recover these files with the FileManager restore operation. FileManager
determines which tape or remote container the files are on and manages the restore
process. By default, the most recent version of a file is restored but older versions of
a file can be selected if needed. Files can also be restored to a different name and
location than that of their origination. A reporting system is included in FileManager so
the account can determine which files are backed up or can query on files or
directories for availability.

General Features
FileManager includes the following general features.

 Customizable back-up scenarios

The three types of backup scenarios are full, differential, and incremental. You can
set up the options for the backup scenario to further filter the files in the set by
attributes such as creation date, altered time, and so on. You can also define
options for the backup scenario to be applied to the backup process such as
verification and reporting. You can also specify backup destination options such as
encryption and scratch pool. Once the backup is defined, you can start the process
or save the backup scenario for reuse. You can also save the WFL job generated
for the backup for reuse or for calling by other jobs.
 Custom reporting
 Advanced macro-tool
 Advanced searches using wild cards
 Support for backing up to local tape storage
 Support for backing up to remote storage such as a Cloud storage provider

5–8 8807 7144–023

 DSI FileManager

Configuration Requirements
ClearPath MCP Release 15.0 or later

Ordering Information
Your Unisys representative can help you select the components suited to your
business needs.

Product Information
Documentation for this product is located on the Unisys Product Support site.

8807 7144–023 5–9

DSI LibraryManager

DSI LibraryManager
Product Overview
LibraryManager from Dynamic Solutions International (DSI) is versatile, scalable, and
provides an easy-to-use interface that makes it a global leader in robotic management
based on the MCP. LibraryManager is easy to install and set up and does not require
any patches to the MCP or other software. The following figure illustrates the
components of the tape library system

General Features
LibraryManager includes the following general features.

 Supports all tape cartridge types supported by the MCP.

 Supports all sizes of cartridge libraries from 20 to more than 64,000 cartridges.
 Optionally provides simultaneous support for multiple automated libraries.
 Integrates with DSI Virtual Tape Library (VTL) through the DSI VTL Agent
 Supports multiple MCP hosts that are accessing one or more libraries
simultaneously.
 Supports Oracle/Sun/StorageTek libraries through ACSLS.
 Integrates with DSI TapeManager and other third-party tape management
software.
 Includes the common application programming interface (API) provided for all
types of cartridge libraries.
 Support VTL backend processes including replication, archive and backend libraries
(requires DSI VTL Agent 2.2 or greater).

5–10 8807 7144–023

 DSI LibraryManager

 Support from B&L Associates BLLIB when used with the B&L Associates
LIBRARYSERVER product.
 Supports Data Domain VTL systems.

Configuration Requirements
Hardware  Qualified cartridge tape library, DSI VTL system, or
Data Domain system with VTL option
 DSI Library Controller (DSI1002-IPI or DSI1003-IPF)

Software  DSI TapeManager or media manager interface

 DSI VTL Agent 2.2 or later (optional)
 ClearPath MCP Release 15.0 or later

Ordering Information
Your Unisys representative can help you select the components suited to your
business needs.

Product Information
Documentation for this product is located on the Unisys Product Support site.

8807 7144–023 5–11

DSI TapeManager

DSI TapeManager
Product Overview
TapeManager from Dynamic Solutions International (DSI) enables you to simplify your
operations by tracking all of your tape and optical backup media. TapeManager works
with all cartridge tape and optical technologies available on Unisys ClearPath MCP
systems. TapeManager logs tapes in real time and tracks tapes stored both on site
and off site. When it recovers a database, TapeManager removes any guesswork by
supplying tapes requested by DMUTILITY. By working with an automated tape library,
TapeManager performs restorations without any user intervention. TapeManager also
protects tapes from scratching or reuse.

TapeManager is accessed similarly to other MCP operations. You can enter all
commands through the Operator Display Terminal (ODT). You can access
TapeManager using MARC, RemoteSPO, and DCKEYIN. TapeManager includes a utility
program that follows the standard MARC presentation and allows for batch
operations. A graphical user interface (GUI) is also available, allowing for point-and-
click tape management.

General Features
TapeManager includes the following features.

 Real-time update of the TapeManager database as cartridge activity occurs

 Selective cartridge tracking based on site policy
 Extensive searching capabilities to locate cartridges
 Wildcard search capability on any string field in the database
 Command and response at the ODT without need for AX or SM system
commands
 Command entry through MARC, DCKEYIN, batch, and REMOTESPO methods
 GUI for ease of use
 Simplified tape policies for retention, movement, ejection, and labeling
 Data protection through PG or SN system commands
 Support for multiple MCP hosts with distributed database
 Support for DSI Virtual Tape Library (VTL) through LibraryManager
 Customization for site requirements
 Reports available at terminal, console, file, or printer
 Standard logging and reporting of tape activity and exceptions
 Customizable label printing interface

5–12 8807 7144–023

 DSI TapeManager

Configuration Requirements
Software ClearPath MCP Release 15.0 or later

Ordering Information
Your Unisys representative can help you select the components suited to your
business needs.

Product Information
Documentation for this product is located on the Unisys Product Support site.

8807 7144–023 5–13

Enterprise Output Manager

Enterprise Output Manager

Product Overview
Enterprise Output Manager (formerly called DEPCON) is a comprehensive output-
management solution for mixed-platform networks. Running on a Windows operating
system, Enterprise Output Manager automatically processes and routes print files and
other application output files from any supported platform to any supported output
destination. Automated processing is based on the file name, size, or other file
characteristics you specify. In addition, Output Manager lets you take advantage of a
variety of delivery mechanisms, such as e-mail, Web, CD/DVD, and fax. With each of
these delivery methods, Enterprise Output Manager can reformat text documents and
data into a customized, modern appearance. .

The primary benefits of Enterprise Output Manager are

 Operational cost savings

 Improved operational discipline
 Document modernization
 Remote administration

General Features
The Enterprise Output Manager solution runs on a Microsoft Windows system deliver
information where you need it, when you need it, and in a format you can use.
.Enterprise Output Manager can process output files from a variety of systems, such
as Unisys ClearPath Forward, IBM, Windows, Sun Microsystems, HP, UNIX, and Linux
systems. With its standards-based open architecture, you can “unfreeze” application
output files produced by various vendors, such as Oracle, PeopleSoft, and Unisys, or
by customer-written application programs, such as COBOL, and other legacy
applications.

Enterprise Output Manager can automatically customize and send these output files to
the destination of your choice: a Windows workstation or server, file server,
mainframe, e-mail system (SMTP or a MAPI compliant e-mail client), fax, CD/DVD, XML
file, HTML file, printer, Web site, FTP server, HTTP server, Microsoft Office SharePoint
Server, (using HTTP PUT method), PDF file, XPS file, customer-written program or
software application.

5–14 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Output Manager

Enterprise Output Manager Environment

The following figure illustrates the Enterprise Output Manager environment.

One of the key features of Enterprise Output Manager is its ability to print and
process files automatically, based on the name, size, or other characteristics of the
incoming files, Enterprise Output Manager accepts files from the following:

 Windows workstations and servers

 IBM mainframes
 UNIX, Linux, IBM, and other systems using HRRP or LPD protocol
 ClearPath MCP and ClearPath 0S 2200 systems running the Enterprise Output
Manager host agent software
 Forward partitions
 Directories that the Enterprise Output Manager server is set up to monitor
 Other inputs such as MQ, E-mail, COM, and .Net API and Web API
 Unisys Mobile EOM app

8807 7144–023 5–15

Enterprise Output Manager

This package provides all of the benefits of standards-based solutions. The open
environment lets users easily and automatically access, distribute, and manipulate
information in ways that maximize productivity and cost savings. The menu-driven
tools provided with the Enterprise Output Manager client application lets you monitor,
edit, modernize, and consolidate application output from a Unisys ClearPath system or
any other major system connected in your computing environment.

Enterprise Output Manager accommodates both distributed and centralized print and
data delivery needs. You can customize and distribute a single print file to multiple
locations using any combination of delivery methods. For example, you can send
tailored messages and attachments to e-mail users, route customized invoices to a
remote directory’s LAN directory, create indexed files to be shared among users, send
individualized facsimiles to clients, post the file to a Web site, and transfer portions of
a master report to various departmental printers. With Enterprise Output Manager,
you distribute information directly to users from low-cost distribution points.

The Enterprise Output Manager package is an integrated solution with versatility and
flexibility of results. Implementing a few features results in substantial cost savings
and productivity gains.

The Enterprise Output Manager data distribution and reporting solution is the leading
state-of-the-art technology in the industry. A United States Patent (Patent 5,559,933)
was issued to Unisys Corporation for the Enterprise Output Manager system and
method for transferring and printing files originating on mainframe computer systems,
workstations, or personal computers connected within a heterogeneous computer
network.

Release 14.0 Features/Enhancements

Refer to the Enterprise Output Manager Software Release Announcement, Release
14.0 (7845 0392).

Configuration Information
Refer to the Enterprise Output Manager Software Release Announcement, Release
14.0 (7845 0392).

Ordering Information
See the Enterprise Output Manager Support Site by accessing the Unisys Product
Support website.

Also, contact your Unisys representative.

Product Information
Refer to the Enterprise Output Manager Software Release Announcement, Release
13.0 (7845 0392) and the Release 14.0 library.

5–16 8807 7144–023

 MCP TapeStack

MCP TapeStack
Product Overview
The MCP TapeStack utility provides the ability for multiple tape volumes to be copied
and stacked onto a single tape volume, and then later retrieved and recreated in their
native format.

The advantages of using the MCP TapeStack utility include

 Media consolidation
The MCP TapeStack utility can greatly reduce the number of tape media cartridges
you need. It enables you to stack multiple tape volumes onto a single stacked
tape.
 Media migration
The MCP TapeStack utility enables you to migrate from older, potentially obsolete,
tape media types to newer higher capacity and performance tape media types. For
example, you can stack many existing 18- and 36-track tapes onto a single LTO
tape. You can retrieve the original tape volumes and re-create them on modern
tape media, such as LTO, 9x40, and SDLT.
 Cost savings
You can dramatically reduce the number of tape cartridges that you need. The
MCP TapeStack utility enables you to consolidate and migrate media. In addition,
you can replace older tape drives with newer ones.

General Features
The key stacking features of the MCP TapeStack utility include

 Reading multiple source tapes in their native format and writing them in an
encoded (stacked) format to a single destination tape.
 Reading a stacked tape, decoding a previously stacked tape image, and creating a
new tape in its native format.
 Reading multiple source tapes in their native format and writing them in an
encoded (stacked) format to the end of an existing stacked destination tape.
 Combining multiple, previously stacked tapes into a single stacked tape that
contains all the stacked tape images from the input stacked tapes.
 Making a duplicate copy of a stacked tape.
 Logically invalidating a specific stacked tape volume on a stacked tape.
 Listing the contents of a stacked tape.
 Reading a set of native format tapes to determine how much data is on the tapes.
This feature is useful as an assessment tool to determine the current tape
utilization and the value of using the MCP TapeStack utility.

8807 7144–023 5–17

MCP TapeStack

The MCP TapeStack utility also has tape encryption and decryption features. The tape
encryption features are packaged as part of the Tape Encryption product and priced
separately. The tape decryption features are included in the operating environment.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The number of tapes that can be stacked has been increased from 100 to 500 tapes
per run.

Ordering Information
Some MCP TapeStack utility functions are included as part of the operating
environment, while other functions are separately priced and packaged.

The following functions of the MCP TapeStack utility are included in the operating
environment:

 UNSTACK
 DIRECTORY
 RECREATEDIRECTORY
 SIZE
 HELP

The following stacking functions of the MCP TapeStack utility are separately priced
and packaged:

 STACK
 APPEND
 CONSOLIDATE
 DUPLICATE
 INVALIDATE

The ordering style for these functions is CSP10nn-MTS, where nn represents

performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).

The tape encryption features are packaged as part of the Tape Encryption product and
priced separately.

Product Information
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460

5–18 8807 7144–023

 MultiLingual System (MLS)

MultiLingual System (MLS)

Product Overview
The MultiLingual System (MLS) environment encompasses many products. MLS
provides extensive support to operate your system (including system interfaces, data
management, and transaction processing software) in a language other than U.S.
English. MLS gives you the flexibility to create, tailor, and run application systems for a
multilingual, multicultural business environment.

General Features
The MLS environment includes a collection of operating system features, productivity
tools, utilities, and compiler extensions. This environment enables you to

 Translate online screens, forms, menus, help text, messages and documentation.
 Choose from over 15 character-set processing options, 50 cultural conventions,
and any number of languages in which an application system can run.
 Display text using the language, characters, symbols, and formatting relevant to
the individual users of your application system.
 Define standard formats for the presentation of dates, times, numbers, and
monetary data based on your needs.
 Present an application system in several languages or conventions at the same
time on the same system.
 Dynamically change the language or convention setting so that you can access the
application system with the language and formatting most useful to you.
 Make changes to a previously translated application system and then translate
only those changes, without retranslating the entire user interface.
 Convert data encoded in one character set to another character set with multibyte
conversion services.

Support for the Euro

The internationalization library supports the European currency symbol, the euro, as
defined by the European Union. The following features support the euro.

 Two coded-character sets (CCSs) based on the ISO 8859-15 (commonly referred to
as Latin-9) standard are available in the internationalization library: Latin9ISO and
Latin9EBCDIC.
The Latin9ISO CCS is similar to the Latin1ISO CCS. The Latin9ISO CCS replaces the
international currency symbol with the euro symbol and some Latin1 characters
with Finnish and French characters.

8807 7144–023 5–19

MultiLingual System (MLS)

Translation tables are provided to and from Latin9ISO and Latin9EBCDIC, Latin1ISO,
Codepage1252, and ASCII. Latin9ISO and Latin9EBCDIC are also available as
INTMODE and EXTMODE values.
 The following character sets include the euro:
 In Latin1ISO, Latin2ISO, and Latin5ISO, the euro symbol replaces the
international currency symbol at code position 0xA4.
 In Latin1EBCDIC, Latin2EBCDIC, Latin5EBCDIC, and Arabic LatinGreek, the euro
is defined at code position 0x9F.
 In MacRoman, the euro is defined at code position 0xDB,
 In Arabic20ISO and LatinGreekISO, the euro is at code position 0x4A and in
Arabic20EBCDIC and LatinGreekEBCDIC at code position 0x45.
 Codepages 1250, 1252, 1253, and 1254 contain the euro symbol at code position
0x80
 Codepage 1251 contains the euro symbol at code position 0x80

HostCCS System Option

HostCCS is a system option that enables system administrators to identify and define
the default coded-character set (CCS) used on their system when the following
conditions exist:

 The default system option CCSVERSION is ASERIESNATIVE.

 The default CCS used on the system is not EBCDIC.

Programs interpret data and messages that are not encoded in EBCDIC by requesting
that the CENTRALSUPPORT procedure return the value of the HostCCS.

Support for Japanese Characters

Support is available for Japanese custom (Kanji) characters when moving data
between MCP systems and workstations running Microsoft operating systems.

Along with the standard Japanese characters, Japanese users might have an additional
set of custom characters that they have added to their locally supported system. To
access those custom characters, users must define their custom characters by using
the Microsoft End User Defined Characters (EUDC) mechanism.

If existing data on MCP systems contain custom characters, in order for that data to
display correctly on the workstation, a user must create the EUDC fonts so that the
code points on the workstation match the code points to which the MCP system is
mapped.

German Language Support

The SYSTEM/CONVENTIONS file contains a standard convention definition for
Germany, and the SYSTEM/CCSFILE contains a standard German Ccsversion definition.

5–20 8807 7144–023

 MultiLingual System (MLS)

Ordering Information
The MultiLingual system is included as part of the operating environment. Source code
is available for this product. It is included as part of the Integrated Operating
Environment source product which you can license separately.

Product Information
MultiLingual System Administration, Operations, and 8600 0288
Programming Guide
Message Translation Utility (MSGTRANS) Operations Guide 8600 0106

8807 7144–023 5–21

Remote Print System

Remote Print System

Product Overview
The Remote Print System is an optional, separately priced software product that
works with the Print System to control printing at remote devices. With the Remote
Print System, you can control how printer backup files are routed and printed at
devices that

 Connect to a host server through COMS networks or local area networks (LANs).
 Connect to a remote host server that is connected to the local host through
Heritage Network Services.

In addition, you can use the same PS (Print System) commands to control remote
devices as for controlling local devices with the Print System.

General Features
The Remote Print System enhances the Print System with the following capabilities:

 Connectivity to printing devices attached through Transaction Server, enabling

devices that use a terminal transport paradigm such as TELNET to act as print
destinations. Transaction Server also provides facilities such as processing items
that you can use to specify custom features for devices.
 Access to print services on other hosts connected by Heritage Network Services,
enabling print requests to be serviced by the Remote Print System on a remote
MCP host. You can use the same control interfaces and status as you would for a
locally connected device.
 Implementation of extension modules (libraries), developed by your site or a third
party, that expand the Print System ability to accommodate unique printing
requirements and devices through the TRANSFORM, AUTOMODIFY, or virtual
server facilities.

Configuration Requirements
System Software
If you have multiple MCP hosts and use BNA Print routing to direct print request on
one host to a printer on another host, then you need

 Heritage Network Services on both hosts

 The Remote Print System on both hosts

5–22 8807 7144–023

 Remote Print System

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the Remote Print System is
CSP 10nn-RMP, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10). Source code is available for
this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Print System User’s Guide 8600 1039
Printing Utilities Operations Guide 8600 0692

8807 7144–023 5–23

SAN DataMover

SAN DataMover
Product Overview
SAN DataMover software provides a way to move large amounts of disk data quickly
and efficiently between the MCP and the Windows environments using a shared disk
subsystem as a transport mechanism (transfer volume).

For transfers from a Windows environment to a ClearPath MCP environment, you can
only use Virtual Sector Size, Version 2 (VSS-2) formatted disks as transfer volumes. For
transfers from a ClearPath MCP environment to a Windows environment, you can use
disks of any format (VSS-1, VSS-2, VSS-3, or Native) on any storage type (physical or
emulated disk units) as transfer volumes. If a transfer volume is not available, files can
be transferred between an MCP environment and a Windows environment in either
direction over a TCP/IP connection.

Note: For information on disk formats and storage types, see the Disk and Tape
Storage Systems Configuration Guide.

General Features
Supported File Types
SAN DataMover can transport files with the following characteristics:

 FILESTRUCTURE value of ALIGNED180 or STREAM

 BLOCKSTRUCTURE value of FIXED
 FILEORGANIZATION value of NOTRESTRICTED or RELATIVE

Other types of ClearPath MCP files are not supported.

File Transfers from an MCP System to a Windows System

Two file transfer methods are available with San DataMover when transferring files
from an MCP system to a Windows system:

 Using a transfer volume

This method uses a disk subsystem that is visible to both the MCP and Windows
systems. The disk must be either an MCP emulated disk (also known as a logical
disk) or an external physical disk configured as either a VSS-1 or a VSS-2 MCP
labeled disk. The MCP writes the files to the transfer volume, and the Windows
system reads the file from the transfer volume.

 Using TCP/IP
SAN DataMover on the MCP system opens a TCP/IP port to SAN DataMover on
the Windows system and then transfers the file over the TCP/IP connection. This
method is slower than using a transfer volume, but because the Windows system
performs the data translation and formatting, it is faster than a conventional FTP
file transfer.

5–24 8807 7144–023

 SAN DataMover

File Transfers from a Windows System to an MCP System

Two file transfer methods are also available with San DataMover when transferring
files from a Windows system to an MCP system:

 Using a transfer volume

This method uses a disk subsystem that is visible to both the MCP and Windows
systems. The disk must be an external physical disk configured as a VSS-2 MCP
labeled disk. The Windows system writes the files to the transfer volume, and the
MCP system reads the files from the transfer volume.
 Using TCP/IP
SAN DataMover on the MCP system opens a TCP/IP port to SAN DataMover on
the Windows system which then transfers the file over the TCP/IP connection.
This method is slower than using a transfer volume, but because the Windows
system performs the data translation and formatting, it is faster than a
conventional FTP file transfer.

Initiation and Management of File Transfers

You can initiate and manage file transfers between a local Windows environment and
a ClearPath MCP environment using a Windows client (for example, a GUI, a command
prompt, a VB Script or a C++ API), a ClearPath MCP command line interface (such as
MARC, CANDE, or ODT), a WFL interface, or ALGOL or COBOL API interfaces.

Dynamic WRAP and UNWRAP File Transfer

When an MCP file is moved from the MCP environment to Windows using SAN
DataMover, the MCP file attributes are lost. To maintain these attributes, which is
desirable when using SAN DataMover for backup or disaster recovery functions, you
need to explicitly WRAP the files before transferring them to Windows. This process
is slow and uses valuable MCP processing time. It also requires the use of scripts or a
manual two-step process.

The dynamic WRAP and UNWRAP file transfer feature offloads the process of
wrapping a file to the SAN DataMover service that is running on Windows. When the
file is moved back to the MCP, it is unwrapped by the Windows service, thus
preserving the MCP file attributes. Because the file is wrapped and unwrapped during
transfer, the file header information is preserved.

File transfers using the dynamic wrapping process are faster than normal MCP FTP
copies for customers who cannot use BNA file transfers.

Other Features
The following features provide many helpful capabilities.

 Convert printer backup files to plain text (txt) or rich text formatted (rtf) files when
transferring files from a ClearPath MCP system to a Windows system.
 Copy multiple files from the MCP environment to the Windows environment.

8807 7144–023 5–25

SAN DataMover

 Use wild cards to easily copy multiple files from an MCP environment to a
Windows environment.
 Translate files from EBCDICUTL to Codepage 950 (WINBIG5) on Windows.
 Copy files with or without FTP servers between ClearPath MCP systems and
remote Windows systems.
 Copy files between a remote (Windows Unix, or Linux) FTP server and the
ClearPath MCP environment, using a local Windows server running the SAN
DataMover Windows service.
 Add sequence numbers and blank IDs to records as a file is being transferred from
Windows to the MCP environment.
 Supports FTPS and SFTP between a local SAN DataMover Windows environment
and a remote Windows, UNIX, or Linux server.
 Supports SSL transfers between a local SAN DataMover Windows environment
and a remote SAN DataMover Windows environment.
 Supports SSL transfers between a ClearPath MCP environment and a local SAN
DataMover Windows environment.
 The SAN DataMover tool stores Trace files in the “Backups” directory when they
reach a certain size. The files are then automatically deleted from the directory
after a specified number of days.
 Supports PRINTER BACKUP source files with a FILESTRUCTURE of ALIGNED180 or
BLOCKED.
 The /F command in the windows batch interface specifies that a carriage return
and line feed character set (CR/LF) represents a new record.

Configuration Information
ClearPath MCP  See the Compatibility Matrices at the URL below.
System  KEYEDIOII software
Primary A PC running Microsoft Windows (See the Compatibility
Workstation Matrices at URL that follows.)

See the Compatibility Matrices at

https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP
Additional A PC running Microsoft Windows
Workstations
See the Compatibility Matrices at URL listed previously.
(Running only the
Administration
software for
Windows and
Windows client)

5–26 8807 7144–023

 SAN DataMover

Transfer Volume A transfer volume is required only if you want to use it to

move files from a Windows environment to an MCP
environment. For file transfers from an MCP environment to
a Windows environment, SAN DataMover can move files
through TCP/IP if a transfer volume is not available.
A transfer volume must be a disk subsystem with these
characteristics:
 Configured for access by both the MCP and Windows
systems
 Not used for anything other than SAN DataMover
operations
 Not a mirrored disk
 For file transfers from a windows environment to an
MCP environment, formatted as a VSS-2 disk (you
cannot use a disk formatted as a VSS-1 disk).
 For file transfers from an MCP environment to a
Windows environment, formatted as a VSS-2 disk.
Emulated disks can be used as a transfer volume only for
transfers from an MCP environment to a Windows
environment.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the SAN DataMover is VSSnn-SDM,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
SAN DataMover Help 4310 7127

8807 7144–023 5–27

SAN Mirror Disk Certify

SAN Mirror Disk Certify

Product Overview
SAN Mirror Disk Certify enables you to verify that data on a mirrored set is consistent
across all online members.

General Features
SAN Mirror Disk Certify provides the following capabilities:

 Examines all online members of a given mirrored set for consistency.

 Marks all successfully verified members with a timestamp that can be queried by
using the OL, FIND, and SHOW system commands.
 Can be used from System Assistant.
 Produces a report file that is saved on the halt/load unit and can be viewed using
any editor. The report file contains detailed information about detected
mismatches, including the following items:
 The starting disk address and length (in sectors) of the mismatch
 The file name and row number within the file affected by the mismatch
 A one-word sample extract from each member (in hexadecimal) that indicates
the word that triggered the mismatch report

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for SAN Mirror Disk Certify is VSSnn-MDC,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
GETSTATUS/SETSTATUS Programming Reference Manual 8600 0346
Database Operations Center Help 8999 5211

5–28 8807 7144–023

 SAN Mirror Disk Manager

SAN Mirror Disk Manager

Product Overview
SAN Mirror Disk Manager is a separately priced feature that enables you to create a
snapshot copy of an MCP family that you can process independently of the original
family.

General Features
SAN Mirror Disk Manager includes the following key features:

 The ability to duplicate MCP disk families by

 Assigning new disk serial numbers to family members
 Preventing accidental introduction of duplicate volumes
 Supporting optional family renaming
 Disk subsystem independent
 Flexibility in selecting members to be imported
 Support of the Enterprise Database Server Quiesce database I/Os
 Support of single and multihost environments

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the SAN Mirror Disk Manager is
VSS nn-SMD, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
GETSTATUS/SETSTATUS Programming Reference Manual 8600 0346
System Commands Operations Reference 8600 0395
System Operations Guide 8600 0387

8807 7144–023 5–29

SAN Spare Disk Manager

SAN Spare Disk Manager

Product Overview
The SAN Spare Disk Manager is a highly cost-effective RAID-1 management
automation tool that improves the capabilities of disk mirroring by enabling a system
administrator to establish a spare-disk pool and by automating various aspects of
failed mirror replacement.

You can use the SAN Spare Disk Manager with the MCP Mirrored Disk feature.
Mirrored Disk increases disk subsystem availability and integrity by maintaining two,
three, or four copies of selected disk units to provide protection against disk failures.
Mirrored Disk provides a capability that is often referred to as RAID-1.

With the SAN Spare Disk Manager, a system administrator initially establishes a spare-
disk pool whose members are designated for use as mirror replacements.
Subsequently, if a mirror is removed from its online set because of failure, this pool is
programmatically searched for a compatible disk. When one is found, a new mirror is
created without any operator intervention. The spare-disk pool can include in-use
spares, which are normally members of other mirrored sets but can be removed if
needed elsewhere.

General Features
SAN Spare Disk Manager eliminates the need to have operators with detailed
knowledge of the disk subsystem configuration available to perform these unplanned
tasks.

As with Mirrored Disk, the SAN Spare Disk Manager is totally transparent to
application programs and end users. All you need are the extra disk units that are to
be used as mirrors and the spare-disk pool.

The SAN Spare Disk Manager consists of two separate components:

 One component resides in the Master Control Program (MCP) and is responsible
for establishing and maintaining the spare-disk pool, detecting that a mirror has
failed, and selecting a replacement candidate from the pool. This component is
activated when the SAN Spare Disk Manager run-time key is resident on the
ClearPath server.
 The other component resides in a supervisor program. This program is responsible
for determining if and when a failed mirror is actually replaced. Two supervisor
program options are available, depending on which products you license:
 If you license both the System Assistant product and the SAN Spare Disk
Manager, you should use the standard System Assistant supervisor program
to manage replacement of failed mirrors. The SAN Spare Disk Manager
includes a sample System Assistant script that can help you write a
customized script. For example, you can write a script so that only selected
mirrored sets are eligible for replacement. In addition, your script can specify
that replacement be deferred to a time when system use is lower. This

5–30 8807 7144–023

 SAN Spare Disk Manager

flexibility can be important because the creation of a mirror consumes

significant system resources, particularly on smaller systems.
 If you license only the SAN Spare Disk Manager and do not license
System Assistant, you should use the SYSTEM/MDPF/ASSISTANT supervisor
program included in the SAN Spare Disk Manager. This program automatically
and without operator intervention replaces any failed mirror as soon as it
detects the failure.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the SAN Spare Disk Manager is
VSS nn-SSM, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
System Operations Guide 8600 0387
System Assistant Operations and Programming Guide 8600 0825

8807 7144–023 5–31

SAN StoreSafe Manager

SAN StoreSafe Manager

Product Overview
SAN StoreSafe Manager enables a site to more tightly control and monitor the number
of mirrored disk copies that are required for mission-critical disk data.

With traditional disk mirroring, when an application requests an I/O, the request
succeeds as long as at least one online mirror of the disk data is available. Failures of
other MCP mirror disks are completely transparent to applications.

SAN StoreSafe Manager is used for sites that require a minimum number of MCP
mirrored disks. If the number of mirrored disks falls below the specified threshold for
the site, a StoreSafe alert is triggered. A site administrator can configure the impact
level of a StoreSafe alert. The level can range from informational messages that simply
inform the operator about problems to directing applications to handle new error
results in real time.

General Features
SAN StoreSafe Manager includes the following major features.

StoreSafe Alerts
A StoreSafe alert is a mechanism by which the MCP informs the system administrator,
monitoring programs, and even user applications that the required number of mirror
copies of data for a particular disk is no longer available.

The administrator can choose the desired level of integration as follows:

 Provide informational console messages only.

 Awaken specialized programs that are monitoring for StoreSafe events.
 Cause applications to suspend I/O activity during a StoreSafe alert.
 Override StoreSafe alerts to handle special situations.

In addition, SAN StoreSafe Manager is integrated with SAN Spare Disk Manager. The
selection of SAN Spare Disk Manager spares ensures that replacement mirrors are
selected in such way that the failure of a mirror at a particular disk site name is
replaced by a spare that has the same disk-site name.

Disk-Site Names
System administrators can assign disk-site names to the disk members of a mirrored
set. A disk-site name is an identifier that is meaningful to the site administrator. For
example, one application might be to assign an ID that reflects the geographic location
of the member of the mirrored set. In this case, the system administrator can require
that at least one online mirror of certain data be available at multiple site locations (for
example, in a disaster recovery configuration).

5–32 8807 7144–023

 SAN StoreSafe Manager

When access is lost to the last disk member of a mirrored set at a particular disk-site
name, the MCP posts a StoreSafe alert to allow for operational recovery to take place
as specified by the site.

Manual Synchronization of Mirror Audits

When a mirrored disk goes offline, the MCP maintains a mirror audit so that when the
offline mirror comes back online, the amount of required synchronization is reduced.

Previously, mirror audit application started automatically when the offline mirror was
accessible again. This feature enables the site administrator to require, on a
mirrored-set basis, that the operator send a confirmation before SAN StoreSafe
Manager starts a mirror audit.

This capability is useful in a disaster recovery environment to ensure that audit

application begins only when there is a good chance that the recovery completes
successfully. Without this feature, if a switch is necessary to a backup host while the
mirror audit is being applied, it will not be possible to use the mirror with a partially
applied mirror audit.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the SAN StoreSafe Manager is
VSSnn-SSD, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
System Operations Guide 8600 0387

8807 7144–023 5–33

System Assistant

System Assistant
Product Overview
System Assistant serves as a supervisor program for enterprise server systems. The
operating system loads and executes a supervisor program immediately following
system initialization. Supervisor programs are well suited to perform system
verification, initialization, and configuration tasks. When invoked as part of system
startup, System Assistant can verify the accuracy of the system configuration and
perform systematic initialization of various subsystems as required.

General Features
You can program the System Assistant to automatically respond to predefined system
events. The MCP passes information to the System Assistant regarding tasking events
such as beginning-of-task or end-of-task. System Assistant also has the ability to
perform actions based upon the occurrence of specified message events through the
ON MESSAGE command. Wild-card specifications are supported to select task or
message events of interest.

System Assistant also supports a macro interface. You can group system commands
into macros to reduce the number of individual commands required to accomplish a
given task.

System Assistant provides the following capabilities:

 Supports operator commands to control the ASSISTANT supervisory program.

 Schedules recurring or one-time-only tasks.
 Initiates a task when a specific system event occurs.
 Issues system commands and examines the responses.
 Verifies hardware and software configurations.
 Sends messages to other programs.
 Runs other programs or starts Work Flow Language (WFL) job.
 Uses special read-only variables to monitor and control BNA Version 2 hosts in a
network, to monitor databases, and to manage program information.
 Changes Transaction Server configuration entities through programmed
instructions.
 Monitors and responds to a failed mirror, a change in the spare disk pool, the
result of a mirror create process, or a change in the peripheral configuration.
System Assistant also enables the licensed users of San Spare Disk Manager to
use that product without having to obtain a license for System Assistant.
 Reduces the amount of operator intervention required in configuring and initializing
the enterprise server environment. You can customize the System Assistant
parameters to accommodate the changing requirements of your environment.

5–34 8807 7144–023

 System Assistant

 Minimizes operator error and system downtime by automating the execution of

repetitive and complex tasks. It also frees operations personnel to focus attention
on more challenging activities within the IT department.
 Enables you to use the CONSTELLATION declaration to access all declared hosts
in a multihost environment without having to access each host by its host
identifier. As a result, more logic does not have to be added to the script when a
host is added or deleted.
 Enables you to recover a lost SOURCE parameter (script) file from the OBJECT
parameter file.

System Assistant comprises two components:

 The ASSIST compiler reads a source parameter file, which resembles ALGOL
source code, and creates an encoded parameter file.
 The ASSISTANT is a supervisor program whose actions are controlled by the
encoded parameter file. The MCP initiates the ASSISTANT following system
initialization. The ASSISTANT loads the encoded parameter file and performs any
actions specified in the parameter file. When ASSISTANT completes its
initialization, it can optionally remain an active program, based on input
parameters. Then, an operator can communicate with the ASSISTANT and instruct
it to perform specific tasks.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

A new ONJOBQINSERT declaration that occurs when a job enters a job queue is now
supported. The ON JOBINSERT declaration can include an optional <pgminfo variable>
to obtain the number, usercode, and name of the job.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for System Assistant is CSP 10nn-OCA,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
System Assistant Operations and Programming Guide 8600 0825

8807 7144–023 5–35

System Logger

System Logger
Product Overview
System Logger (LOGGER) is a log-analysis program that provides custom reports from
standard system files to help you analyze system use and performance. You can also
use this information to charge system users for the resources they have actually used.
You can create a wide variety of reports depending on your installation requirements.
You can also request System Logger to produce reports that combine data over
various time intervals.

General Features
System Logger enables you to specify whether you want your reports to be produced
in either summary or detailed format. Information used in the reports is provided by
the current and prior system sumlogs that contain system messages created during
operation. Three files are created and used in the process of generating reports:

 JOBSUMMARY file—contains data on each job, task and session.

 STATISTICS file—contains statistics on the overall system such as the number of
jobs run. This information is grouped by 15-minute intervals to conserve storage
resources.
 FILEIODATA file—contains information on file usage.

After the files are generated, multiple report specifications can be included in the
generation of the reports. Year-to-date totals can be created and maintained as a
by-product of report initiation.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for System Logger is CSP 10nn-LOG,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately,

Product Information
System Log Programming Reference Manual 8600 1807

5–36 8807 7144–023

 TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE)

TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE)

Product Overview
TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE) enables an enterprise server to share printers in a TCP/IP
network, thus helping you to reduce costs and improve productivity.

TPE supports inbound and outbound printing from an enterprise server. Outbound
printing enables enterprise server print requests to print on printers directly
connected to a TCP/IP network or on printers connected to print servers that use
either the Berkeley Systems Development (BSD) lpr/lpd (line printer/line printer
daemon) protocol or the rsh (remote shell) protocol.

The inbound printing capability enables printer files generated on systems that
support the lpr/lpd protocol, such as PCs and UNIX systems, to be printed on printers
attached to enterprise server systems.

The following figure shows an example of a TCP/IP Print Enabler configuration.

8807 7144–023 5–37

TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE)

General Features
TPE enables you to print from an enterprise server on a variety of printers connected
directly or indirectly across a TCP/IP network.

Printers Connected Directly to TCP/IP Networks

When you choose this method, you do not need to purchase and administer a print
server. Thus, you experience a reduction in cost and an increase in productivity.
Additionally, you can attach multiple printers directly to a TCP/IP network by
purchasing an external network interface adapter.

The TPE can direct print requests from the Print System to printers with network
interface cards (NICs) that support the following protocols:

 BSD lpr/lpd protocol

 TCP/IP protocol

The TPE can also direct print requests from the Remote Print System and Transaction
Server direct-window programs to printers with NICs that support the TCP/IP protocol.

TCP/IP Print Servers

The TPE can direct print requests from the Print System to TCP/IP print servers that
support the following protocols:

 BSD lpr/lpd protocol

 rsh protocol

You can also route print requests from a UNIX system or a PC to a ClearPath printer.
The enterprise server TCP/IP Print Server supports print requests to enterprise server
printers from remote clients by using the lpr/lpd protocol.

Ordering Information
TCP/IP Print Enabler is included with the operating environment. Source code is
available for this product. It is included with the operating environment source
product, which you can license separately.

Product Information
TCP/IP Distributed Systems Services Operations Guide 8807 6385

5–38 8807 7144–023

 WRAP File Enabler

WRAP File Enabler

Product Overview
The WRAP File Enabler enables you to package native MCP-based files—along with
their MCP attributes—as byte stream data files. This capability enables you to
transport native MCP files across heterogeneous networks such as the Internet or
corporate intranets while preserving their native file attributes. Once these files arrive
back in the MCP environment, you can use the unwrap facility of the MCP to restore
them to their original format, as shown in the following figure.

General Features
You can use Microsoft Windows Explorer to download wrapped files from a share in
the MCP environment of a ClearPath server onto your workstation. From there, you
can send the files across a network as an e-mail attachment, burn them onto a CD-
ROM, or put them on a Web server. When you reload these files onto an MCP server,
they can be restored to their native MCP formats. There is no difference between the
original source file and the restored destination file.

This product also handles compression and encryption.

The ability to wrap and unwrap files provides you with the following advantages:

 Ease of use. You can use familiar WFL syntax to wrap and unwrap files.
 Flexibility and convenience. You can transfer files among different platforms.
 Security. You are assured of file integrity during the transfer process.

Wrapping Files
Transporting multiple files is easy. You can wrap these files into “containers,” which
are then sent as a single entity across a network. To copy files back into the MCP
environment, you can restore either individual files or multiple files from a container.

8807 7144–023 5–39

WRAP File Enabler

You can wrap or unwrap files programmatically through MCP program interfaces or
through the use of Work Flow Language (WFL) syntax.

Creating Reports and Interrogating File Attributes

You can create reports on the contents of a container through the use of the
SYSTEM/FILEDATA utility. You can also use the FILEDATA LFILE command to
determine the attributes of the native MCP environment file stored within the
wrapped file.

Security
If security is a consideration, you can use a private key to add a digital signature to the
file during the wrapping process. The digital signature must be verified on the
receiving host prior to restoring the file to its native MCP file format. A digital
signature ensures that files are not altered during the transfer process.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the WRAP File Enabler is
CSP 10nn-WRP, where nn represents performance groups
10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product. The WRAP File Enabler is also included in
the Heritage Host Services and Native File Transfer products.

The unwrap facility is an inherent feature of the MCP for all ClearPath servers.

Product Information
File Attributes Programming Reference Manual 8600 0064
MCP System Interfaces Programming Reference Manual 8600 2029
System Messages Support Reference Manual 8600 0429
System Software Utilities Operations Reference Manual 8600 0460
Work Flow Language (WFL) Programming Reference Manual 8600 1047

5–40 8807 7144–023

Section 6
Performance Monitoring and Capacity
Planning

Overview
Introduction
This section describes performance monitoring and capacity planning products
available to support the operation of ClearPath MCP servers.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Sightline Capacity Power Agent (CPA)

 Sightline Enterprise Data Manager (EDM)
 Sightline Expert Advisor/Vision (EA/V)
 Sightline Interface Agents
 Sightline Performance Power Agent (PPA)
 Sightline Workload Analyzer (SWA)
 TeamQuest Express
 TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes
 TeamQuest Model
 TeamQuest Online
 TeamQuest Probes
 TeamQuest SMFII

8807 7144–023 6–1

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Sightline Capacity Power Agent (CPA)

Product Overview
The Sightline Capacity Power Agent (CPA) is an advanced Sightline data consolidator
and capacity database manager based in the ClearPath MCP environment. It
automatically manages a repository of historical performance data for the Unisys host,
for the companion Windows system, and for external ClearPath MCP, Windows, UNIX,
OS 2200 and other platforms. The CPA database resides on the ClearPath MCP host
and is populated with interval data (30 or 60 second samples of performance data)
from the MCP and all Interface Agents as it is collected. Transparent to the user, the
collected data is automatically rationalized to 15-minute, hourly, daily, weekly, and
monthly summaries as well as into user-definable custom shifts for long-term storage,
retrieval and analysis. Management of this performance and capacity database is
automatic with data aged out of CPA based on retention specified by the user.

If both Sightline PPA and CPA are resident on the same platform, then both the MCP
performance data collection and the Interface Agent data collection are integrated and
shared between the two Power Agents to improve efficiency and reduce collection
overhead.

Sightline CPA is seamlessly integrated with Sightline EDM and EA/V for alerting,
analyzing, and reporting but it also comes with a fully-functional, host-based reporting
mechanism. A parameter-driven utility on the host allows the user to format and
schedule printing of host-based tabular reports and to export data to other analysis
facilities like Microsoft Excel and the Sightline ForSight capacity planning feature.

Configuration Requirements
Sightline CPA operates on any ClearPath MCP system.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath MCP The ordering style for Sightline CPA is SLL601xnnn-CPA,
where x represents a single partition (1) or multi-partition (2)
ClearPath system, and nnn represents the Unisys
performance group 10 through 160.
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the Sightline Systems download page, located at
the following URL:

http://supportweb.sightlinesystems.com

6–2 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Sightline Enterprise Data Manager (EDM)

Product Overview
Sightline Enterprise Data Manager (EDM) is at the center of the Sightline Software
Suite. EDM is a J2EE application comprised of two components: the Data Collector
Service (DCS) and the web-based EDM user interface. Together, these two
components provide central control and management for data collection and
maintenance, agent configuration/ management, alert processing, reporting, a
browser-based user interface, and more.

Sightline EDM includes the following features:

 EDM provides central administration through a single interface to aggregated

information regarding all of the components within your IT infrastructure.
 EDM gathers Sightline performance data from hundreds or thousands of
monitored systems and data sources, using both agent-based and agent-less data
collection methods.
 EDM manages a data repository and archive of performance data. EDM
summarizes and archives data as it is collected, so the data you need is available
when and where you need it, and at the granularity required to answer the
question at hand.
 EDM provides Sightline Agent configuration capabilities – configuration and
management for all Sightline agent-based data collection can be performed from
the web-based EDM console. With EDM, you no longer need direct access to the
system to update workload definitions, view log files, or even restart the Agent.
 EDM provides central alerting capabilities. As data is collected, user-configured
alerts are evaluated, and predetermined actions are taken. Send an email, execute
a command, or send an SNMP trap to a third-party framework. You can view
tracked alerts in real-time or historically.
 EDM’s correlation engine compares the behavior of your target metric to all the
other metrics on the system, and all the metrics on any other monitored systems.
Similar behavior is detected regardless of the units or scale of the other metrics,
and the time range can be shifted to allow for possible delays in the appearance
cause-and-effect relationship between systems.
 Clairvor, Sightline’s root-cause analysis engine, provides automated correlation and
reporting capabilities when threshold values are exceeded.
 EDM includes ForSight for automated forecasting. With ForSight, you can perform
both scheduled and ad hoc forecasting, based on any metric stored in the Sightline
data repository.
 EDM provides the most robust reporting capabilities available from a performance
management solution today. Reports can be customized by user, and can be
automated to run at the user’s convenience.

If you have an existing implementation of the Sightline Software Suite that’s based on
data collection from Sightline Expert Advisor/Vision (EA/V), you can analyze the data
collected and stored by EDM using EA/V. Simply open the trace files created by EDM.

8807 7144–023 6–3

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

All of the analysis features that you’ve become familiar with are available, plus the
centralized configuration and administration capabilities from EDM.

Configuration Requirements
Hardware Requirements
Sightline EDM can be run on any Linux or Windows system with a supported
operating system.

Software Requirements
 Operating Systems
Sightline EDM is compatible with the following operating systems:
 Windows Server 2003
 Windows Server 2008
 Windows Server 2012
 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server
 Red Hat Enterprise Server
 Oracle Linux
 Java
Sightline EDM requires the following Java software:
 Java JDK 1.6 or 1.7 is required; however, JDK7u45 64-bit or higher is
recommended.
 JBoss 7.1.1Final
 Database
Sightline EDM is compatible with the following databases:
 Microsoft SQL Server 2005, 2008, 2012
 MySQL 5.5, 5.6
 Oracle 11g R1, R2
 Postgres

Ordering Information
Platform Style
Windows or The ordering style for Sightline EDM is SLP-EDM.
Linux
Source code is not available for this product.

6–4 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Product Information
Product information is available on the Sightline Systems download page, located at
the URL:

http://supportweb.sightlinesystems.com

8807 7144–023 6–5

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Sightline Expert Advisor/Vision (EA/V)

Product Overview
.Sightline EA/V offloads the overhead of performance monitoring from the host to the
desktop. EA/V identifies and monitors the critical paths of e-business services across
the IT infrastructure enabling you to detect and eliminate problems in real-time, before
they become major performance bottlenecks.

EA/V provides various methods to view your data, all accessible at the click of a
button. You can display the data in a conventional line plot and instantly switch to a
scatter plot or any of twelve other views. EA/V also contains an online data dictionary,
containing definitions of the reported metrics.

The Windows-based EA/V workstation provides graphical displays of the utilization of

a variety of resources (CPU, memory, storage, etc.), technical and management
reports, and more. Users can create customized information displays and view and
manage information remotely, using a web browser.

In addition to displaying performance information, Sightline EA/V provides automated,

intelligent analysis features, such as AutoCorrelate, AutoAnalyze, and AutoInvestigate.
These and other features provide tuning advice enabling you to analyze live or
potential problem areas within your server, whether it is a ClearPath MCP system,
ClearPath OS 2200 system, UNIX, Linux, Windows, or other supported system.

The EA/V workstation is not limited to analysis and correlation of data from the current
system. It can be used to analyze performance and capacity information from a wide
range of components in your data processing environment. This feature adds unique
functionality such as highlighting unknown relationships between various components
of your IT infrastructure.

EA/V includes the following features:

AutoAnalyze
AutoAnalyze uses expressions, or rules, to search specified data and examine certain
condition sets that suggest potential service level impacts; when any defined
condition set becomes true AutoAnalyze produces a group of reports describing the
activity of the host system, highlighting potential performance problems.

AutoCorrelate
AutoCorrelate is the industry's premier linear correlation engine that quickly compares
the inter-relationships of large volumes of data metrics across your entire computing
infrastructure. AutoCorrelate helps you analyze your systems’ data in seconds to
identify problems and their exact cause, enabling your technicians to rectify those
problems immediately.

AutoInvestigate
AutoInvestigate isolates periods of time when enterprise parameters have deviated
from their normal patterns.

6–6 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

AutoAlert
AutoAlert examines user-defined threshold definitions based on specific events that,
when they occur, trigger a warning message, execute an action, or send an email
message or page. In addition, AutoThreshold takes the guesswork out of identifying
appropriate threshold levels by providing an automated way of specifying threshold
values based on their deviation from normal behavior.

AutoWeb
AutoWeb creates and serves HTML pages from the pages and plots displayed by
Sightline. Custom HTML pages can be substituted for the default environment, to
match the look and feel of your existing intranet styles, as well as supplement plots
with explanations and related links.

Automation
Automation allows you to access the performance data that is stored in trace files and
work with it in other applications. It also provides an effective tool to customize or
automate frequent tasks you want to perform.

Trend Analyzer
Trend Analyzer helps you to identify trends in your historical Sightline data, allowing
you to summarize and profile data in ways that were previously unavailable.

Configuration Requirements
Sightline EA/V can be run on any system with one of the following supported
Windows operating systems:

 Windows 8
 Windows 8.1
 Windows 10

Ordering Information
Platform Style
Windows The ordering style for Sightline EA/V is SLP-nn-EXP where nn
is the number of licenses being acquired.
Source code is not available for this product.

8807 7144–023 6–7

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Product Information
Product information is available on the Sightline Systems download webpage, located
at the following URL:

http://supportweb.sightlinesystems.com

6–8 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Sightline Interface Agents

Product Overview
The Sightline Interface Agents for ClearPath MCP systems provide data to Sightline
EDM, EA/V and the Sightline Capacity Manager. Interface Agents collect performance
metrics for various non-MCP components of the MCP environment. The available
Interface Agents are:

 COMS Interface Agent

 Enterprise Database Server Database Interface Agent
 Billing Account and Event Reporting Interface Agent
 TCP/IP Interface Agent
 BNAv2 Interface Agent
 Disk Accounting Interface Agent
 Communication Applications Platform (CAP) Interface Agent
 Universal Capacity Data (UCD) Interface Agent

COMS Interface Agent

COMS response time is the most important measure of end-user performance and
service delivery. The COMS Interface Agent provides transaction data for each COMS
program, program group, user, transaction code (LINC ISPEC), window, and station as
defined through the Sightline Install Utility.

Key metrics include:

 Transactions per second,

 Average response time
 Average queue depth
 CPU, I/O, and ReadyQ time
 Transaction counts
 A response time/transaction count histogram

You can use the statistics reported by the COMS Interface Agent to analyze
performance problems for on-line transactions, for transaction growth projections, and
for capacity planning.

Enterprise Database Server Database Interface Agent

Monitoring and managing the performance and resource demands of mission-critical
databases is key to the successful and timely processing of most applications. The
Enterprise Database Server Database Interface Agent supports variable monitoring of
databases at three different levels: Global metrics only, comprehensive summary of
global and all structures, and detail structure monitoring.

8807 7144–023 6–9

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Key metrics include:

 Memory and buffer usage

 Overlay statistics
 I/O activity and performance
 Application request statistics
 Application request delay
 Controlpoint and syncpoint statistics
 Audit trail usage and performance metrics
 Database status

The Enterprise Database Server Database Interface Agent provides the data needed
for capacity planning and for evaluating and tuning database performance.

Billing Account and Event Reporting Interface Agent

The Billing Account and Event Reporting Interface Agent intercepts SUMLOG data and
reports resource statistics for “billing accounts,” which can include every job, task,
and MCS session run on the Unisys MCP system. The billing account categories can
then be used as a basis for a charge-back system. This data also provides a summary
view of resource consumption by billing account or workload, and supplements the
information provided by workloads for capacity planning purposes.

This Interface Agent also tracks key events that occur on your system. This can be
used to monitor the availability of the system, the availability of key application
services, or any data center or user defined event. The Interface Agent automatically
captures system and application outage events. Event records can also be created
manually, and any event record can be updated using the Sightline Capacity Power
Agent (CPA) utility.

The Event Reporting capability is designed to support improved Data Center

management by providing automatic and manual tracking of system events including:
halt/loads, memory dumps, and job, task, and session terminations, as well as user-
defined custom events like application service interruptions on the ClearPath MCP
system. Events are automatically downloaded to the EA/V workstation or Sightline
EDM for viewing in the EventList display. Sightline CPA can also be used to create
tabular reports of existing events. The Event Reporting capability requires both the
Sightline CPA, which stores the event records, and the Billing Account and Event
Reporting Interface Agent that monitors the MCP complex for system and user
events.

TCP/IP Interface Agent

The TCP/IP Interface Agent provides access to TCP/IP network statistics on the
ClearPath MCP host and for the network interfaces. This set of TCP-specific metrics
permits monitoring the host system and network connection activity levels and can be
used for capacity planning of the system’s network connections. When coupled with
the Sightline CPA, long-term network traffic trends can be analyzed.

6–10 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

BNAv2 Interface Agent

This Interface Agent collects BNAv2 network traffic and usage information. Statistics
at the Line and Station level are also available for detailed analysis. BNA statistics are
useful in isolating overloaded lines and network connections, traffic trend analysis and
network capacity planning. The BNAv2 Interface Agent also provides information on
the most active BNA Connection Groups via EA/V’s TopList feature.

Disk Accounting Interface Agent

This Interface Agent can automatically monitor disk space usage by user and by
application. The data is organized in “disk accounts,” which are categorized by
usercode, disk pack family name, file size and other key parameters. You can use this
data to proactively plan disk space resources and usage chargeback. You can also pair
the Disk Accounting Interface Agent with Sightline CPA to easily perform long-term
trend analysis and projection on individual and groups of disk accounts.

Communication Applications Platform (CAP) Interface Agent

This Interface Agent can monitor and manage the performance of the VoiceSource
and CAP telephony applications and provides real-time and historical access to a wide
variety of important CAP and CAP Application performance metrics including:

 Voice database activity

 Voice database buffer management
 Overall NAP application-message processing
 Network application (NA) activity
 VNMS managed port statistics
 Current CAP buffer statistics

CAP applications are automatically discovered and can be automatically monitored.

Key CAP metrics include:

 Percentage of voice files in use

 Voice messages sent per second
 Calls connected per second
 Transactions below 1 second response time
 Average NAP application response time and queue depth
 Total ports and percentage of ports busy
 Minimum buffer cache
 Buffers allocated per second.

The CAP Interface Agent displays up to 15 of the busiest CAP network applications in
the Sightline EA/V TopList display, and provides the following details for each
application:

8807 7144–023 6–11

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

 Total calls per second

 Incoming calls per second
 Outgoing calls per second
 Transferred calls per second
 Active dialogs
 Call queue depth
 Average response time

You can use the data provided by the CAP Interface Agent to monitor call statistics,
manage the performance of CAP applications, and for capacity planning for both the
host platform and the telephony interface facilities.

Universal Capacity Data (UCD) Interface Agent

The Sightline Universal Capacity Data (UCD) Interface Agent enables ClearPath MCP,
Windows, and UNIX systems, or any system running a Sightline Power Agent, to send
real time performance and capacity data to the Sightline CPA. The CPA automatically
stores, consolidates and manages the information in a Capacity Management
Database (CMDB) on a single ClearPath MCP system. A UCD Interface Agent license is
required for each system that is managed by the CPA. The UCD Interface Agent only
supports CPA.

Configuration Requirements
 ClearPath MCP Release
 Sightline Performance Power Agent (PPA)

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath MCP The ordering style for Sightline Interface Agents is
SLL601xnnn-XXX, where x represents a single partition (1) or
multi-partition (2) ClearPath system, nnn represents the
Unisys performance group 10 through 160, and XXX indicates
the Interface Agent being licensed.
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the Sightline Systems download page, located at
the following URL:

http://supportweb.sightlinesystems.com

6–12 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Sightline Performance Power Agent (PPA)

Product Overview
The Sightline for Unisys ClearPath MCP Performance Power Agent (PPA) is the
foundation of the Sightline for Unisys ClearPath MCP software suite. A Sightline PPA
resides on the ClearPath MCP host and is easily configured to collect data on various
key system components, and user-specified programs and groups of programs, as
single, measurable workloads. The data is collected, stored on the host, and sent using
TCP/IP to Sightline Enterprise Database Manager (EDM) or Expert Advisor/Vision (EA/V)
for alerting, analyzing, displaying, and reporting.

Sightline PPA for ClearPath MCP provides the following information:

Processor Information
Sightline monitors processor resources and provides information on user and MCP
utilization, activation rates, and queuing delays. Each category contains data to allow
more detailed analysis of how processor resources are being used and who is using
them.

Memory Information
Sightline reports the amount of available and in-use memory, and provides statistics
that profile the Overlay activity of in-use memory and the users of the memory
resource. You can use this data to detect memory constraints that cause performance
bottlenecks.

I/O Data
Sightline reports I/O data by I/O processor (IOP), subsystem, unit, and family.
Performance measurements include percent busy, I/Os per second, average block
size, seconds per I/O, and average queue depth. You can use this data to eliminate I/O
bottlenecks and improve system throughput through optimal allocation of I/O activity.

Network Information
For each Network Processor (NP or ICP), Sightline reports I/O traffic rates for reads
and writes, average I/O times, average block (message) size, queue depth, percent
busy, and other key metrics. You can use this data, supplemented with TCP/IP data, to
improve the efficiency of communications line handling and the system interface to
your LAN/WAN.

Workload Data
Sightline allows workload analysis at two levels: individual online transaction types and
program workload classes. Each online transaction type is measured in terms of rate
per second, CPU time, I/O time, response time, queue time, and other key metrics. For
each user-defined program workload class, Sightline reports the mix count, CPU and
I/O utilization, memory utilization, and ReadyQ percent. You can set different
performance objectives for each workload class.

8807 7144–023 6–13

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Worst Offenders
Sightline EDM and EA/V display event data, including reports on a variety of “worst
offenders,” including busiest TCP/IP LANs, busiest BNA connections, busiest database
structures, busiest online transaction processors and the programs or tasks that are
consuming the highest processor, I/O, and memory utilization, all sorted by user-
selected resource criteria. You can view this data in real-time or historically. You can
use event data to diagnose system communication bottlenecks and applications that
create resource consumption problems at the program level, data structure, or
connection level.

External Application Data

Application programs can easily insert data into the Sightline data stream. Application
metrics are stored in the Sightline Host Trace Files and the Sightline Capacity Manager,
and are subsequently forwarded to Sightline EA/V or Sightline EDM for analysis along
with the Sightline performance metrics. This enables you to coordinate meaningful
application metrics (for example, order counts and values from an order processing
application) with the Sightline-collected application performance and resource usage
metrics.

Configuration Requirements
Sightline PPA operates on any ClearPath MCP system.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath MCP The ordering style for Sightline PPA is SLL601xnnn-PPA,
where x represents a single partition (1) or multi-partition (2)
ClearPath system, and nnn represents the Unisys
performance group 10 through 160.
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the Sightline Systems download page, located at
the following URL:

http://supportweb.sightlinesystems.com

6–14 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Sightline Workload Analyzer (SWA)

Product Overview
.The Sightline Workload Analyzer (SWA) is a stand-alone product that integrates with
the other Sightline products by providing detailed task-level performance statistics for
all task executions. SWA offers the capability to monitor critical task/job execution,
track batch cycle execution, perform deadline-processing analysis and conduct
exception analysis. SWA automatically maintains a database containing up to several
years of records of individual task and program executions integrated with snapshots
of resource usage data.

SWA enables easy reporting and analysis of system resource usage, by program, for
both active and completed programs in a period of interest and facilitates daily,
weekly, monthly, and longer term reporting of batch cycle and deadline performance.
The SWA Monitor automatically collects and stores data without the need for operator
intervention and can be configured to automatically backup data and remove data after
a specified duration. The SWA Reporter interfaces to the PPA/CPA Parameter file to
extract Workload and Billing Account definitions to facilitate ease of reporting.

Configuration Requirements
Sightline Workload Analyzer operates on any ClearPath MCP system.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath MCP The ordering style for Sightline Sightline Workload Analyzer is
SLL601xnnn-SWA, where x represents a single partition (1) or
multi-partition (2) ClearPath system, and nnn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the Sightline Systems download page, located at
the following URL:

http://supportweb.sightlinesystems.com

8807 7144–023 6–15

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

TeamQuest Express
Product Overview
TeamQuest Express enables you to analyze system performance. It provides historical
performance reporting based on information in the ClearPath system log. TeamQuest
Express also includes custom log records for system performance information not
provided by standard system logging functions. TeamQuest Express is a subset of the
functionality available in the TeamQuest SMFII product.

General Features
This release of TeamQuest Express includes these capabilities:

 Tracking of historical trends of system-wide performance statistics

 Analyzing resource usage of jobs and tasks
 Measuring I/O activity for files
 Determining printed output usage levels
 Tracking of security violations
 Tracking of system hardware errors
 Providing resource usage information for chargeback accounting systems

Configuration Requirements
TeamQuest Express operates on any MCP system.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for TeamQuest Express is CSP 10nn-XPR,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the TeamQuest CD-ROM, which is shipped with the
product.

6–16 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes

Product Overview
TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes provides data collectors for NAP information in
addition to those included as part of TeamQuest SMFII.

General Features
The TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes library contains the following probes:

 Telephony Services Platforms

 Telephony Services Platform Boards
 Telephony Services Platform Destination Point Code

Configuration Requirements
TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes operates on any MCP system.

For TCP/IP socket connections, the MCP system must be connected through a TCP/IP
LAN to the workstation running TeamQuest View.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes is
CSP 10nn-NPR, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the TeamQuest CD-ROM, which is shipped with the
product.

8807 7144–023 6–17

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

TeamQuest Model
Product Overview
TeamQuest Model enables you to perform capacity planning and “what if” analysis.
The product obtains its data from TeamQuest products running on ClearPath MCP,
ClearPath OS 2200, UNIX systems, and Microsoft Windows systems

General Features
TeamQuest Model provides any easy-to-use interface to a set of powerful modeling
algorithms. TeamQuest Model uses performance data directly from a monitored
system or from an enterprise database.

Configuration Requirements
To install and run the TeamQuest Model component, you must meet the following
hardware/software requirements:

Microsoft Windows See the Compatibility Matrices on the Unisys Product

on Intel systems Support website.
Disk space 63 MB

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for TeamQuest Model is CSP 10nn-MDL,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the TeamQuest CD-ROM, which is shipped with the
product.

6–18 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

TeamQuest Online
Product Overview
TeamQuest Online enables you to monitor performance on your enterprise server
system. TeamQuest Online gathers measurement data into a TeamQuest Online
database and maintains this database on a daily basis. You can access this data and
present it in textual report format or graphic displays by using the TeamQuest View
user-interface software that is included with this product. TeamQuest Online does not
collect or analyze long-term historical data.

The TeamQuest Probes software package is also available for use with TeamQuest
Online. It contains a set of data collectors (probes) that gather additional measurement
data for TeamQuest Online.

General Features
TeamQuest Online enables you to perform the following tasks:

 Analyze and view system performance data in a real-time monitor.

 Present reports simultaneously from multiple hosts.
 View predefined reports from a real-time monitor.
 Perform correlation analysis between performance statistics.
 Produce hard-copy output of reports with a printer or a plotter.
 Cut and paste reports to software such as spreadsheet or word processing
packages.
 Export report data into ASCII files, which can be used in other software packages
such as spreadsheets or word processors.
 Export report data directly into Microsoft Excel.
 Save and restore reporting environments specific to your site.

Configuration Requirements
TeamQuest Online operates on any MCP system.

For TCP/IP socket connections, the MCP system must be connected through a TCP/IP
LAN to the workstation running TeamQuest View.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for TeamQuest Online is CSP 10nn-ONL,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

8807 7144–023 6–19

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Product Information
Product information is available on the TeamQuest CD-ROM, which is shipped with the
product.

6–20 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

TeamQuest Probes
Product Overview
TeamQuest Probes contain a set of data collectors (probes) that gather measurement
data for the TeamQuest SMFII and TeamQuest Online software products. This set of
probes augments the data sources supplied with TeamQuest SMFII and TeamQuest
Online, which gives you a more complete view of system performance.

Each probe acquires performance information from its respective data source on your
system. The probes use this information to calculate various statistics that are then
stored in the database. You can view these statistics as textual or graphic reports by
using the TeamQuest View client software that is included with TeamQuest SMFII and
TeamQuest Online client/server software packages.

Each of the probes supplied with TeamQuest Probes can be used independently at
your site, but they require TeamQuest SMFII or TeamQuest Online to be installed and
operational.

General Features
TeamQuest Probes contains the following probes:

 Communications Management System (COMS) probe—Collects Transaction

Server information (including Transaction Server program name, transaction
counts, average response time, transaction queue depth, and number of copies in
the mix of each Transaction Server program) on a per-program basis.
 Data Management Systems II (DMSII) probe—Collects both database-wide and
structure-specific statistics. Database-wide information includes database open
activity, memory usage, database buffers, transaction activity, and audit activity.
Structure-specific information includes logical access statistics, physical I/O
statistics, and database buffer usage.
 BNA Version 2 (BNAv2) probe—Collects performance statistics for various entities
(such as servers, station groups, and stations) controlled by BNAv2.
 LINC probe—Collects performance data from Enterprise Application
Environment-generated systems at the system level, subsystem level, and
Interface Specification (Ispec) level.
 COMS TTrail probe—Supplements the COMS probe by collecting detailed online
transaction statistics. The COMS TTrail probe consolidates information based on
database, transaction processing program, station, window/transaction code, and
usercode.
 COMS Workload probe—Collects performance information about Transaction
Server processing programs on a per-workload basis.

 TCPIP Probe - Collects TCP/IP connection statistics for various network entities,
such as hosts, ports, remote hosts, tasks and per connections.

8807 7144–023 6–21

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

Configuration Requirements
TeamQuest Probes operates on any MCP system.

TeamQuest Probes requires TeamQuest SMFII or TeamQuest Online software level

xx.017.100 or higher, or xx.018.100 or higher.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the TeamQuest Probes is CSP 10nn-
PRB, where nn represents performance groups 10 through
160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the TeamQuest CD-ROM, which is shipped with the
product.

6–22 8807 7144–023

 Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

TeamQuest SMFII
Product Overview
TeamQuest SMFII enables you to monitor performance, to analyze, and to perform
capacity planning on your enterprise server system. TeamQuest SMFII gathers
measurement data into a history database and a monitor file, and maintains this
database on an ongoing basis. You can access this history or monitor the data and
present it in textual report format or graphic displays by using the TeamQuest View
user interface software that is included with this product.

The TeamQuest Probes software package is also available for use with TeamQuest
SMFII. It contains a set of data collectors (probes) that gather additional measurement
data for TeamQuest SMFII.

General Features

TeamQuest SMFII enables you to perform the following tasks:

 Analyze and view system performance data using a real-time monitor or a
historical database.
 Present reports simultaneously from multiple hosts.
 View predefined reports from a real-time monitor.
 Save and restore reporting environments specific to your site.
 Characterize system usage by business function, user group, or other site-
specified criteria.
 Build and maintain a database containing performance analysis data.
 Pinpoint potential causes for a performance problem through automated
correlation analysis.
 Perform threshold checking on performance data and define alarms to
automatically generate early warnings of performance problems.
 Export report data into ASCII files, which you can use in other software packages
such as spreadsheets or word processors.
 Export report data directly into Microsoft Excel.
 Cut and paste reports to other software packages, including spreadsheets and
word processors.
 Produce hard-copy output of reports with a printer or a plotter.
 Collect resource (processor, memory, and I/O) licensing information for all
systems that support resource licensing.

Configuration Requirements
TeamQuest SMFII operates on any MCP system.

8807 7144–023 6–23

Performance Monitoring and Capacity Planning

For TCP/IP socket connections, the MCP system must be connected through a TCP/IP
LAN to the workstation running TeamQuest View.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the TeamQuest SMFII is CSP 10nn-CSM,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Product information is available on the TeamQuest CD-ROM, which is shipped with the
product.

6–24 8807 7144–023

Section 7
Database, Query, and Reporting

Overview
Introduction
The database management environment includes a variety of advanced utilities for
database definition, data retrieval, data manipulation, and system operations. These
products offer both menu- and command-driven user interfaces, and facilitate the data
management tasks of both occasional and expert users. An appropriate selection of
database management products can be configured according to your specific data
management requirements.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS)

 Application Data Access
 Database Certification
 Database Encryption
 Database Interpreter
 Database Operations Center
 dbaTOOLS
 Analyzer
 Monitor
 AccessLog
 Data Exchange
 Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP
 Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP
 Enterprise Database Server Inquiry
 Enterprise Database Server Transaction Processing System (TPS)
 Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO)
 Quiesce Database Copy as a Backup Source

8807 7144–023 7–1

Overview

 Quiesce Database Copy as a Recovery Option

 Quiesce Database Copy for Single Host Systems
 Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP
 Remote Database Backup
 REPORTER III
 SQL Query Processor for ClearPath MCP

7–2 8807 7144–023

 Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS)

Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS)

Product Overview
Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS) is the repository on enterprise server
systems. You can use ADDS to centrally store, define, and retrieve the data definitions
that describe the data structures within an application. ADDS eases the burden of
creating and maintaining your data descriptions. You can use ADDS to store database
descriptions for Enterprise Database Server, SDF Plus screen format information, and
a broad range of other enterprise data.

With ADDS, you can achieve improved levels of control, security, documentation,
definition consistency, and personnel productivity. ADDS enables you to define and
maintain the overall information environment without using a conventional data
definition language (DDL). Utilities for repository reporting and general operations are
incorporated and are supported in a menu-driven fashion through the interface.

General Features
ADDS provides an interface that enables you to describe all physical and logical
aspects of your database. You can define Enterprise Database Server structures with
a high level of integrity and consistency.

ADDS reporting capabilities offer complete documentation. Default and custom

reports provide summary and detailed information on data elements, database
definitions, and the tracking of COBOL74 and COBOL85 data items. The use of
keywords helps associate related entities into common groups for clarity in
documentation.

ADDS supports a testing environment where a database is kept in testing mode or

production mode for security purposes. After a new database has been thoroughly
tested, the production version is placed into historical status and the test version
placed into production status, which prevents implementation of a premature
database definition. Comprehensive security and access control is kept on a
centralized basis. Access is granted to data elements, data records, data sets, and
databases by the data dictionary administrator (DDA) for authorized individuals only.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for ADDS is CSP 10nn-IDD, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

8807 7144–023 7–3

Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS)

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Data and 8600 0213
Structure Definition Language (DASDL) Programming Reference
Manual
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Getting Started 3850 8198
and Installation Guide
InfoExec Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS) Operations 8600 0197
Guide

7–4 8807 7144–023

 Application Data Access

Application Data Access

Product Overview
Application Data Access for ClearPath MCP systems is based on the Microsoft ODBC
programming interface. By using Application Data Access, application programs on a
ClearPath MCP server can execute a subset of standard ODBC function calls, including
the ability to use standard SQL statements, against any database on Windows
platforms that provide an ODBC driver.

This capability includes all major databases on all Windows platforms—ranging from
simple PC databases to enterprise databases such as Oracle. Regardless of where
your corporate information is located, it is accessible to your ClearPath MCP system.

The following figure shows how the program components interact.

8807 7144–023 7–5

Application Data Access

General Features
COBOL, ALGOL, and C applications make calls to Application Data Access to submit
standard ODBC and SQL requests, which are then passed on to the ODBC driver
manager for access to any configured data source.

Access is not restricted to retrieval. Application Data Access MCP applications can
also update data in databases and files in the enterprise that are not related to Unisys.

The Application Data Access API is a subset of the ODBC version 2 specification. It
includes a few calls to establish the initial connections to the Windows server to
control buffering and to handle internationalization.

The Application Data Access API functions for C programs are identical to the ODBC
counterparts. Ported C applications should work with very minimal changes. Because
the ODBC interface is a C interface and the COBOL language does not support
pointers or functions, the API for COBOL and ALGOL programs is designed to suit the
requirements of those languages.

The API resides in the MCP environment. It is implemented as a library.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Application Data Access is CSP 10nn-
DLK, where nn represents performance groups 10 through
160 (in increments of 10).

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Application Data Access User’s Guide 4310 5931

7–6 8807 7144–023

 Database Certification

Database Certification
Product Overview
Database Certification certifies the integrity of Enterprise Database Server and
Enterprise Application Environment database structures.

With Database Certification, you can tailor its reports to produce various levels of
detail. You can request three levels of certification, each of which validates various
levels of database integrity.

In most cases, Database Certification must have exclusive use of the database during
the certification process. Programs that attempt to open the database while Database
Certification is in process are denied access.

General Features
Database Certification provides a check on the integrity of the database being
analyzed. At the physical level, this utility ensures that the file is physically intact and
accessible. Internal integrity is verified by certifying that relationships between data
structures are correct. Recovery is also supported if an interruption requires the
certification process to be restarted.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Database Certification is CSP 10nn-
DMC, where nn represents performance groups 10 through
160 (in increments of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Utilities 8600 0759
Operations Guide

8807 7144–023 7–7

Database Encryption

Database Encryption
Product Overview
Unisys Database Encryption is designed to protect sensitive data in databases from
unauthorized access and tampering. Database Encryption enables you to encrypt data
at the field level. Encryption is transparent to applications. Database Encryption
provides security against a broader range of threats than disk encryption; plus it
prevents an MCP or Windows application from directly reading the files that make up
a database. In general, it prevents any kind of tool that can read files from a disk from
accessing the data in clear text.

In addition, it provides more granular control over who can access decrypted data—by
role, by user id, or by privilege.

You can encrypt DMSII data using AES-256 encryption. Encrypting your data prevents
access of the data that is in clear text. Database Encryption is available at the field
level for alpha, numeric, real, and group data. You can set it at the global or data set
default, at the structure level, or for selected items in a data set.

Note: Encrypted key data items are not supported.

You can encrypt indexed sequential sets spanning fixed format standard data sets.
You can use encrypted sets to perform searches for equality. You can rekey a
database to meet regulatory requirements or because a key has been compromised.
This capability/product includes enhancements to the ALGOL and COBOL85 compilers,
to Security Center, and to MCP cryptography (also known as SECURE-TRANSPORT).

Configuration Information
The Database Encryption product uses architectural changes that are only available on
these systems:

 Libra 43xx/63xx/83xx and FS600 (will require a firmware update available in late
2017)
 ClearPath Software Series MCP Bronze, MCP Silver, MCP Developer Studio, and
Financial Server (will require a firmware update available in late 2017).
 Future server and software series products

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP 8600 0213
Data And Structure Definition Language (DASDL) Programming
Reference Manual
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Utilities 8600 0759
Operations Guide

7–8 8807 7144–023

 Database Interpreter

Database Interpreter
Product Overview
Database Interpreter is an independent, flexible alternative to accessing and updating
Enterprise Database Server databases through traditional programmatic access. This
database access is achieved through specialized verbs supported by a variety of
language compilers. The compilers recognize these special verbs at compile time and
directly translate them into calls on the database. The result is a tailored access path
that offers optimal run-time performance for Enterprise Database Server databases.

Database Interpreter dynamically executes Enterprise Database Server access verbs

at run time in contrast with the predefined, tailored access path of the compilers.
Although this technique requires a small amount of additional processor time,
programs can be written independently of any particular database. In addition,
languages that do not support standard Enterprise Database Server verbs can access
Enterprise Database Server databases using Database Interpreter.

General Features
Database Interpreter enables you to choose the best database interface technique on
a program-by-program basis. Application programs using the tailored access paths and
programs through the interpretive interface supported by Database Interpreter can
concurrently access the same databases. A single program can invoke multiple
Database Interpreter libraries if access to multiple databases is required. You can
maintain program independence from database definition changes, because
recompilation is not required.

By enabling queries to be defined at run time, Database Interpreter makes Enterprise

Database Server information accessible to a broad range of users.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Database Interpreter is
CSP 10nn-DMT, where nn represents performance groups
10 through 160 (in increments of 10).

Source code is included with the Enterprise Database Server product, when you
license the source code.

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server Interpretive Interface Programming 8600 0155
Reference Manual

8807 7144–023 7–9

Database Operations Center

Database Operations Center

Product Overview
Database Operations Center enables experienced Enterprise Database Server
database administrators (DBAs) to perform familiar administrative tasks—such as
recovery, reorganization, backup, analysis, and Remote Database Backup
configuration—in a Windows environment. Database Operations Center can help you
with the execution and monitoring (through e-mail notification) of database tasks.
Database schema management is also integrated into this product.

Database Operations Center offers the following advantages:

 Ease of use. Database administrators and managers can use a familiar Windows
interface to navigate Enterprise Database Server databases.
 Improved productivity. Database Operations Center interoperates with Enterprise
Database Server utilities and generates syntax.
 Flexibility. A command-line interface is available for those DBAs who prefer to
enter command syntax instead of using the GUI.
 Saved Requests. The Command Store Utility (CSU) enables users to save, reuse,
and share requests.

General Features
 Single point of control for all the database utilities
 Database management of multiple MCP servers from a single console
 Calendar-based scheduling of database maintenance jobs
 Monitoring of database jobs initiated from the Database Operations Center,
including e-mail notifications
 Ability to store commands and retrieve them later for transmission
 Interaction of users with database jobs to

 View and respond to waiting RSVP messages.

 Terminate jobs.
 Download reports and job logs using FTP after a job completes.
 Receive e-mail messages containing event notifications plus report and log
attachments after a job completes.
• Smart prefill, which prefills the information for users, thus preventing user errors.

• Portable configuration file (XML file) that contains the configurable parameters of a
Database Operations Center session and are portable across workstations.
• Role-based access control that enables an administrator to control which DOC
functions a user can execute on an individual Enterprise Database Server
database.

7–10 8807 7144–023

 Database Operations Center

Enterprise Database Server Script Generator

DOC provides the capability to generate customizable Work Flow Language (WFL)
scripts for Enterprise Database Server administrative tasks. The ability to generate
scripts increases the administrator’s productivity and reduces the risk of human errors
when performing Enterprise Database Server administration.

DASDL Import/Export Feature

The DASDL import/export feature of the Database Operations Center interface
enables you to store existing DASDL schema descriptions in the MetaStore database
and generate DASDL source from the MetaStore database.

The key capabilities of this feature include the ability to

 Manage the schemas of existing Database Enterprise Server databases.

 Check in schemas from Database Enterprise Server database description files into
the MetaStore database.
 View the schemas in the MetaStore database in a tree structure.

 Deploy the schema from the MetaStore database to create the database.

Ordering Information
Database Operations Center is included in the operating environment. Source code is
not available for this product.

Product Information
Database Operations Center Help 8999 5211
Database Operations Center Getting Started Guide 3845 8220
Importing and Exporting Database Schemas User’s Guide 3845 8238

8807 7144–023 7–11

Data Exchange

Data Exchange
Product Overview
Organizations are overwhelmed by data access demands. Customers, suppliers, and
employees are demanding 7x24x365 access from mobile devices. Business units need
support for digital channel initiatives. Data from multiple systems must be
consolidated to satisfy regulatory requirements. Unisys Data Exchange is data
integration software that is designed to help organizations address these issues.

Data Exchange propagates selected data from one data store to another data store.
While propagating the data, Data Exchange applies transformations to the data as
needed by the business processes and the applications that support them.

The data propagation and transformation capabilities of Data Exchange are designed to
facilitate timely access to data for decision support and additional business processing
while minimizing the impact to the online transaction processing environment.

Data Exchange can help you reduce software development costs by avoiding the
development and support of your own data integration and transformation tools. Data
Exchange is designed to work with existing applications and databases and to help
you avoid the need for costly changes to them.

Data Exchange is also designed to work with a variety of databases and operating
systems.

General Features
Data Exchange has a transformation definition facility that allows you to select data
items in the resource data store and to determine how and where each of them gets
placed in one or more target data stores. You can customize transformations to
satisfy your business requirements by defining your own functions for manipulating
the data. The source or target data store can be used in multiple transformations as
needed to satisfy your business requirements.

A changed data transformation is a near real-time process to propagate and transform

selected changed data from a source data store to one or more target data stores.

Once you start a changed data transformation, Data Exchange provides a continuous
fees of changed data from the source data store to the target data store. Data in the
target data store can be used by other applications. You can manage operations, such
as starting and stopping a changed data transformation, by using the Data Exchange
Runtime Administration facility.

You can use the bulk data transformation facility of Data Exchange to propagate and
transform historical data from a source data store to one or more target data stores.

Data Exchange is designed to be efficient. It enables you to select which data items to
propagate and it can propagate only changed data. In addition, you can define filters so
that only the data that satisfies certain criteria are propagated. These features help
you avoid the additional overhead associated with propagating data that is not needed

7–12 8807 7144–023

 Data Exchange

in the target data store. Data Exchange also offloads transformation processing to a
server that is separate from the servers hosting the source and target data stores.
This is designed to minimize the impact of Data Exchange on database performance.

Data Exchange provides tools with graphical interfaces for transformation definition
and administration. Programming skills are not required to use these tools.

Data Store Pairings

Data Exchange 4.0 supports the following source and target data store pairings.

Source Data Store Target Data Store

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath Microsoft SQL Server

MCP

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath Oracle Database

MCP

Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath

MCP

Relational Database Server for ClearPath Microsoft SQL Server

OS 2200

Relational Database Server for ClearPath Oracle Database

OS 2200

Software Components

The following comprise the software components of the Data Exchange product.

 Development Workbench
The Data Exchange Development Workbench is a Microsoft Windows-based
application designed for defining transformations between a source data store and
target data store(s). You can also use the Development Workbench to deploy
transformation to the Data Exchange Runtime Administration facility.
 Runtime Service
He Runtime Service is the heart of Data Exchange. It applies transformations to
the data that is retrieved from a source data store and sends it to one or moer
target data stores.
 Runtime Administration
The Data Exchange Runtime Administration facility enables you to use a standard
web browser to control and monitor all runtime activities involving the Runtime
Service and host components.
 MCP Service

8807 7144–023 7–13

Data Exchange

The Data Exchange MCP Service runs on a ClearPath MCP Server. It consists of
the Data Exchange MCP Agent and the Data Exchange DMSII Adapter.
The Data Exchange MCP agent is used to support changed data transformations
when an Enterprise Database Server database is a source data store. It monitors
the audit train associated with an Enterprise Database Server database and is
responsible for passing changed data to the Runtime Service.
The Data Exchange DMSII Adapter is used to support changed and bulk data
transformation when an Enterprise Server Database is a target data store. The
adapter provides support to the Runtime Service to update Enterprise Database
Server databases.
 OS 2200 Agent
The Data Exchange OS 2200 Agent is a batch processing component running on a
ClearPath OS 2200 server. When esecuting a changed data transformation, the
agent monitors the audit trail associated with a Relational Database Server
database and passes changed data to the Runtime Service. The agent is also
responsible for providing the data, in bulk, for bulk data transformations.
 Agent for SQL Server
The Data Exchange Agent for SQL Server is used to support changed and bulk
data transformations when a Microsoft SQL Server database is a source data
store. The agent monitors the change data capture (CDC) tables of the SQL Server
database and passes the changed data information to the Runtime Service.

Configuration Requirements
Refer to the Unisys Data Exchange Installation and Configuration Guide on
support.unisys.com for detailed hardware and software requirements such as specific
software editions and release levels.

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Data Store

 ClearPath Forward Libra 4300, 6400, or 8300 or later server, ClearPath Financial
Services FS600 or later server or ClearPath Software Series product
 ClearPath MCP operating environment
 Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP (included in MCP operating
environment)
If you are using Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP as a source data store,
you also require ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing.

If you are using Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP as a source data store
and are performing bulk data transformations, you also require Enterprise Database
OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP (included in the MCP operating environment)

If you are using Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP as a target data store,
you also require ClearPath Application integration Services, Enterprise Edition.

Relational Database Server for ClearPath OS 2200 Data Store

7–14 8807 7144–023

 Data Exchange

 ClearPath Forward Dorado 4300, 6300, or 8300 server

 ClearPath OS 2200 operating environment
 Relational Database Server for ClearPath OS 2200
 ClearPath OS 2200 Interface for Microsoft Message Queuing
 ClearPath Application Integration Services, Basis Edition
 Connectivity Services

Microsoft SQL Server Data Store

 ClearPath Forward Enterprise Partitioned Platform (EPP) partition or a computer

with a network connection that is capable of running compatible versions of
Microsoft Windows Server and Microsoft SQL Server
 Microsoft Windows Server
 Microsoft SQL Server

Oracle Database Data Store

 ClearPath Forward Enterprise Partitioned Platform (EPP) partition or a computer

with a network connection that is capable of running compatible versions of
Microsoft Windows Server or Linux and Oracle Database
 Microsoft Windows Server or Linus
 Oracle Database

Development Workbench, Runtime Service, Runtime

Administration, and Agent for SQL Server

 ClearPath Forward Enterprise Partitioned Platform (EPP) partition or a computer

with a network connection that is capable of running compatible versions of
Microsoft Windows Server and Microsoft SQL Server
 Microsoft Windows Server
 Microsoft SQL Server

Product Information
Unisys Data Exchange Installation and Configuration Guide 8205 2804
Unisys Data Exchange Development Workbench Help 8230 0773
Unisys Data Exchange Administration Site Help 8239 9781
Unisys Data Exchange Sample Transformation Guide
Unisys Data Exchange Online Information Center 8229 8688

8807 7144–023 7–15

dbaTOOLS

dbaTOOLS
Product Overview
dbaTOOLS provides the tools necessary to monitor and maintain the performance of
your ClearPath database environments. dbaTOOLS works with any database system
that is based on the Enterprise Database Server: Enterprise Database Server Extended
Edition, Enterprise Application Environment, and Agile Business Suite.

dbaTOOLS consists of three distinct modules: a collection and analysis module; a

access logging module that logs and reports all accesses to tracked databases; and a
monitor module that provides real-time monitoring, including Automatic Display Mode,
visible DBS commands, memory tuning, resource usage alarms, and real-time graphing
of database information that can be captured and replayed.

Each dbaTOOLS module consists of two software componentss one that runs on the
MCP system and one that runs on the PC client.

The dbaTOOLS Library package provides a cost effective and convenient way to
license the three modules together to optimize database performance. You can also
license the modules individually.

General Features
Database Tuning
Database Tuning provides all the information required to monitor the following
Enterprise Database Server properties and change them:

 Allowedcore
 Overlaygoal
 Buffer usage

This feature requires both the Monitor and the Analyzer modules.

AccessLog Module
The AccessLog Module provides logging and reporting of all access of database items.
These features are available in this release with the dbaTOOLS AccessLog module:

 Scans the System Sumlogs pulling all the Enterprise Database Server entries and
loads the entries into a database on the client.
 Provides a client interface for querying and reporting on all accesses to the
tracked databases.

7–16 8807 7144–023

 dbaTOOLS

Monitor Module
The dbaTOOLS Monitor Module provides the following features:

Alarms
The Alarms feature requires the Monitor module and enables you to specify
conditions that activate a dbaTOOLS alarm. You can select from a list of Enterprise
Database Server variables and trigger an alarm when the variable exceeds or falls
below the specified limits. You can configure the Monitor to send e-mail or display a
message on the client PC.

Real-Time Graphing
With the Monitor module, you can graph various statistics in real time by selecting the
variable to be graphed. The Monitor captures the graphs for replay. You can save
graph specifications for easy re-use. With Real-Time Graphing, you can

 Graph database or structure attributes

 Select multiple structures for graphing
 Specify the following information for graphing:
 Physical I/O
 Logical I/O
 Buffer usage
 Change and save graph attributes
 Capture and replay graphs

Memory Tuning
With the Monitor module, you can perform database memory tuning based on total
system memory. The Monitor module provides memory estimates based on database
usage. You can specify the allowed core and structure buffer settings to optimize your
database performance

Reorganization Calculator
The Monitor module includes a database reorganization calculator that provides
recommended reorganization settings based on the database structures to reorganize.

On-line Garbage Collection

The On-Line Garbage Collection feature of dbaTOOLS Monitor is designed to
automatically on-line garbage collect the Index-Sequential sets in the databases. This
can increase the performance and efficiency of the sets and reduce the possibility of
set LimitErrors.

When you select a database to garbage collect, all sets in the selected database are
analyzed to determine which sets are in critical need of garbage collection. Critical
need is determined by pending LimitErrors, Loading, and Level analysis. You can set
parameters to control the analysis. A list of all structures in the specified category is

8807 7144–023 7–17

dbaTOOLS

created and you can select structures to skip. The rest of the structures are listed in
order by the date of the last garbage collection with the oldest listed first.

You can specify the maximum number of structures to garbage collect and the
maximum number of garbage collections to run simultaneously. As structures are
completed, new garbage collections are started until all listed structures are
completed.

Monitor Client Component

The Monitor Client component enables you to display the following in real time:

 The number of users, core usage, and overlay goal and rate
 Messages related to archive databases
 Statistics on databases and database structures
 Instant population on standard data sets

Analyzer Module
The Analyzer Client component runs on a PC with Microsoft Windows. The Analyzer
MCP component loads the data on the MCP system into files that are loaded into a
database by the Analyzer Client component for reporting and analysis.

Analyzer Client Component

Data set population growth is calculated based on the historical data and is used to
project future limit errors. The Analyzer module provides the following services and
results:

 Enterprise Database Server statistics analysis

 Data set average wait time
 Data set versus set finds
 Physical versus logical I/O
 Reblock analysis
 General database statistics
 Audit statistics
 Lock Statistics reports
 Population tracking and reporting
 Limit error detection and reporting
 Percentage of data set used
 Percentage of deleted records
 Detailed compact data set report
 Detailed variable format data set report

7–18 8807 7144–023

 dbaTOOLS

 Index sequential table level analysis

 Recommended entries per table
 Garbage collection results
 Index table loading
 Index table bias
 Wasted block space analysis
 Database disk segment usage reporting
 Online browsing of structure information
 Set and data-set block size calculator
 Multiple database reports
 Graphs

The Analyzer Client component also enables you to

 Average a group of database snapshots

 Determine the difference between two database snapshots
 Use blocksize calculators to support VSS-2 disk technology

Analyzer MCP Component

The Analyzer MCP component runs on a ClearPath server and collects data about
Enterprise Database Server databases. You use a parameter file to request the type
and amount of data to be collected and the time that it is to be collected. This
component can keep databases open, start Work Flow Language (WFL) jobs, issue
Enterprise Database Server Visible DBS commands, and start Enterprise Database
Server utility jobs. This component produces a snapshot file that you can download to
a PC for analysis.

Ordering Information for dbaTOOLS Library

The dbaTOOLS Library package includes licenses for the three dbaTOOLS modules:
dbaTOOLS Analyzer, dbaTOOLS Monitor, and dbaTOOLS AccessLog.

Nonmetered ClearPath MCP Servers

Style Description
CSP 10nn-DBL dbaTOOLS Library software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
CSU 10nn-DBL dbaTOOLS Library software update subscription, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).

Source code is not available for this product.

8807 7144–023 7–19

dbaTOOLS

Metered ClearPath MCP Servers

Style Description
UOP 10nn-DBL dbaTOOLS Library software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
UOU 10nn-DBL dbaTOOLS Library software update subscription, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).

Source code is not available for this product

Ordering Information for dbaTOOLS Analyzer

Nonmetered ClearPath MCP Servers
Style Description
CSP 10nn-DB1 dbaTOOLS Analyzer software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
CSU 10nn-DB1 dbaTOOLS Analyzer software update subscription, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).

Source code is not available for this product.

Metered ClearPath MCP Servers

Style Description
UOP 10nn-DB1 dbaTOOLS Analyzer software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
UOU 10nn-DB1 dbaTOOLS Analyzer software update subscription, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).

Source code is not available for this product

Ordering Information for dbaTOOLS Monitor

Nonmetered ClearPath MCP Servers
Style Description
CSP 10nn-DBM dbaTOOLS Monitor software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
CSU 10nn-DBM dbaTOOLS Monitor software update subscription, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).

Source code is not available for this product.

7–20 8807 7144–023

 dbaTOOLS

Metered ClearPath MCP Servers

Style Description
UOP 10nn-DBM dbaTOOLS Monitor software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
UOU 10nn- dbaTOOLS Monitor software update subscription, where nn
DBM represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).

Source code is not available for this product.

Ordering Information for dbaTOOLS AccessLog

Nonmetered ClearPath MCP Servers
Style Description
CSP 10nn-DBG dbaTOOLS AccessLog software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
CSU 10nn-DBG dbaTOOLS AccessLog software update subscription, where
nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).

Source code is not available for this product

Metered ClearPath MCP Servers

Style Description
UOP 10nn-DBG dbaTOOLS AccessLog software license, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
UOU 10nn-DBG dbaTOOLS AccessLog software update subscription, where
nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
The electronic help documentation is included with the product.

8807 7144–023 7–21

Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP

Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for

ClearPath MCP
Product Overview
Conforms to the Microsoft OLE DB 2.7 specification.

 Provides read access, write access, or both read and write access to Enterprise
Database Server and Enterprise Application Environment data stored in the MCP
environment.
 Enables integration of Enterprise Database Server and Enterprise Application
Environment data with the full range of OLE DB-compliant tools and applications.
 Provides interfaces to standard data consumers or service providers of other
vendors.
 Requires no relational mapping of the Enterprise Database Server and Enterprise
Application Environment data before accessing the data.
 Provides access to multiple databases.
 Supports OLE DB read access, update access, and local transactions.
 Works with Microsoft SQL Server as a linked server for SQL query support.

The OLE DB Data Provider supports the mandatory interfaces, many optional
interfaces, and the Enterprise Database Server features that are consistent with the
Microsoft OLE DB specification.

General Features
The Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider includes the following features.

 OLE DB Schema Utility, a graphical user interface (GUI) that enables you to clarify
the contents of data items beyond simple DASDL descriptions
 Internationalization support for all coded character sets recognized by Enterprise
Database Server, including 8-bit and 16-bit coded character sets, plus the
Windows version of Unicode
 Extensive diagnostic facilities including error reporting, event logging, and tracing

The OLE DB Data Provider is qualified to work with the following OLE DB-compliant
tools:

 Microsoft Office suite applications (through Visual Basic for Applications with
ADO)
 Microsoft Access 2000 (through SQL Server 2000 by means of an Access Project
interface)
 Microsoft Visual Basic, Visual C++, Visual InterDev, Visual Studio, or Visual
Studio.NET
 Microsoft SQL Server 2000

7–22 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP

How the OLE DB Data Provider Works

The OLE DB Data Provider is a two-tiered application that consists of four components
shown in the following figure. The data provider object and the transport object reside
on the client platform; the worker and the server library reside on the MCP server. To
connect these components across a network, the transport object and the server
library marshal data for transmission across a TCP/IP network. The data provider
object allows client applications to access remote databases.

The Windows platform can be a client PC running Windows, or it can be a Windows

server that can be either a remote system or the Windows node of a ClearPath server.
The data provider object and the transport object must run on the same Windows
platform as the client application, which can be Web enabled.

Distributed Transactions
Distributed transactions enable the Enterprise Database Server to participate in
transactions that span multiple databases. This feature uses Transaction Internet
Protocol (TIP), which is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) proposed standard
for efficient communication.

Enterprise Database Server Accessibility

Enterprise Database Server accessibility enables PC applications to access Enterprise
Database Server databases through logical database definitions.

Access to Enterprise Database Server LINKS

Access to Enterprise Database Server LINK items is provided through the standard
OLE DB rowset interfaces and methods that take OLE DB bookmarks as parameters.
LINK items appear as the OLE DB data type DBTYPE_BYTES and can be used as
bookmarks to the referenced tables.

8807 7144–023 7–23

Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP

Data Filtering
Data filtering is exposed in the OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP by using
views. Data providers that do not support full command syntax can expose simple
operations such as sorting and filtering. Rowset sorting is provided if an existing index
satisfies the sort criteria. Data filtering provides significant performance
improvements during data retrieval because of the filtering process on the MCP
server. This process reduces the amount of data traffic between the MCP server and
the Windows environment.

FileView Utility
The FileView Utility provides an interface to the MCP environment data file for OLE DB
schema mapping.

Large Objects (LOBs) Support for Enterprise Database Server

Enterprise Database Server databases can store large objects. The OLE DB Data
Provider supports large objects stored in Enterprise Database Server databases.
Sample programs are provided to demonstrate OLE DB Data Provider usage of binary
large objects (BLOBs) and character large objects (CLOBs) stored in Enterprise
Database Server databases.

MCP Accessibility
MCP accessibility enables OLE DB PC applications to access MCP Environment data
files.

Microsoft .NET Framework Environment

The OLE DB Data Provider is qualified to run in the Microsoft .NET Framework
environment.

Normalization of Embedded Structures

Embedded data sets can be represented in OLE DB either as OLE DB chaptered
rowsets or as independent rowsets that have been normalized. The OLE DB chapter
interface allows Visual Basic and C++ applications to access Enterprise Database
Server embedded structures.

Microsoft SQL Server, however, cannot interpret the OLE DB chapter interface. For
SQL Server to access Enterprise Database Server embedded data sets, the software
must be able to view them as independent tables. The normalization option
dynamically performs this remapping for SQL Server. The default setting is chapter
representation as defined in the OLE DB specification.

OLE DB Data Retrieval Utility

The OLE DB Data Retrieval Utility provides a convenient interface to retrieve selected
data from an Enterprise Database Server database or an MCP file and place the data
into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. You can then use the data manipulation features
available in Excel to create reports or analyze the data.

7–24 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP

Schema Utility
The Schema Utility enables Enterprise Application Environment user data names to
appear in the OLE DB schema instead of the internal Enterprise Application
Environment data names.

Test Connection Utility

The Test Connection Utility assists in the verification of OLE DB installation and
connection to particular databases or MCP files.

Ordering Information
ClearPath MCP servers that do not have user-based licensing
OLE DB is included in the operating environment.

ClearPath servers with user-based licensing

A ClearPath Client Access License (CAL) is required to use OLE DB. To determine the
proper style for adding Client Access Licenses to your system, contact your Unisys
representative.

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP 8999 9320
Operations Guide
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP 2621 0955
Data Retrieval Utility Help
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP 3851 0111
Large Object Utility Help
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP 8999 5351
Schema Utility Help
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP 8999 7316
Test Connection Utility Help
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP 8999 8686
FileView Utility Help

8807 7144–023 7–25

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP provides a highly available environment
that supports large databases and high-volume online transaction processing. It
accommodates installations of virtually any size. Enterprise Database Server offers
exceptional flexibility in accommodating a broad variety of data models—hierarchical,
network, flat, or relational. Enterprise Database Server also supports a variety of
information-accessing techniques. It incorporates validation, audit/recovery, and
access control capabilities, as well as supporting optional utilities for database
analysis, monitoring, integrity certification, online reorganization, and online archiving.

The three goals of Enterprise Database Server are linear scalability, multiterabyte
capacity, and database availability.

Linear scalability
As each processor is added to a system, it should ideally yield the same amount of
performance increment as the processor that preceded it.

Multiterabyte capacity
Enterprise Database Server provides multiterabyte data capacity at the data set level.
Each data set can hold more than 12 terabytes of data.

Database availability
Enterprise Database Server seeks to reduce the amount of time during which a
database or structure is unavailable because of required maintenance or recovery
tasks. Enterprise Database Server addresses this goal by providing an online garbage
collection facility for disjoint index sequential sets and subsets.

General Features
Enterprise Database Server supports a variety of information-accessing techniques.
You can store groups of data records (called data sets) in several primary ways,
including those shown in the following table.

File Structure Type Description

Standard Records are generally not ordered in this structure type. To

provide efficient keyed access to a particular data record,
indexes are often used. A single standard data set can have
multiple indexes, allowing keyed access for many different
selection conditions.
Direct Records are stored and accessed by a unique user-supplied
“record number,” which eliminates the need for a separate
index to find a particular data record. Direct data sets allow
you to specify other indexes to enable efficient searches by
other keys.

7–26 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

File Structure Type Description

Hashed A designated key of this record type is hashed and the

records are stored in the hashed order. The hashed file
structure provides fast access without an additional index
structure. No indexes are allowed on this structure type. The
hashed key can be alphanumeric as well as numeric.
Ordered A designated key of this record type is used to order the
records as they are stored.

Enterprise Database Server incorporates a variety of validation, audit/recovery, and

access control capabilities. Comprehensive audit and recovery facilities provide

 Restart information for user programs

 Automatic recovery of the database when faults occur
 Reconstruction of portions of the database
 Removal of canceled transactions

Full recovery of all completed transactions is available within Enterprise Database

Server when it enforces independent transactions. You can synchronize a Transaction
Server audit trail with the Enterprise Database Server audit trail to provide full
synchronized recovery.

Several Enterprise Database Server utilities are available that support database
analysis, monitoring, integrity certification, online reorganization, and online archiving.
These products enhance the overall usability of Enterprise Database Server and help
clients approximate a 24-hour online, 7-day-a-week operation. All messages generated
by Enterprise Database Server are compatible with the MultiLingual System (MLS),
which allows you to translate messages into your local language. The released
language is English.

Hot Software Update

The hot software update feature provides enhanced database availability during
software installation of an Enterprise Database Server Interim Correction (IC) or a
Supplemental Support Package (SSP). You can update your Enterprise Database Server
software from an IC or SSP without bringing down your database or application. Three
update types are provided for smooth transitions: controlled, assisted, and automatic.

You can

 Run a database environment that does not need to be disabled or discontinued

during software installation.
 Experience minimum performance interruptions to an application environment
during installation.
 Use programmatic guidelines for user applications to participate with the software
update process. These programmatic guidelines are provided only for programs
that link directly to server libraries associated with an active database, such as
DMSUPPORT and RDBSUPPORT.

8807 7144–023 7–27

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Set Sectioning
Set sectioning in Enterprise Database Server allows multiple set files for specifying
greater key range indexes. You can maintain the existing functionality and extend the
scalability of set definitions. In addition, an index sequential set can consist of up to
512 physical files within an Enterprise Database Server database.

Databases in Permanent Directories

Enterprise Database Server databases can take advantage of the MCP DATAPATH
task attribute so that these databases can reside within permanent directories.
Permanent directory databases provide a mechanism to grant common database
access without needing to use common usercodes or chargecodes. The mechanism
provides security and control at both the macro and micro levels. Use of this
mechanism does not affect existing databases. Permanent directory database names
are prefixed with *DIR and can contain multiple nodes ahead of the node that
identifies the database. For example, the database named MAIN-DB would have file
names as follows:

*DIR/NODE1/NODE2/MAIN-DB/<data set name>/DATA

*DIR/NODE1/NODE2/MAIN-DB/<data set name>/<set name>

Setting the DATAPATH task attribute for an existing database requires

 A simple DASDL UPDATE (no format changes)

 Recompiling all tailored Enterprise Database Server components
 The same manual copying steps that are required when changing pack locations
for database structures and tailored software

Large Objects (LOBs)

Enterprise Database Server supports data types known as large objects (LOBs). These
data types enable you to store and manage images, audio files, multimedia files, and
Extensible Markup Language (XML) files. LOBs are categorized as either binary large
objects (BLOBs) or character large objects (CLOBs) and can be physically stored
outside the database (external) or inside the database (internal).

External large objects can be physically stored outside the Enterprise Database Server
database in the Windows or MCP file systems. The Enterprise Database Server
database contains a pointer to the location of the externally stored data. External LOBs
can be accessed through OLE DB Data Provider for ClearPath MCP or through the
ClearPath MCP host language interface.

Multiple Dump for a Single Tape

You can perform multiple dumps from the same database or a different database.
These dumps are written to a single logical tape. The feature enables easy storage
and access of multiple, small Enterprise Database Server DMUTILITY dumps to be
backed up to and retrieved from single high volume media

7–28 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Online Garbage Collection

Online garbage collection returns unused structure space to the system while your
database is up and running. This capability enables you to consolidate unused space in
sets/subsets and rebalance index structures to optimize access through sets.

When you use garbage collection, the database remains online and available, and any
failure of the garbage collection task has no impact on the database.

Record Serial Numbers (RSNs)

A record serial number (RSN) is a unique number assigned to each data-set record. A
RSN is guaranteed to be unique within a data set but not within the database. That is,
once an RSN is used within a data set that RSN is never used again within that data
set, but it can be used for a record in another data set.

RSNs enable an internal optimization within sets that allows duplicates but that does
not declare DUPLICATES FIRST or DUPLICATES LAST.

REORGDB Feature
The REORGDB feature enables you to

 Improve productivity by reorganizing the database or selected structures while

your applications run.
 Gain scalability where you need it. Enterprise Database Server continues to
support mixed structures in a single database.
 Improve database availability by allowing existing applications that are not affected
by the reorganization to operate continuously; no explicit close and re-open
operations are necessary. Applications affected by the reorganization continue to
operate until the reorganized structures are ready to be placed into service.

The REORGDB mode provides the following key features:

 A live Enterprise Database Server database remains open with all structures
available during a database or structure reorganization.
 Existing applications affected by the reorganization remain active until the
background reorganization completes and the newly reorganized structures are
activated. Existing applications not affected by the reorganization remain
continuously active and no longer need an explicit close or re-open operation.
 Updates to a live database are captured during the background reorganization and
used automatically to synchronize the reorganized database structures.
 Easy, graphical access through the Database Operations Center to all Enterprise
Database Server reorganization modes—Online, Offline, and REORGDB—is
available.
 A choice to automatically swap the live database or to have the system notify you
when the reorganization and synchronization steps are complete.

8807 7144–023 7–29

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Sectioned Audit Files

Sectioned audit files involve the use of multiple physical files that together form a
single logical audit file. You can define up to 63 individual audit sections; however, the
combination of all the sections makes up the logical audit file. All sections of an audit
file must be present for Enterprise Database Server Extended Edition to recognize that
the audit file is present.

Sectioned audit files Improve audit trail throughput, provide concurrent multiple audit
file I/Os, and increase the bandwidth of the audit trail.

Sectioned Data Sets

As with sectioned audit files, a sectioned data set is one in which the logical data set
structure is physically composed of multiple physical files. You can define up to 255
sections for a data set; however, it is the combination of all the sections that make up
the logical data set.

Sectioned data sets are provided for disjoint standard data sets only. Records in the
data set are distributed among the sections using a round-robin algorithm.

Use of sectioned data sets provides the following advantages:

 Reduction or elimination of throughput restrictions imposed by the architecture of

internal locks within Enterprise Database Server.
 Increased bandwidth of Enterprise Database Server physical I/O.
 Expanded data set capacity—multiple physical files expand the data set capacity
from 48 gigabytes per structure to 48 gigabytes per section. With a possible 255
sections per data set, each data set has a potential capacity of 12 terabytes.
 Visibility of existing application program logic—logically, sectioned data sets
appear identical to nonsectioned data sets. Consequently, when migrating to
sectioned data sets, no application program changes are required. With the
exception of the possible appearance of an RSN item (which is visible to the
application only if declared in the DASDL), application programs are unaware that a
data set is sectioned.

Sectioned Sets
A sectioned set is one that has been divided, based on criteria specified in DASDL, into
several discrete components that enable access or manipulation of each section
independently of the other sections.

When multiple application programs access a data set by way of a set, some
contention for set resources occurs. As the number of programs rises, so does the
amount of contention. Set sectioning reduces, and in some cases eliminates, set
resource contention.

Sectioning of sets is critical for achieving scalability on systems with many processors
and databases with large data sets.

Sectioned sets are provided for disjoint indexed sequential sets only.

7–30 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

TranStamp Locking
TranStamp locking is a type of locking algorithm for data sets that are defined in
DASDL with a special keyword. The TranStamp locking algorithm makes the data
record an integral part of the locking process. With the aid of a unique transaction
identifier, TranStamp locking provides a substantial increase in record-lock related
performance.

To allow for ease of migration, the use of TranStamp locking is optional for
nonsectioned data sets. However, the full benefit of TranStamp locking is not realized
unless it is used by all structures in the database.

Some of the advantages offered by TranStamp locking are as follows:

 The data record is made part of the locking scheme, which eliminates much of the
overhead required to manage internal lock tables.
 The size of the lock table is reduced from one entry per locked record to one entry
per transaction.
 The limit on the number of records that can be locked by a single program is
eliminated because the lock table requirements for a given program are fixed.
 The overhead associated with END-TRANSACTION operations is reduced because
all records can be freed by invalidating the TranStamp identifier associated with
the lock (as opposed to freeing each locked record).

Tape Encryption
The Enterprise Database Server tape encryption feature enables you to encrypt dump
files and audit files using Enterprise Database Server tape encryption. You can encrypt
data files when they are copied from disk to tape or from disk to disk as part of a
DMUTILITY DUMP operation. You can also encrypt audit files when they are copied
from disk to tape as part of a COPYAUDIT QUICKCOPY operation.

To use this feature, you must have a license for the Tape Encryption product
(CSP10nn-MTE), which is described earlier in this document.

Variable Audit Buffers

Varying the number of audit buffers when audit files are sectioned enables the
database to absorb short periods of intense audit activity. The number of audit buffers
automatically changes as the number of audit file sections increases or decreases,
with approximately 10 audit buffers allocated for each section. Although the system
adjusts the number of audit buffers automatically, you can also manually assign the
number.

Verification of Quiesced Database

You can verify the physical integrity of a database copy created with the QUIESCE
command, prior to, or during the recovery process.

Data Masking

8807 7144–023 7–31

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

This feature prevents casual viewing of sensitive data. Database and Security
Administrators can obscure or de-identify specific data within a DMSII database,
ensuring that security is maintained and that sensitive information is not leaked
outside authorized environments. This feature provides less protection than
encryption, but the overhead/cost is much lower than for encryption.

Security Logging

Security Logging is a system logging option that captures and records information
associated with an Enterprise Database Server Security exception (for example,
CATEGORY 17). The pertinent information captured is application name, database
identity (that is, mix number, stack number), structure name, and the DM VERB TYPE
that is in violation.

Record Count

A DASDL RECORDCOUNT option enables the database system to automatically store

the number of records in a structure. This option is valid for disjoint datasets and sets.
This information is often required by auditors.

Automatic READERROR Correction

This feature is a DMUTILITY dump option that enables an area of a data file previously
flagged with READERROR to be dynamically corrected. The correction occurs
automatically following the successful read of the entire area by DMUTILITY.

Data Access Logging

Data access logging provides the ability to log any access of a database including
inquiries. Log entries are placed in the system Sumlog and include this information:

 Name of program
 User code and access code of the executing program
 Structure name and number
 Record address.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following features and enhancements were added for MCP Release 19.0:

 Support for structure level encryption

Structure level encryption enables a broader querying capability of data encrypted
at the field level while protecting data on the disk. Data in memory is not
encrypted. Refer to the following table for CPM firmware levels that support field
level encryption (FLE) and structure level encryption (SLE):
Platform Model CPM Firmware Level
Required for SLE
ClearPath MCP Software DE1001, GE0501, GE1001, 43.0 SP3-IC2
GE1500, GX3000, FS1001,

7–32 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Platform Model CPM Firmware Level

Required for SLE
Series VS1500
DE1002, GE0502, Supported on first
GE1002, GE1501, GX3001, release (45.0)
FS1002, FS2000, VS1501,
GE2000
ClearPath Forward Libra CS470 No support
Series
CS4380, CS4390, 40.0 SP3
CS6380, CS6390,
CS8380, CS8390
CS6480, CS6490, 43.0 SP4
CS8480, CS8490
CS4580, CS4590, Supported on first
CS6590, CS8580, release (45.0)
CS8590
ClearPath Forward FS FS600 40.0 SP3
Series
FS601 43.0 SP4
FS800 Supported on first
release (45.0)
FS1770 No support
Unisys Communications VSE47 No support
Solutions VoiceSource
Express Series

 Support for Enterprise Database Server (DMSII) CPM scaling

Extensive performance testing, in addition to code efficiency enhancements,
ensure that Enterprise Database Server databases scale successfully on systems
using a large number of processors.
 (NFS) Support for Enterprise Database Server (DMSII) software access to
EVENTLOG
Enterprise Database Server software can now access the EVENTLOG, regardless
of the privilege of the usercode that opened the database.

Ordering Information
Enterprise Database Server is included as part of the operating environment. Source
code is available for Enterprise Database Server. It is included as part of the operating
environment source product, which you can license separately.

8807 7144–023 7–33

Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Application 8600 2409
Program Interfaces Programming Guide
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Data and 8600 0213
Structure Definition Language (DASDL) Programming Reference
Manual
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Getting Started 3850 8198
and Installation Guide
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Utilities 8600 0759
Operations Guide
Importing and Exporting Database Schemas Guide 3845 8238

7–34 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database Server Inquiry

Enterprise Database Server Inquiry

Product Overview
Enterprise Database Server Inquiry provides online, interactive access to Enterprise
Database Server databases. The Inquiry interface is simple enough to be used by
personnel who have little or no programming experience. Inquiry end users can
access information managed in any part of the database, regardless of the complexity
of the database.

Inquiry is designed to turn data into information. This interface virtually eliminates
programming for run-time information requests, which enables programming
personnel to attend to more important tasks, while offering a higher level of user
satisfaction.

General Features
Inquiry can select a record or a set of records from an Enterprise Database Server
database and display user-selected data items contained in the record. A simple,
user-oriented language is provided to permit the selection of desired information.
Online help is available to assist a requester in forming an information request or in
resolving errors encountered. Requests that might be used more than once can be
named, saved, and subsequently invoked, eliminating the need to retype the request.
You can edit any current information request to revise its scope eliminating the need
to re-enter the entire statement. Inquiry offers simplified installation, permitting
virtually immediate use with any Enterprise Database Server database.

Inquiry supports complex selection criteria requiring logical operators such as AND,
OR, and NOT, as well as relational operations such as equal to and less than.

You can specify information privacy and security to the item level with standard
Enterprise Database Server and MCP facilities. These security issues include access to
the system, the database a user is permitted to open, the specific data sets accessible
within the database, authorized record categories within a data set, and legal items
within a record. You can also control specified commands within the Inquiry
environment. For example, you could limit the use of the UPDATE command to
specific users.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Enterprise Database Server Inquiry is
CSP 10nn-DI2, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
DMSII Inquiry Operations Guide 8807 6120

8807 7144–023 7–35

Enterprise Database Server Transaction Processing System (TPS)

Enterprise Database Server Transaction Processing

System (TPS)
Product Overview
The Transaction Processing System (TPS) is a library of transaction processing
procedures that gives a centralized definition of transactions that all programs can
access. TPS also controls input transactions accessing the database so that
synchronized recovery can be applied in the event of a system interruption.

A new level of functionality is provided for application systems when you implement
TPS with Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP. Centralized accessing
techniques through the use of libraries reduce the complexity of application programs
that require database information. You can accomplish reduced program maintenance
by having to change only the centralized update library routine as opposed to every
program that uses the routine. Standardization of transaction definition provides better
control of the programs accessing the database. You achieve a high level of
coordination of transaction processing and recovery when multiple application
programs that execute concurrently update the same database. Comprehensive
recovery capabilities simplify the restart logic required in application programs.

General Features
Programs that are written in a transaction-oriented database environment must
contain logic relative to the user’s application. Logic is also required to access the
database that might be specific to the application but not to the individual program. An
installation might want to divide and separate those general functions that are not
necessarily program specific but are database dependent.

A transaction history journal audits transactions applied to the database. In recovery

mode, input transactions can then be reapplied to the database after Enterprise
Database Server recovery is complete. Transactions are serialized to ensure properly
synchronized recovery. Database access code is centralized into isolated, highly
modularized units of code called transaction processing routines. These routines are
located in the update library accessed through the transaction library.

Transactions are centrally defined for an environment in the transaction description

file. An input transaction record determines which routine in the update library is to be
used in accessing the database. An output transaction record is used to return the
results of processing by the routine that was selected. A restart transaction record
can be specified in the routines to aid the application in the event that a recovery
operation is required. The Transaction Formatting Language (TFL) is used to define all
transaction records.

You can use a remote library on a remote system to allow your programs to access
the database on a host system. No changes in your programs are needed to run the
database on the remote system.

Tank journals are provided for batching transactions that are held for future
processing.

7–36 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Database Server Transaction Processing System (TPS)

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Transaction Processing System (TPS) is
CSP 10nn-TPS, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server TPS Programming Guide 8807 6138

8807 7144–023 7–37

Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO)

Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO)

Product Overview
Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO) is a query and report program that
enables you to quickly access Enterprise Database Server databases and conventional
files and to present data in tabular as well as graphic formats. ERGO offers up-to-date,
concise analyses. In most cases, ERGO reduces the cost of application programming,
along with its associated delays for modifications, and staff training.

ERGO and its accompanying documentation can be used by persons who possess
only a moderate understanding of data processing. However, sufficient power and
flexibility are available for information systems professionals.

General Features
Many powerful features are provided, including

 Four graphic analyses—bar graphs, histograms, plots, and Kiviat diagrams. All
formatting of graphic output is done automatically.
 Two standard reports—tabulations and statistical summaries.
 Formatting attributes under user control, with commonly used default values
provided.
 Minimal knowledge of Enterprise Database Server and conventional files required
for usage.
 Concurrent access of up to five Enterprise Database Server databases and ten
conventional files in a single request.
 Easy joining of data across data sets, databases, and conventional files.
 Powerful selection expressions with optimization where possible.
 The ability to direct output to various devices.
 Different modes of operation—command mode for the experienced user, and
menu mode for the casual or new user.
 The ability to process ERGO commands from a disk file using the CANDE DO
command.
 Extensive online help capabilities.
 Statistical and trigonometric functions plus user-defined functions for extensibility.
 Storage of frequently used report commands as defines.
 Menu of saved commands from which to select a command for execution.
 Multilevel sorting of data in ascending or descending order.
 Reformatting of reports without re-accessing the databases or files.
 Pattern matching for string item searches.
 Editing of commands to avoid unnecessary retyping.

7–38 8807 7144–023

 Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO)

 EXTRACT capability to save selected data in files so that ERGO or any program
able to invoke files from the Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS) can use
them.
 The ability to access data in KEYEDIOII and conventional files.
 The ability to update selected data in Enterprise Database Server databases.
 Data item names can have a maximum of 30 characters and data sets a maximum
of 1023 characters.

Configuration Information
This product requires Database Interpreter.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for ERGO is CSP 10nn-ERG, where nn
represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments
of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server Interpretive Interface Programming 8600 0155
Reference Manual
Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO) Operations 8600 0205
Guide

8807 7144–023 7–39

Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Backup Source

Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Backup Source

Product Overview
This product enables you to use a quiesce database copy as a source to create an
offline database backup that can be used to recover the live database from which the
quiesce database copy was created.

General Features
The Quiesce Database Copy as a Backup Source product enables you to perform
scheduled backups that have minimal impact on the live database environment.

Configuration Requirements
 Quiesce Database Copy for Single Host Systems
 Sufficient disk space is required to replicate the entire set of disks that store
Enterprise Database Server data files.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a
Backup Source is CSP 10nn-DCB, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Database Operations Center Help 8999 5211
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Utilities 8600 0759
Operations Guide
Remote Database Backup Planning and Operations Guide 8600 2052

7–40 8807 7144–023

 Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Recovery Source

Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Recovery

Source
Product Overview
The Quiesce Database Copy as a Recovery Source product restores the original
configuration of a quiesce database copy. You can then use the restored copy as a
recovery source to rebuild a live database.

Quiesce Database Copy as a Recovery Source enables customers on single host

systems to use a snapshot copy of an Enterprise Database Server database to restore
a damaged database.

General Features
The Quiesce Database Copy as a Recovery Source product

 Verifies that all database files exist under the quiesce database copy usercode on
the family locations designated in the live database control file.
 Restores the live database control file from the saved copy of the control file.
 Restores the original usercodes of the live data files.

Configuration Requirements
Quiesce Database Copy for Single Host Systems

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Quiesce Database Copy as a
Recovery Source is CSP 10nn DCR, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Utilities 8600 0759
Operations Guide
Database Operations Center Help 8999 5211

8807 7144–023 7–41

Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) for Single Host Systems

Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) for Single Host

Systems
Product Overview
The Quiesce Database Copy for Single Host Systems product allows a single
ClearPath MCP server to concurrently recognize and support two or more copies of
the same database.

General Features
This product enables you to

 Specify a quiesce database copy name that is stored in a specialized QUIESCE

directory within the newly enhanced database control file.
 Create a quiesce database copy.

This product, integrated with mirrored disk technologies enables you to offload
database applications from a live database. This capability increases data availability
and improves live database performance.

Configuration Requirements
Sufficient disk space is required for each QDC to replicate the entire set of disks that
store Enterprise Database Server data files.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) for
Single Host Systems is CSP 10nn-DCH, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server Utilities Operations Guide 8600 0759
Database Operations Center Help 8999 5211
Remote Database Backup Planning and Operations Guide 8600 2052

7–42 8807 7144–023

 Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP provides a highly available environment,
designed to support large relational databases and high-volume online transaction
processing. Relational Database Server incorporates a variety of validation,
audit/recovery, and access control capabilities designed to support mission-critical
applications.

General Features
Create, Query and Update Relational Databases
The Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP enables you to: create relational
databases using a data definition language (DDL) and the Relational Design Center
schema administration tool.

After you have created a relational database, you can query and update it using
standard Structured Query Language (SQL)-compliant tools (such as the Query Design
Center) and from Java, COBOL and ALGOL applications. A JDBC driver is available for
use by Java applications running on MCP JProcessors, as well as on Windows, UNIX,
and Linux servers.

Add SQL Capabilities to Existing Enterprise Database Server Databases

The Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP enables you to add SQL capabilities
to existing Enterprise Database Server databases. This allows you to use SQL-
compliant tools to access and update the database in addition to the Enterprise
Database Server’s host language interface and other data access tools.

The Relational Design Center is a schema administration tool that you can use to
enable SQL access to Enterprise Database Server databases. This enables you to
perform inquiries or updates against the data in the database by using any tool or
application that generates SQL data manipulation language (DML) statements
compatible with the Unisys implementation of SQL. For example, these tools or
applications include:

 Query Design Center

 JDBC driver
 ALGOL and COBOL programs that use the SQL call-level interface (CLI)

Tools and Utilities

Query Processor
The Query Processor is an SQL parser, optimizer, and query execution engine. The
Query Processor accepts and executes SQL commands and interacts with the
database to return the expected results.

8807 7144–023 7–43

Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP

The Query Processor is compliant with the SQL-92, entry level with extensions, data
manipulation language (DML) as defined by the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) document X3.135-1992, “Database Language SQL.”

SQL Call-level Interface (CLI) for COBOL and ALGOL Programs

The Relational Database Server provides an SQL call-level interface (CLI) that you can
use in COBOL85, COBOL74, and ALGOL programs.

The CLI is a standard SQL interface that enables programs to open databases, accept
and manage queries, create and use cursors, specify transaction behavior including
isolation levels, and commit or roll back transactions. In addition, the CLI enables
programs to detect, handle, and report errors; retrieve query descriptions; and handle
parameterized queries for efficient program execution.

The CLI conforms to a subset of the SQL CLI as defined by the International
Organization for Standardization document ISO/IEC 9075-3:1999, “Information
technology -- Database languages -- SQL -- Part 3: Call-Level Interface (SQL/CLI)”.

JDBC Driver
The JDBC application program interface (API) was developed by Oracle to provide
programmatic access to relational data from Java applications.

The JDBC driver—which is based on the JDBC 4.0 Specification published by Oracle—
provides programmatic access to Relational Database Server databases and to SQL-
enabled Enterprise Database Server databases. The JDBC driver enables you to

 Establish a connection to a database.

 Execute SQL statements, retrieve results, and propagate changes back to that
database through the SQL Query Processor.
 Process the results of those queries and updates.

The JDBC driver implements a type 4 driver. The driver provides access to databases
from a Java application running on MCP JProcessors and on Windows, UNIX, and
Linux servers.

Relational Design Center

The Relational Design Center is an interactive schema administration tool that enables
you to create and maintain database schemas. You can use the Relational Design
Center to:

 Create a new relational database that has been defined using the Relational
Database Server’s data definition language (DDL).
 Make changes to existing relational database schemas
 Enable SQL access to existing Enterprise Database Server databases

Query Design Center

The Query Design Center is an interactive tool that administrators and developers can
use to design and execute ad-hoc SQL requests against Relational Database Server

7–44 8807 7144–023

 Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP

databases and SQL-enabled Enterprise Database Server databases. This tool makes it
easy to design and execute queries against databases and test these queries outside
of user applications.

Using Query Design Center, you can specify your solution in terms of joins, ordering,
columns to display, and so on. You do not have to use SQL syntax; Query Design
Center can automatically build the syntax of your queries based on your input. If you
are fluent in SQL, however, you can manually enter and execute SQL syntax

Loader Utility
The Loader utility is a command line tool that facilitates the import of large amounts of
data from a file into a table of a Relational Database Server database. The utility is
useful for activities such as batch updating of the database from information derived
from other databases or for migrating data extracted from some other database.

The utility enables you to describe the form of the input data and to establish various
filtering and mapping rules for cases where the input data does not precisely reflect
the table in the target database. You can also indicate that only portions of the data
from the file be loaded into the table.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following features and enhancements were added for MCP Release 19.0:

 Addition of new Query Design Center command line interface

The command line interface of the Query Design Center enables you to
conveniently execute a script file containing a list of SQL queries.
 Improved functionality of the Relational Database Server
The Relational Database Server now has improved capability to control permission
assignments and what users can query them. The Relational Database Server now
supports the Japanese character set translations when using the ODBC driver.
Additionally, the Relational Database Server has improved compatibility with
Microsoft Office Access products due to the expansion of supported data types
 (NFS) Support for the SQLSpecialColumns function
The SQLSpecialColumns function obtains the best set of columns to identify a
single row in a table or those columns that are automatically updated when a row
is updated, making applications more efficient.
 (NFS) Ability to accurately copy fields into Excel using the Query Design Center
option Copy Result Set
The Copy Result Set option in Query Design Center can now be used to accurately
copy data into Excel.

8807 7144–023 7–45

Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP

Ordering Information

Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for the Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP is
CSP 10nn-REL, where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information

Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP Query Processor Installation 8222 3819
and Operations Guide
Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP Query Processor 8222 3827
Programming Guide
Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP ODBC Driver User's Guide 8230 6846

7–46 8807 7144–023

 Remote Database Backup

Remote Database Backup

Product Overview
Remote Database Backup is a database recovery system that can be a key component
of any disaster recovery plan, because it minimizes the amount of time needed to
recover from a loss of database access. Remote Database Backup also minimizes loss
of productivity, loss of revenue, and loss of business caused by interruptions in the
ability to access your database information.

The Remote Database Backup system consists of a database and a copy of the
database. One database can be updated, and the other can be used only for inquiry
purposes. The database that can be updated is called the primary database. The host
on which it resides is called the primary host. The current online remote database
copy, called the secondary database, is inquiry-capable only. The host on which it
resides is called the secondary host. The configuration of the primary and secondary
databases on their separate hosts is called a Remote Database Backup system. A
single host can participate in multiple Remote Database Backup systems. You can
locate your hosts at the same site or at two geographically distant sites.

Remote Database Backup keeps the database copy up-to-date by applying the audit
images from the audited database to the database copy. A choice of five audit
transmission modes enables you to choose the method of audit transfer between
hosts that best suits your needs.

If the primary database or primary host fails, you can quickly switch the primary
database operations to the secondary database on the secondary host.

General Features
Flexibility
Remote Database Backup runs on all ClearPath servers, from the smallest to the
largest and most powerful platforms.

Remote Database Backup works with Enterprise Database Server and Enterprise
Application Environment databases.

Resources such as processing power, memory capacity, and storage media can be
different between the primary database system and the secondary database system.

You can configure Remote Database Backup on your systems in a variety of ways.
However, each primary database can have only one secondary database. Your
configuration choices range from simple (two systems and one database) to complex
(multiple systems and multiple databases).

8807 7144–023 7–47

Remote Database Backup

Remote Database Backup provides five specific audit transmission modes that enable
you to regulate

 Whether the transmission of audit images is automatic or manual

 Whether the transmission of audit images is performed as individual audit blocks
or whole audit files
 Whether the transmission of audit images can be interrupted (that is, suspended)
 The degree of audit trail synchronization between the primary and secondary
hosts

You can select one of four methods to transfer audits from the primary database to
the secondary database. You can

 Automatically mirror each audit block on the secondary host as it is written on the
primary host, using EMC mirrored disks.
 Automatically transfer each audit block as it is written on the primary database.
 Automatically transfer audit files whenever an audit file switch occurs on the
primary database.
 Manually transfer files as an offline, batch-processing alternative. Audit files
created on your primary database can be physically transported to the secondary
database on tape, and then applied. This method does not require a
communications link between the two systems.

Productive Use of the Backup System

Because Remote Database Backup imposes minimal overhead on the system that
hosts the secondary database, the secondary system can perform other tasks in
addition to backing up the primary database. In the backup process, the only function
of the secondary system is to apply Enterprise Database Server audit images received
from the primary system. The actual amount of processor overhead involved varies,
depending on the types of host systems involved and the volume of database
updates. Memory requirements for Remote Database Backup are also minimal.

You can use the secondary system for other day-to-day functions such as

 A dedicated inquiry and reporting decision-support platform

 Offloading some processing tasks from the primary production system, such as
program development, program testing, and alternate production applications
 A temporary primary system while you are performing routine maintenance on the
original primary system

Variety of Connectivity Options

The primary and secondary systems can be interconnected using any BNA-supported
network in the cases where audits are transferred online. Remote Database Backup
requires the Heritage Network Services product to support its network.

7–48 8807 7144–023

 Remote Database Backup

Clients can configure Remote Database Backup by using Database Operations Center
to define and modify host names, the relationships between hosts, database names,
and disk family names for the database control file, data files, and audit files.

A Remote Database Backup library entry point exists for those clients who wish to
predefine or automate the takeover operation within a Remote Database Backup
system.

Synchronization Level Selection

Remote Database Backup enables you to select the level of audit trail synchronization
that you want for your Remote Database Backup system. You must ask yourself,
“How closely must the backup database match its source?”

Remote Database Backup synchronizes the secondary database audit trail with the
primary database audit trail by transmitting audit images from the primary system to
the secondary system.

Data is considered to be backed up when the audit records for that data have been
copied from the primary system to the secondary system. At this point, the
information in the audit trail has not yet been applied to the secondary database.
Therefore, the primary and secondary databases are not necessarily synchronized,
even though their audit trails are synchronized.

For example, if you run the same inquiry on a newly-updated record on both systems
simultaneously, you can retrieve different answers if that record is in the audit trail of
the secondary system and not yet applied to the secondary database.

Enterprise Database Server Structures

The Remote Database Backup supports the full range of Enterprise Database Server
database structures. It provides full disaster recovery and fail-over technology for
long-distance remote and local campus solutions implemented with Enterprise
Database Server Extended Edition databases.

Online Garbage Collection

The Remote Database Backup online garbage collection feature complements the
Enterprise Database Server online garbage collection feature. The Remote Database
Backup software now provides full disaster recovery backup for Enterprise Database
Server structures that have been optimized using online garbage collection.

8807 7144–023 7–49

Remote Database Backup

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Remote Database Backup is
CSP 10nn-RDB, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP Utilities 8600 0759
Operations Guide
Remote Database Backup Planning and Operations Guide 8600 2052

7–50 8807 7144–023

 REPORTER III

REPORTER III
Product Overview
The REPORTER III system provides an effective method of retrieving, analyzing, and
reporting information maintained by a data processing system. REPORTER III uses the
power of host systems to eliminate the mechanical and time-consuming aspects of
report preparation.

REPORTER III and its documentation require a basic understanding of data processing
concepts. However, REPORTER III also has sufficient power and flexibility to satisfy
the requirements of experienced users.

The REPORTER III system can access data from one or more Enterprise Database
Server databases.

General Features
The REPORTER III system contains two free-form languages:

 Vocabulary Language—a language designed to create a vocabulary (dictionary) of

descriptions and definitions of the data to be reported. The vocabulary language
can accept an independent description or can use existing COBOL record
descriptions or database directories. Once a vocabulary is defined, you can use it
repetitively for reporting.
 Report Language—a report description language that permits the specification of
an unlimited variety of reports. The need for traditional programming expertise is
eliminated by the nontechnical language.

REPORTER III generates an ANSI-85 or ANSI-74 COBOL program (user option) that is
tailored to the exact reporting requirements. The generative approach speeds
recurrent reporting while also affording the flexibility needed for cost-effective, one-
time reporting.

REPORTER III includes the following powerful features:

 Entering data from multiple structures

 Deriving data by arithmetic operations and table lookup
 Matching of records based on data field values
 Selecting data based on simple-to-complex criteria
 Specified sorting of data in ascending or descending order, on multiple keys
 Automatic aging, using a variety of date formats
 Powerful statistical functions including count, total, mean, variance, and standard
deviation—with all required logic supplied automatically
 Summary-only (matrix) reports
 Multilevel control break and range break handling, including summary statistics for
each control break or range

8807 7144–023 7–51

REPORTER III

 Completely automatic formatting of printed reports including overflow to

additional lines and pages
 Optional, controlled formatting of printed special reports, preprinted forms, or
confirmations
 Constructing and redefining existing data to form new data
 Secure access through a password system
 Automatic system scheduling with full override options
 Generation of multiple reports in one pass through the input data
 Creation of one or more files of extracted data for subsequent processing or
reporting

Additionally, REPORTER III provides the auditor with an effective means for testing and
evaluating the records produced by a data processing system. REPORTER III greatly
facilitates the auditor’s analysis by using the power of a host system to accomplish
tasks such as
 Testing extensions and footings
 Selecting and printing audit samples
 Examining records for completeness, consistency, and valid conditions
 Summarizing data
 Comparing duplicate or related data for correctness and consistency
 Comparing audit data with computerized records

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for REPORTER III is CSP 10nn-RP3, where
nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
REPORTER III Report Language Operations Guide 1177185
REPORTER III Vocabulary Language Operations Guide 1177177

7–52 8807 7144–023

Section 8
Communications and Networking

Overview
Introduction
The communications and networking products described in this section enable you to
distribute information and share resources as well as to provide reliable transmission
of data, text, graphics, image, and voice information.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 BNA over IP for Application Hosts

 ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft Windows
 Connectivity Services
 Heritage Host Services
 Heritage Network Services
 Native File Transfer
 Network Administrative Utility (NAU)
 Network Operations Interface (NET OI)
 Network Services

8807 7144–023 8–1

BNA over IP for Application Hosts

BNA over IP for Application Hosts

Product Overview
This BNA over IP product implements BNA over an IP network using application hosts.

General Features
The BNA over IP implementation includes

 Full BNAv2 router functionality including priority routing

 Support of clustering across an IP network
 Reduced configuration requirements for BNA servers on both sides of the IP
network

Configuration Requirements
Heritage Network Services

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for BNA over IP for Application Hosts is
CS 10-BIP.

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
BNA/CNS Network Implementation Guide, Volume 1: Planning 3789 7006
BNA/CNS Network Implementation Guide, Volume 2: 3789 7014
Configuration

8–2 8807 7144–023

 ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft Windows

ClearPath MCP Communications Services for

Microsoft Windows
Product Overview
ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft Windows improves
interoperability between ClearPath MCP servers and computers running various
Microsoft Windows operating systems.

This product consists of a keys file. Installing this keys file using the IK (Install Keys)
system command automatically enables the MCP system to perform Windows
NTLMv2 authentication.

Many IT organizations are standardizing the use of the NTLMv2 protocol for
authentication and password encryption involving Windows-based workstations and
servers. NTLMv2 is a strong authentication and password encryption protocol
supported by Microsoft Windows for access to file servers that are not in a domain.

General Features
The ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft Windows product enables
the ClearPath MCP Client Access Services product to use NTLMv2 authentication and
password encryption for the following services:

 Explorer extensions
 Integrated messaging
 Job messages through WFLX named pipe
 MCP File Copier
 MCP CD-ROM access
 MCP file access
 MCP shared printer access
 MCP Neighborhood
 Named Pipes/WinSock IPC
 Security Center

8807 7144–023 8–3

ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft Windows

In addition, the following ClearPath MCP products that use Client Access Services can
take advantage of NTLMv2 authentication and password encryption:

 Administration Center
 Database Operations Center
 Installation Center
 License Center
 MCPInfo Scriptable Object
 Operations Center
 Print Center
 Transaction Center

Configuration Requirements
The ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft Windows product is
available on all currently supported ClearPath MCP releases.

Also, see the Compatibility matrices at

http://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

Ordering Information
The ClearPath MCP Communications Services for Microsoft Windows product is
included in the operating environment. Source code for this product is not available.

Product Information
Client Access Services Administration Guide 4310 3308
Client Access Services User Guide 4319 3324

8–4 8807 7144–023

 Connectivity Services

Connectivity Services
Product Overview
Connectivity Services provides a transparent communication path between
applications running on MCP servers and Windows clients. This enables applications
running on a Windows client, for example a developer’s workstation, to access files
on a ClearPath server.

Connectivity Services supports multiple transports, for example, TCP/IP. Connectivity

Services provides a single API for all supported network communication paths—
applications do not need to be modified or recompiled.

Supported APIs include:

 Windows API
 C# and C++
 MCP API defined as socket options

General Features
Connectivity Services includes the following services:

 Authentication Service: The server application can validate access from the client
using NTLMv2 authentication.
 Message Framing Service: The application receive request is satisfied with a full
message supplied by the remote application.
 Security Service: Encryption is available as an underlying service—SSL-TLS, for
example—and is established by the underlying transport before the Authentication
service and Message service are established.

Ordering Information
Connectivity Services is included as part of the operating environment for ClearPath
servers. Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
TCP/IP Implementation and Operations Guide 3787 7693
Networking Commands and Inquiries Help 4310 3506
Networking Encoded Messages Programming Reference 3787 7958
Manual

8807 7144–023 8–5

Heritage Host Services

Heritage Host Services

Product Overview
Heritage Host Services provides the system functions that allow BNA Version 2 host
systems to interoperate with other BNAv2 host systems in a distributed processing
environment. Heritage Host Services supplies extensions to the operating systems of
the hosts operating within the BNA network. These host services functions provide
the resource sharing and file access and transfer capabilities among the network of
systems.

General Features
Heritage Host Services includes distributed processing features such as

 Remote sharing of files, peripherals, and terminals

 Remote processing of jobs, programs, or subprograms (tasks)
 Remote operational control and communication, as if you were on the local server

Heritage Host Services functions include the following:

 File Transfer. You can transfer a file from one server to another server in the
network.
 Native File Transfer. A higher speed variant of File Transfer that uses a 5400-byte,
fixed-length block and a unidirectional data transfer protocol, Native File Transfer
operates only between two enterprise servers.
 Job Transfer and Control. You can submit a job on one host and execute it on a
different host.
 Remote Tasking. You can use a task (process) to initiate and control subtasks at a
remote enterprise server.
 Command Transfer. You can request that system commands entered at a local
host be delivered to a particular remote host. Any responses to this input
automatically return to the local host.
 Status Change. You can see any status changes that affect jobs or tasks
processing at remote hosts on the originating host.
 Station Transfer. You can request that a data communication terminal that is
physically connected to one host in the network be logically connected to another
host. You can then operate your terminal as if it were directly connected to the
remote host.
 Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP: You can securely transfer files between
servers.
 Remote File Access. An application program can create or access a file on a
remote host in exactly the same manner as if the file were on the local host. The
only requirement is that the HOSTNAME attribute of the file be set to the name of
the remote server where the file resides.

8–6 8807 7144–023

 Heritage Host Services

 WRAP File Enabler Support. You can package native MCP files, along with their
MCP attributes, as byte stream data files. This capability enables you to transport
native MCP files across heterogeneous networks while preserving their native file
attributes. When these files arrive back in an MCP environment, you can use the
MCP unwrap facility to restore them to their original format.

Each BNA host maintains control over its own resources and is free to either grant or
deny resource requests made by any other host.

The host name of each host is used to identify the location of any desired resource;
thus, each potential resource in the network is given the attribute of host name in
addition to the attributes required to correctly identify the resource within any one
host. For example, if the host name of a file required by a process is different from the
local host name, this situation automatically results in the file being accessed in the
remote host with the corresponding host name.

Configuration Requirements
 Heritage Network Services must be installed.
 BNA over IP for Application Hosts is required if layer-3 switches or routers are in
the path between the hosts.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Heritage Host Services is CSP 10nn-HSV,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).

Source code is available for this product. You can license it separately.

Product Information
Distributed Systems Services Operations Guide 8600 0122
I/O Subsystem Programming Guide 8600 0056
System Commands Reference 8600 0395

8807 7144–023 8–7

Heritage Network Services

Heritage Network Services

Product Overview
Heritage Network Services is responsible for the actual formatting, routing, and
transmission of messages between nodes of a BNA network and messages between
local enterprise server nodes.

General Features
Heritage Network Services provides the efficient handling of message transmission
and reception in the port level and the network layer.

The network layer concerns itself with the layout or topology of the network. It
includes several separate functions, all related to the layout of the network.

Configuration Requirements

BNA over IP for Application Hosts is required if layer-3 switches or routers are in the
path between the hosts.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Heritage Network Services is
CSP 10nn-NSS, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).

8–8 8807 7144–023

 Heritage Network Services

Product Information
BNA/CNS Network Implementation Guide, 3789 7006
Volume 1: Planning
BNA/CNS Network Implementation Guide, 3789 7014
Volume 2: Configuration
BNA/CNS Network Operations Guide 3787 7982
Network Services Implementation Guide 4198 6670
Network Administrative Utility (NAU) Operations Guide 3787 7792
Networking Commands and Inquiries Help 4310 3506
Networking Reports and Log Messages Help 4310 3514
Networking Attributes Data Dictionary Help 4310 3522

8807 7144–023 8–9

Native File Transfer

Native File Transfer

Product Overview
If you have multiple enterprise servers, Native File Transfer provides you with an
effective means of transferring files between your systems. Native File Transfer is a
specific Distributed Systems Services (DSS) service that runs on all MCP-based
enterprise server systems. Native File Transfer can transfer all disk files, except for
certain system files, across BNAv2 local and wide area networks (LAN/WAN).

General Features
Native File Transfer uses the port file interface to Heritage Network Services as the
transport mechanism that enables the network topology between the enterprise
server systems to appear transparent. Native File Transfer is a unidirectional data
transfer protocol, which sends fixed-size 5,400-byte blocks to achieve a high level of
performance subject to the restraints of the network topology and line connection
capacities.

The WRAP File Enabler product enables you to package native MCP files, along with
their MCP attributes, as byte stream data files. This capability allows you to transport
native MCP files across heterogeneous networks while preserving their native file
attributes. When these files arrive back in an MCP environment, you can use the MCP
unwrap facility to restore them to their original format.

Configuration Requirements
 Heritage Network Services must be installed.
 BNA over IP for Application Hosts is required if layer-3 switches or routers are in
the path between the hosts.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Native File Transfer is CSP 10nn-NFT,
where nn represents performance groups 10 through 160 (in
increments of 10).

Native File Transfer is also included as part of the Heritage Host Services product.

Product Information
Distributed Systems Services Operations Guide 8600 0122

8–10 8807 7144–023

 Network Administrative Utility (NAU)

Network Administrative Utility (NAU)

Product Overview
The Network Administrative Utility (NAU) builds and maintains a consistent set of
configuration files for application hosts in BNAv2, OSI, and TCP/IP networks. To
describe the network, the operator fills out a set of annotated and defaulted menus.
The operator’s responses are saved in an Enterprise Database Server database.

Information that can be specified from these NAU menus includes host names,
network addresses, device types, and line types. After a network version definition
passes consistency checking, initialization files can be generated and distributed to the
hosts for which they were generated.

General Features
NAU is an interactive, menu-oriented facility for administering network configurations.
The NAU includes an online Teach facility to help a user understand the parameters
and functions associated with any menu.

The NAU includes the following capabilities:

 Generates initialization files for hosts in the network.

 Automatically generates a basic network description by supplying default values
where appropriate from minimal configuration data entered.
 Enables network administrators to define multiple configurations and test changes
to a network configuration before making those changes permanent.
 Analyzes configuration information (which an operator enters) for compatibility
with other components in a network description and, upon request, reports on
inconsistencies.
 Prints network description reports upon request.
 Builds initialization files on the host on which the NAU is run. To help transfer the
initialization files to the appropriate hosts in the network, the NAU, upon request,
creates distribution Work Flow Language (WFL) jobs.
 Provides a novice option to simplify installation and configuration for small
networks.

Network Management Install Utility

The Network Management Install Utility, also referred to as the Install Utility, provides
options for installing Network Management. The Install Utility is integrated with the
Simple Installation program (SI).

The Install Utility provides these installation options:

 Install NAU for the first time

 Upgrade level of existing NAU

8807 7144–023 8–11

Network Administrative Utility (NAU)

You can execute the Install Utility directly to perform the following maintenance
functions:

 Archive audit files

 Restore previous NAU release

The NAU supports the configuration of

 Host-resident BNA as an independent network provider

 Core Network Services (CNS) attributes
 BNA over IP for application hosts
 TCP/IP DISPLAY commands

 Network Services

The NAU supports these configuration requirements:

 As many as nine different release levels per network version

 Information required by the CP Proxy Agent Object Manager

BNA over IP
The NAU allows you to specify a source IP address for each destination IP address in
the Neighbor IP Address list. When you specify a source IP address, the address
points to the local host ICP that must be used to route BNA over IP connections to the
associated destination IP address. If you do not specify a source address, the TCP/IP
network provider chooses the routing path.

TCP/IP End-System Security

The NAU provides a mechanism for inserting TCP/IP end-system security commands
in the TCP/IP initialization file. You can explicitly disable or enable TCP/IP end-system
security (it is enabled by default), and you can specify that a particular rules file be
loaded.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath NAU is included as part of the operating environment. Source
code is available for this product. It is included as part of the
operating environment source product, which you can license
separately.

Product Information
BNA/CNS Network Software Implementation Guide, 3789 7006
Volume 1: Planning

8–12 8807 7144–023

 Network Administrative Utility (NAU)

BNA/CNS Network Software Implementation Guide, Volume 2: 3789 7014

Installation and Configuration
Network Services Implementation Guide 4198 6670
Network Administrative Utility (NAU) Operations Guide 3787 7792
ClearPath Enterprise Servers Networking Commands and 4310 3506
Inquiries Help
ClearPath Enterprise Servers TCP/IP for MCP v3 Networks 8205 0386
Implementation and Operations Guide

8807 7144–023 8–13

Network Operations Interface (Net OI)

Network Operations Interface (Net OI)

Product Overview
Network Operations Interface provides Web access to the operations interface for all
networking stacks (BNA, TCP/IP, and OSI) for all ClearPath Enterprise Servers running
MCP.

General Features
Network Operations Interface is an interactive Web-based product that provides the
following capabilities:

 An easy-to-use interface for entering and invoking a full complement of

executable network commands and inquires along with many MCP commands.
The interface also retains commands and inquiries that are no longer supported in
the current MCP release.
 An interface to receive and display the responses associated with the commands
and inquiries invoked plus the reports and audited responses selected for
monitoring.
 The first graphical interface capable of displaying responses greater than 64 KB for
selected network commands.
 A comprehensive set of selectable forms that assist in building and executing
network commands and inquiries. Each form displays the complete syntax of the
selected command or inquiry. Keywords, attributes, and options for the fields
within a command are available through text boxes and lists.
This interface is particularly useful when building complex commands with which
the user might not be familiar or the available options and attributes are not
known.
The contents of the various fields of a command form are saved in a cookie file
each time a command is invoked. As a result, the command form is prefilled the
next time this command is selected.
Command forms include a Restore Defaults button that restores the various fields
of the command form to their original (default) values.
 An installation utility that employs a set of screens to assist you in installing and
configuring Network Operations Interface.
 Context-sensitive help that describes all network commands and their associated
responses. Also included are online versions of the reports and log messages
document, and the networking attributes data dictionary.
 Help documentation (including page-specific help) that describes the use of
Network Operations Interface.

8–14 8807 7144–023

 Network Operations Interface (Net OI)

Configuration Requirements
Network Operations Interface operates on all Unisys ClearPath Enterprise Servers
running MCP.

Network Operations Interface runs with Web Transaction Server using the AAPI
interface.

Ordering Information
Network Operations Interface is included as part of the operating environment for all
ClearPath servers running MCP. Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Network Operations Interface Help 4310 5675
ClearPath Enterprise Servers MCP Implementation Guide 6871 4260

8807 7144–023 8–15

Network Services

Network Services
Product Overview
Network Services (NNS) provides a set of software services that enhance the
utilization of the Windows environment in a ClearPath server.

 The Enhanced Virtual LAN (EVLAN) Network Service provides a seamless, fast, and
secure virtual LAN data path between the MCP and Windows environments of
ClearPath servers. Communication across the EVLAN uses the TCP/IP protocol. No
changes are required to the applications and services in either processing
environment to use EVLAN.
 The Shared Adapter Network Services for Ethernet enables the MCP environment
to use a qualified Ethernet adapter located in the Windows environment. In the
MCP environment, both TCP/IP and BNA network providers can use this
connection.

Because Network Services runs in both the Windows and the MCP environments of
the ClearPath server, services and resources can be located in the environment that is
most appropriate for the task being performed.

General Features
Support for Shared Adapters
ClearPath servers support the MCPs use of network adapters within the Windows
environment. These adapters provide high performance and fast transaction speeds
from 10 Mbps to 10 Gbps.

Network Services supports up to eight shared adapter connections per Network

Processor instance, where a connection is an Ethernet port, an 802.1Q VLAN, or an
Adapter Team.

Network Services can use each of the connection types listed to allow MCP network
access. On some platforms, Windows TCP/IP can remain enabled for the connection
or be disabled. This range of choices results in the following connection categories; all
considered forms of Shared Adapters:

 Exclusive to Windows TCP/IP (Windows TCP/IP enabled, Network Services

disabled)
 Exclusive to the MCP environment (Windows TCP/IP disabled, Network Services
enabled)
 Shared by both environments (Windows TCP/IP enabled, Network Services
enabled) (Shared adapters can be configured only on Libra Model 450, Libra Model
460, FS1750, SP1760, LX170, or LX180 servers.)

Heritage Network Services Support (BNA)

Because Network Services Shared Adapter appears as a line of a Network Processor
to the MCP environment, BNA services have full access to the Ethernet adapter. This
BNA support does not include CPDLAN terminal connectivity.

8–16 8807 7144–023

 Network Services

Note: Ethernet shared adapter software is part of the integrated operating

environment.

Network Services Support for Ethernet Jumbo Frames

Jumbo Frames provide the capability to transmit and receive frames much larger than
1,500 bytes (typically nine kilobytes) over Gigabit Ethernet. This capability improves
ClearPath throughput and reduces the CPU cycles used for networking. Improvement
is achieved by reducing the number of frames an application must process. This
information is particularly true for applications that use large message sizes such as
file transfers. The performance benefit varies depending on the protocol used.

Connection Paths and ClearPath Servers

ClearPath Network Services offers a dedicated TCP/IP communications path to the
MCP and Windows environments. It provides the communications path between the
MCP and specialty engines. It also provides a BNA communications path to the MCP
environment.

Ordering Information
Component Style
Shared Adapter Shared Adapter Network Services is included as part
Network Services of the operating environment on all ClearPath servers.
Virtual LAN Network Virtual LAN Network Services is a part of the operating
Services environment for all ClearPath servers.

Source code is not available for the Network Services or its constituent products.

Product Information
Network Services Implementation Guide 4198 6670

8807 7144–023 8–17

Network Services

8–18 8807 7144–023

Section 9
Internet and Transaction Processing

Overview
Introduction
This section describes products that support access to the Internet, an area of vital
importance in today’s business world.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Business Information Server

 ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing
 HTTP Client for ClearPath MCP
 MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform
 TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP, consisting of

 FTP Services for ClearPath MCP

 TELNET Services

 TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

 Transaction Center
 Transaction Server
 Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP
 Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP
 Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP
 WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP

8807 7144–023 9–1

Business Information Server

Business Information Server

Product Overview
Business Information Server is an enterprise decision-support system providing
information access, analysis, and reporting. It is designed for both end-user ad-hoc
analysis and the rapid development of sophisticated decision-support applications.

Business Information Server is a complete environment for creating, organizing, and

managing Internet and intranet applications. Business Information Server enables Web
application developers to transform the data in existing databases and applications
into new applications for new and existing users. Business Information Server also
enables application developers or administrators to organize and to manage all the
back-end services and front-end Web applications.

With Business Information Server application developers can take advantage of the
native scripting language and industry-standard JavaScript.

The Relational Interface (MRI) provides developers with an interface to retrieve and
update data in external relational databases. Once the data is retrieved, you can use
the full set of Business Information Server commands to manipulate the data.
Business Information Server can retrieve data from Enterprise Database Server for
ClearPath MCP in addition to other popular databases.

Business Information Server runs on the following popular operating systems:

 ClearPath OS 2200
 Microsoft Windows
 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 (32-bit and 64-bit)
 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (32-bit and 64-bit)
 Oracle Solaris 10 (32-bit)

When creating new Web applications, application developers can use Business
Information Server to

 Leverage existing business systems by integrating multiple databases and

transaction systems from one or more suppliers.
 Decrease the development time using wizards as templates for competing
solutions.
 Provide a secure environment with two levels of security for Web servers and
applications.
 Lower administration costs with a single administration facility.

Business Information Server is based on its own repository. By storing all scripts,
services, images, and other objects related to Web applications in the Business
Information Server repository, application developers can easily organize, manage, and
distribute the Web applications of an enterprise.

9–2 8807 7144–023

 Business Information Server

General Features
Supported Databases
Business Information Server supports connectivity to the messaging and transaction
systems on the following databases:

 Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP

 Enterprise Network Database Server for ClearPath OS 2200
 Relational Database Management System (RDMS)
 Microsoft SQL Server
 Oracle
 My SQL
 WebSphere MQ
 Oracle Tuxedo
 Other Business Information Server repositories
 Any ODBC-compliant and OLE DB data source

Data Integration
Using the data application access functions of the Business Information Server engine,
application developers can create Web applications that

 Access multiple, diverse, back-end databases and applications running on existing

departmental and enterprise servers.
 Extract data from these databases and applications.
 Merge the data into a single data set.

The existing back-end databases and applications continue to support current

business processes and users. External users (those who use a Web browser) always
see current information from the databases because the existing applications and
business processes continue to maintain the data. Any updates made by external
users are also visible to internal applications and business processes.

Data Manipulation
Business Information Server enables you to further manipulate or process the data
that has been extracted from the databases and applications. By using the analytical
functions of the Business Information Server engine, application developers can
perform the following types of operation on the data:

 Search—Find a character string.

 Sort—Place the lines of data in a specified order.
 Count—Analyze and summarize data.
 Total—Perform arithmetic operations on data.

8807 7144–023 9–3

Business Information Server

 Calculate—Compute, compare, and replace numeric data, character strings, dates,

and times.
 Other analytical functions.

After extracting and manipulating the data, application developers can

 Add, as needed, HTML and client-side scripting to properly display the data in a
Web browser.
 Chart or plot the data, if appropriate, using the graphing engine.

Configuration Requirements
For information regarding Business Information Server configuration requirements,
see the Business Information Server documentation library on the Unisys Product
Support site.

Ordering Information
Contact your Unisys representative to obtain information about the correct ordering
style for Business Information Server. Source code is not available for this product.

Evaluation Software
A 90-day evaluation of Business Information Server for Microsoft Windows (32-bit or
64-bit) is available in the Business Information Server section of the Unisys website.

To continue using Business Information Server software after the 90-day evaluation
period has expired, you must purchase a license.

Product Information
Business Information Server for Microsoft Windows Software 7846 0268
Release Announcement
Business Information Server Resource Adapter for the Java 3839 6529
Platform Developer’s Guide
Business Information Server for Microsoft Windows Installation 7850 2671
Help
Business Information Server for Microsoft Windows 7846 0284
Administration Help
Business Information Server Application Portability Quick 7832 1205
Reference
Business Information Server Standard Help Library 6885 2797
(This library includes Business Information Server Command
Reference, Business Information Server Developer’s Guide,
Business Information Server User’s Guide, Business Information
Server JavaScript Developer’s Help, and MRI Administration and
User’s Guide.)

9–4 8807 7144–023

 Business Information Server

Business Information Server ODBC Server Help 7850 2655

Internet Commerce Enabler Developer’s Reference Manual 7850 2465
Internet Commerce Enabler Technical Overview 7850 2473

8807 7144–023 9–5

ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing

ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft Message

Queuing
Product Overview
ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing (WinMQ) provides a gateway
between the Windows environment and the ClearPath MCP environment. The
Windows portion of the gateway interoperates with a Microsoft Message Queuing
(MSMQ) server to provide access to the MSMQ queues.

The gateway provides both a bridge between MSMQ and Unisys Transaction Server
direct-windows applications, and a complete application programming interface
(WinMQ API) for MCP-based applications. The bridge allows unmodified Transaction
Server direct-window applications to receive input from and send responses to
MSMQ queues. The WinMQ API requires the MCP applications (written in COBOL85,
COBOL74, ALGOL, and NEWP) to be modified to use the API calls provided. These API
calls conform to Microsoft specifications.

General Features
ClearPath Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing offers the following data paths
depending on your processing requirements.

 The protocol-specific handler data path bridges from Microsoft MSMQ queues to
Transaction Server direct-window applications. You can use existing direct-
window applications without modification. The two portions of this data path are
 Custom Connect Facility protocol-specific handler (CCF PSH)
 Connector protocol-specific handler (Connector PSH)
 The WinMQ API support library data path provides the ability to develop
applications that use the MSMQ API.

WinMQ uses the MSMQ product running in the Windows environment to manage
message queues and facilitate message exchange between applications.

Configuration Requirements
MCP Software  Custom Connect Facility (CCF) must be installed to use CCF
PSH routers.
 Connector PSH (CONNPSH) must be installed if you plan to
use Connector PSH routers.
 Unisys TCP/IP implementation
 WIN RPC must be installed if you plan to use the API
feature.
 MCP Transaction Manager must be installed if transaction
semantics are to be supported.
Windows  See the Compatibility matrices at the URL below.
Environment  Microsoft Message Queuing (MSMQ)

9–6 8807 7144–023

 ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing

Compatibility matrices at
https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft
Message Queuing is CSP 10nn-MQI, where nn represents
performance groups 10 through 160 (in increments of 10).

Product Information
WinMQ User's Guide 6898 5985
WinMQ Help 6989 5993

8807 7144–023 9–7

HTTP Client for ClearPath MCP

HTTP Client for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
The HTTP Client product is an application programming interface (API) that allows
COBOL85, ALGOL, NEWP, and AB Suite applications to easily issue HTTP requests to
Web servers and process the responses. The API supports HTTP levels 1.0 and 1.1,
secure socket layer (SSL) (https), Cookies, HTTP Basic and NTLM authentication,
compression and decompression, redirects, and more. HTTP Client is a part of the
WEBAPPSUPPORT library, which is released with the Custom Connect Facility (CCF)
product.

General Features
The HTTP Client API provides the following features:

 Handles HTTP 1.0 and 1.1 on behalf of the application.

 Supports all HTTP methods, including GET, POST, PUT, etc.
 Controls the socket settings, including setting attributes for SSL (https).
 Specifies request headers and a query string.
 Specifies request content, such as for a POST request.
 Stores cookies, set by the server, in the library which can be re-sent on
subsequent requests that match the cookie settings.
 Stores credentials in the library for automatic sending to the server and supports
HTTP Basic and NTLM authentication methods.
 Automatically follows redirection responses (ex. 301).
 Accesses the status line, response headers, and response content in the server’s
response.
 Configures objects related to the request which can be re-used.
 Handles multiple requests to different servers.
 Automatically translates text supplied by the application for the request and
returned to the application from the response. For example, the application can
use the ASERIESEBCDIC character set, while the HTTP server receives and
returns ASCII.

Configuration Requirements
Software The XML Parser Java Parser Module is needed for
compressing request data; otherwise no special
software is required.
Hardware Currently supported MCP hardware

9–8 8807 7144–023

 HTTP Client for ClearPath MCP

Ordering Information
The HTTP Client for ClearPath MCP is included as part of the operating environment
for ClearPath servers. Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
ClearPath Enterprise Servers WEBAPPSUPPORT 3826 5286
Application Programming Guide

8807 7144–023 9–9

MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform

MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java

Platform
Product Overview
MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform integrates Java applications
and Java Platform Enterprise Edition (Java EE) application servers with Transaction
Server applications. The MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform is
an implementation of the Java EE Connector Architecture specification.

General Features
MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform includes the following major
features.

Common Client Interface (CCI)

CCI is an application program interface (API) defined by the Java EE Connector
Architecture specification that enables Java EE application components to access
ClearPath MCP application programs running in the Transaction Server environment.
Data mapping and Character Encoding
Data mapping and character encoding is provided between the Java and MCP
environments.
Inbound Communication
Inbound communication enables a Transaction Server application to send messages to
a message-driven bean.
Java Architecture for XML Binding (JAXB)
JAXB is used to process XML documents whose data is subsequently sent to a
Transaction Server program. Additionally, JAXB is used to create an XML document
containing the data received from a Transaction Server program.

Record Builder
Record builder is a graphical tool that provides the following capabilities:
 Creating custom data structures based on CCI and JAXB. Data structures can be
created by importing COBOL 01 records.
 Building and deploying Java EE applications.
 Building and deploying Android applications.
 Resource adapter archive creation.
 Resource adapter deployment descriptor creation and modification.
 XML schema generation.

Security support
The MCP logon can be performed using Kerberos or NTLM security.

9–10 8807 7144–023

 MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform

Stand-alone Java Applications

Stand-alone Java applications can directly use the product to access Transaction
Server applications. CCI is also use by stand-alone Java applications to access a
Transaction Server program.

Android Support
Android applications can directly use the product to access Transaction Server
programs. The record builder can create skeleton Android applications, which can be
enhanced with additional Android features. Additionally, these applications can be
installed on a device for testing.

XA Transactions
XA Transaction support is provided for transactions started in the MCP or Java
environment.

Configuration Requirements
ClearPath MCP  Connector protocol-specific handler (Connector
Environment PSH)
 Transaction Server
 (Optional) Transaction Manager
Java Environment  Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Java EE) 7
 Java Platform, Standard Edition (Java SE) 7
 (Optional) A Java EE application server, such as
 Oracle WebLogic Server
 IBM WebSphere
 JBoss

Ordering Information
MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java Platform is included as part of the
operating environment.

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
ClearPath Enterprise Servers MCP Transaction 2621 0963
Resource Adapter for the Java™ Platform User’s Guide

8807 7144–023 9–11

TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP

TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP includes the following products:

 FTP Services for ClearPath MCP

 TELNET Services

These products provide enterprise server TCP/IP file transfer and remote log-in
services. They can be used with TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services and
LAN or WAN hardware to support communications in a TCP/IP LAN or WAN
environment.

FTP Services for ClearPath MCP

Overview
FTP Services for ClearPath MCP provides enterprise server TCP/IP file transfer
services.

You can use FTP Services with TCP/IP Interprocess Communications (TIC) and local
and/or wide area network hardware to support communications in a TCP/IP local or
wide area networking environment. You can use these products in both private
networks and public networks, such as the Internet.

FTP Services provides an implementation of the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) as

described in MIL-STD 1780 (RFC 959) and the SSH File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) as
described in the Internet-Draft draft-ietf-secsh-filexfer-02. FTP enables you to
exchange complete files between nodes in a TCP/IP network. The user interface is
provided by the COPY command, which is available interactively through a Menu-
Assisted Resource Control (MARC) menu or the Command and Edit (CANDE)
message-control system, and in batch mode through Work Flow Language (WFL) or
from the operator display terminal (ODT). The FTP server allows users at remote hosts
to display lists of files.

General Features
 Interactive FTP
An interactive FTP utility program provides a command interface to FTP that is
similar to the command interface provided on UNIX systems. The FTP utility
enables you to exchange complete files between compatible network nodes and
to display lists of files at remote hosts. The FTP utility also enables you to specify
that a file format is to be converted between the format used by enterprise server
applications and the format used by applications on remote hosts. This conversion
is made while the file is being transferred.
 Anonymous FTP
You can use FTP to manage an Anonymous FTP archive. MAKEUSER recognizes a
new reserved remote usercode named *ANONYMOUSFTP. If you configure this
remote usercode, anonymous access to FTP is permitted. Anonymous users are

9–12 8807 7144–023

 TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP

restricted to READONLY access to the files maintained in the anonymous FTP

archive.

 FTP Configuration Files

Site administrators and end users can store information relating to the operation
of FTP in configuration files. This capability allows configuration information to be
maintained over a restart of FTP.
FTP supports two classes of configuration file:

 The global configuration file is a system-wide file, which the site administrator
can use to store settings that apply to FTP as a whole. For example, in this file
you can specify the desired number of waiting FTP server files, as well as the
priority to be assigned to server stacks when they are initiated. As another
example, an administrator can specify that, by default, text file transfers
inbound to the server or batch client should create readable text files rather
than FTPDATA files.
 The local configuration file is the FTP startup file that individuals can use to
customize their own views of FTP. For example, the user can specify that
whenever a client session is initiated, the mapping settings should be set to
create C source files out of inbound text transfers.
 Remote server configuration
FTP can transfer an FTP/STARTUP to the remote host to, be processed by the
server, to change the configuration of the server before transferring the next file.
 Internationalization
FTP supports translation between 8-bit character sets other than EBCDIC and
ASCII in order to more effectively address the needs of clients in environments
where such character sets are used. For example, if you have file data encoded in
the extended EBCDIC character set Latin1EBCDIC, you can request that the data be
translated into the corresponding ASCII-based character set Latin1ISO before it is
transmitted to a remote system. Similarly, if you know that an incoming file
transfer is encoded in the LatinCyrillicISO character set, you can request that the
data be translated into the LatinCyrillicEBC character set before it is stored on disk.
FTP is able to perform any translation that your system supports.
 Secure FTP with SSL
FTP supports both implicit and explicit Secure Socket Layer (SSL) security.
Implicit SSL protects both control and data connections.
Explicit SSL enables SSL to be dynamically negotiated on the control and data
connections so that only the sensitive portions of an FTP session are secured.
FTP Services for ClearPath MCP requires the use of ClearPath MCP Secure
Transport and Security Center to provide the SSL functionality.
 Secure FTP with SSH
FTP supports inbound and outbound connections over SSH (Secure Shell). See
Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP in Section 3 of this document for more
information.

8807 7144–023 9–13

TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP

 Server Directories
The FTP server supports client commands to traverse a directory hierarchy and to
maintain a current working directory. If you issue commands from your FTP client
that are related to file or directory management, they are interpreted in the
context of this current working directory.
 Support for Passive-Mode Data Transfer
Normally, the FTP connection used for data transfer is initiated from the server to
the client. Sometimes this process can cause problems at sites that use firewalls.
The alternative is for the data connection to be initiated from the client to the
server, which is called passive mode. The FTP Interactive and Batch Clients now
support the negotiation of passive mode through the
DATA_PORT_CONNECTION_MODE command.

 Support for Specification of Source IP Address

Some systems have more than one IP address. Each IP address represents a
separate interface to the network. These systems are called multihomed. When
an application, such as FTP, requests a connection to a remote system, the
networking software normally selects which local IP address to use. Sometimes,
however, it is useful—for testing, load leveling, and so on—for an application to be
able to request that the networking software use a specific local IP address. FTP
provides a way for you to specify the local IP address to be used for network
connections.
 Support for WFL command batch files
The FTP Custom SITE command allows the administrator of a site to create a batch
file of Work Flow Language (WFL) commands on the host. Remote clients use the
QUOTE command to process the batch file and then execute the WFL commands
in the batch file. You can use this command to manipulate files copied to the host
with the permissions granted to the FTP user.

TELNET Services
Overview
TELNET Services provides enterprise server TCP/IP with remote log-in services. It
requires TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services and local area network
hardware to support communications in a TCP/IP local or wide area networking
environment. You can use these products in both private networks and public
networks, such as the Internet.

General Features
TELNET on the enterprise server provides an implementation of the
Telecommunications Network Protocol (TELNET), contained in MIL-STD 1782
(RFC 854). The Unisys implementation of this protocol includes the following features:
 Increased station connections (up to 16,000, depending on hardware)
 Flexible and predictable station naming
 Internationalization, including 8- and 16-bit coded character set mapping

9–14 8807 7144–023

 TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP

 Improved performance and throughput over DSS TELNET

 Improved fault tolerance and recovery over DSS TELNET
 Configurable output editing for printer connections
 Support for secure sessions over SSL

TELNET provides the following configuration options:

 LOG, a command that provides a method to control the types of messages sent to
the SUMLOG.
 SECURITY ENCRYPT, a command that uses Kerberos to provide server-to-client
and client-to-server data encryption capability.

The TELNET server on the enterprise server supports the following classes of
connections:

 Network Virtual Terminal (NVT) in line mode only.

 VT100 in full-screen mode or line mode.
 IBM 3270 in full-screen mode or line mode. Full-screen mode requires the
MTE2SUPPORT library from the Core Network Services (CNS) product.
 T27 in full-screen mode.

The TELNET expanded configuration options are

 DEBUG IPADDRESS, a command that adds a mechanism to perform tracing by IP

ADDRESS. It also expands single-session tracing to multiple session tracing.
 STATION_NAME, an enhancement to this command adds a mechanism for the
FUNCTION to request a TELNET connection to be terminated.

TELNET expanded IBM3270 support by providing nonemulation support for 3270

terminals.

The TELNET client enables terminals connected to an enterprise server to emulate the
following types of terminals when they connect to remote hosts: Network Virtual
Terminal (NVT) and T27.
The LIST command provides the ability to interrogate what terminals and templates
are configured.
You can specify the 8-bit and 16-bit coded character set used by your workstation and,
optionally, the character set in which TELNET is to map the data. TELNET supports all
coded character sets and mappings supported by the CENTRALSUPPORT library.
TELNET server CCS mapping is available for all terminal types.
Some of the advantages offered by TELNET server CCS mapping include
 Centralized control of coded character set mapping by the MCP host TELNET
server for TELNET clients.

8807 7144–023 9–15

TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP

 TELNET clients using CCSs without standard mappings to the MCP system default
character set can specify mapping to an optional host character set for the
TELNET session.

The system administrator can use the TELNET HOTSWAP command to initiate a Telnet
software replacement process. The hot software update feature supports the
continuous processing principle, which ensures that TelnetSupport is never down.
The hot software update feature enables a replacement copy of TelnetSupport to
begin running in parallel with an already running TelnetSupport. The original copy of
TelnetSupport continues to run as long as established connections exist. The
replacement copy of TelnetSupport handles new connection requests. The original
copy of TelnetSupport terminates when all previously existing connections have
disconnected or when TelnetSupport is intentionally terminated.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following points describe the new features/enhancements for this release for FTP.

 New DIAGNOSTIC log entry format for System Log Major Type 19–All Minor Types
A new format type value of 7 has been added, which displays both textual and raw
representations of ASCII/EBCDIC data. This update improves the readability of FTP
non-SSH control port DIAGNOSTIC log entries. It is also available for other system
software, as needed.
 Update to use LOGONCHECK interface in SECURITYSUPPORT
FTP is now updated to use the LOGONCHECK interface in the SECURITYSUPPORT
library. This update allows sites to write custom code to accept or reject access
based on specified criteria.
 Support for FTP client certificate trust
The trustworthiness of a client certificate is now stored in the FTP Begin and End
Session log entries (Major Type 37, Minor Type 1 and 2). When the FTP server
option CLIENT_CERTIFICATES is set to ALLOWED, system administrators can
determine if an accepted certificate was trusted.
Additionally, the definition of Word 14, Client Certificate status, now includes the
trusted status in Field [08:01] with a validity bit in Field [09:01].
 (NFS) Addition of RSVP message for Telent SSL keys with bad usercodes
An RSVP message is now sent when the SSL Key Container for TELNETSUPPORT
is created with a usercode other than *NULL to notify the user that a Security
Violation Error (Error # -206) has occurred.
 MCP Telnet Client support for SSL/TLS encrypted connections
The MCP Telnet Client now supports SSL/TLS encrypted connections. Additionally,
the MCP Telnet Client also supports the SECOPT SECURECOMM command.
 (NFS) Enhancement of Telnet error log entry
The Telnet error log entry has been enhanced to include the port number, IP
address, and FQDN when a port number conflict occurs.

9–16 8807 7144–023

 TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP

Ordering Information
TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP are included as part of the operating
environment. Source code is available for this product and is included as part of the
operating environment source product, which you can license separately.

Product Information
TCP/IP Distributed Systems Services (DSS) Operations 8807 6385
Guide

8807 7144–023 9–17

TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

Product Overview
TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services is an MCP-based implementation that
enables the enterprise server system to connect and participate as a TCP node in
multivendor network environments.

General Features
TCP/IP provides the following features:

 Unlimited TCP/IP LAN connectivity

 Host-based TCP/IP protocols
 Dynamic discovery of other TCP/IP hosts and interconnected networks
 Advanced protocols and addressing options
 SNMP data formats and interface support (an optional, separate product)
 Domain name resolver capability and IP address specifications
 LAN Resiliency reporting in a standard log message

Broadcast Filtering
The TCPIP broadcast filtering feature enables MCP administrators to detect and filter
broadcast storms on the following attached network devices:

 Network Services (NNS)

 Intelligent Ethernet Adapter input/output processor (IEA-IOP)
 Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet input/output processor (FC3-IOP)
 Serial attached SCSI and Gigabit Ethernet input/output processor (SAS-IOP).

This feature helps administrators prevent the denial of service condition that can be
imposed on the MCP host as a result of a broadcast storm.

You can use the TCPIP BROADCASTFILTER command to enable, disable, and inquire
about the configuration of the broadcast filtering feature. When the feature is
enabled, the administrator can set the following values:

 High threshold value, which determines how many broadcast packets per second
can be received from the network before the system begins filtering the packets.
 Low threshold value, which determines the rate at which the broadcast packets
per second received from the network must decrease before the system resumes
processing packets.

The Broadcast Filtering Report indicates when the high threshold and low threshold
values have been reached or exceeded and provides other statistics about the
broadcast traffic that has been filtered, including the source address, destination
address, and protocol.

9–18 8807 7144–023

 TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

Dynamic Port Filtering

Dynamic port filtering enables you to configure IEA-IOP, FC3-IOP, SAS-IOP, and
Network Services devices to prevent unwanted TCP and user datagram protocol
(UDP) traffic from reaching the MCP host. This filtering helps prevent a denial of
service attack on the MCP host by ensuring that port scans do not cause excess
overhead.

To discard (filter) unwanted traffic, the MCP tells IEA-IOP, FC3-IOP, SAS-IOP, and CNA
devices which ports are accepting connections and data. The data on these ports is
the only data forwarded to the MCP host. All other data is filtered and logged.

You can enable or disable dynamic port filtering by using the

DYNAMICPORTFILTERING option of the NW TCPIP OPTION command. This feature
operates only on IEA-IOP, FC3-IOP, SAS-IOP, and Network Services Shared Adapter
devices, including CNA. Legacy ICP devices do not support dynamic port filtering.

When you enable dynamic port filtering, a port filtering report is created that indicates
when TCP and UDP messages have been discarded and provides statistics for traffic
that has been filtered. These statistics provide information including the source
address, destination address, protocol, port number, and count of messages. For TCP
messages, the report also includes the TCP control flags of the traffic that has been
filtered.

You can filter incoming frames (packets) based on TCP and UDP port numbers either
dynamically, using dynamic port filtering, or statically, using the TCPIP FILTERFRAMES
command. If the FILTERFRAMES command is enabled for a port or range of ports, then
those ports will always be closed and no traffic can reach the MCP environment. If the
FILTERFRAMES command is disabled for a port or range of ports (the default), then
dynamic port filtering can be used.

Support for Core Network Services (CNS)

TCP/IP supports the core network services (CNS) software that provides the
underlying set of services needed to execute the TCP/IP network on enterprise server
hosts.

CNS comprises the set of services needed to execute the networks. Combining these
services in the CNS software eliminates the need for network providers to handle
them. The CNS software is provided with TCP/IP at no additional cost.

TCP/IP End-System Security

TCP/IP end-system security is a library-based function that enables a system
administrator to monitor and control TCP/IP traffic to and from the host system. This
function is especially important in an Internet environment. Access can be restricted
based on

 IP addresses (network, subnetwork, and host)

 Local and remote port numbers
 Local applications
 Local “TCP Authorized” applications

8807 7144–023 9–19

TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

 Local usercodes
 Message characteristics (ICMP, trace route, or source route)
 Time and date ranges

When TCP/IP end system security is enabled, TCP/IP traffic is restricted as defined by
user-defined rules maintained in a host-based file. Whenever a TCP/IP dialog
establishment is not allowed, it is rejected and a TCP/IP security report is logged. The
security report provides details about the rejected TCP/IP dialog request and about the
rule that caused the rejection.

Network commands, responses, and reports that are deemed to be security relevant
or are to log a security violation are marked as RELEVANT or VIOLATION in the Sumlog
so that LOGANALYZER can retrieve them appropriately.

TCP Window Scale Option

This option is an extension to the TCP protocol that improves performance over large
bandwidth paths by allowing larger blocks of data to be sent and received. The TCP
window scale option is based on RFC 1323.

The window scale factor is carried in this TCP Window Scale option. This option is
sent only in a SYN segment, so the window scale is fixed in each direction when a
connection is opened. Both sides must send window scale options in their SYN
segments to enable window scaling in either direction.

You can enable or disable the window scale factor using the
TCPWINDOWSCALEFACTOR option of the TCPIP OPTION command.

ICMP Reset Option

The TCP OPTION command includes the ISSUEICMPRESET option. This option enables
you to enable and disable TCP Dialog resets caused by Internet Control Message
Protocol (ICMP) messages. The enabled state, which is the default value, activates the
RFC 1122 features. The disabled state activates new security.

Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6)

Note: IPv6 and IPsec are subject to U.S. Government export regulations. Both
features are included in the separately orderable Operating Environment Encryption
Option. Refer to “Operating Environment Encryption Option” in Section 3 for
ordering information.

ClearPath MCP supports Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6), the next generation of the
Internet Protocol. IPv6 is intended to remedy the impending shortage of IP addresses
caused by the rapid expansion of the Internet and the growth of devices that are
“connected” such as cell phones, PDAs, and home appliances. IPv6 uses a 128-bit
address field.

The IPv6 software architecture is based on the current MCP host-resident TCP/IP
architecture implemented for IPv4. The IPv6 protocol stack coexists with the existing
IPv4 host-resident TCP/IP protocol stack. This dual-stack IP architecture enables
applications to operate over IPv4 and IPv6 simultaneously and provides the transition

9–20 8807 7144–023

 TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

mechanism for migrating from IPv4 networks to IPv6 networks. It also enables a
ClearPath MCP host to participate in a mixed network topology of IPv4-only hosts,
IPv6-only hosts, and hosts capable of performing with both IPv4 and IPv6.

The IPv6 software offers the following features:

 Expanded addressing capabilities

IPv6 increases the IP address size from 32 bits to 128 bits to support a greatly
increased number of IP addresses and more levels of addressing hierarchy.
 Improved support for extensions and options
Optional Internet-layer IPv6 information is encoded in separate headers, called
extension headers, which can be placed between the IPv6 header and the upper-
layer header in the packet. An IPv6 packet can carry zero, one, or more extension
headers.
This capability provides more efficient forwarding, less stringent limits on the
length of options, and greater flexibility for introducing new options.
 IP security (IPsec)
IPv6 uses IP Security (IPsec) to enable the TCP/IP network provider to secure
network traffic and communicate with other endpoints. IPsec provides security
services by enabling a host to select required security protocols, determine the
algorithms used for the service, and put in place any cryptographic keys required
to provide the requested service.
Refer to the MCP Security Overview for more details.
 ICMPv6 messages
The IPv6 version of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMPv6) is supported and
implemented by every IPv6 node. ICMPv6 messages are one of two types: error
messages or informational messages. All ICMPv6 messages have three fields that
are common to all messages (type, code, and checksum), and a variable-length
field that varies based on the message type.
 Automatic stateless address configuration and duplicate address detection
To simplify host configuration, IPv6 supports automatic stateless address
configuration. This configuration enables hosts on a link to automatically configure
themselves with IPv6 addresses for the link and with addresses derived from
prefixes advertised by local routers.
Even in the absence of a router, hosts on the same link can automatically
configure themselves with link-local addresses and communicate without manual
configuration. Consequently, an IPv6-enabled node can be added to a network and,
without any configuration, be able to communicate with other destinations in the
network.
 IPv6 neighbor discovery
IPv6 discovers and records information about neighbor nodes on the local link.
Nodes can determine which neighbors are reachable and find routers that are able
to forward packets for them. This capability is the primary means of discovering
IPv6 routing information.

8807 7144–023 9–21

TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

 Multicast listener discovery

Multicast listener discovery allows IPv6 routers to discover nodes on its link that
can receive multicast packets and to discover which multicast addresses are of
interest to its neighboring nodes. This information is used by IPv6 routers to
deliver multicast information to the links on which there are listening nodes.

Refer to the compatibility matrixes on the Unisys Product Support Web site for a list
of Unisys products that have been updated to provide IPv6 capability.

Indirect Route for a Local Network

This feature enables you to dynamically define a resilient configuration for the MCP.
Prior to this feature implementation, this type of resilient configuration could be
defined only through the TCP/IP Initialization file. The following example illustrates this
feature.

Host A has addresses in two different networks: NET1 and NET2. For resiliency
purposes, the TCP/IP Initialization file includes a route to NET2 through a router in
NET1. This route is not used unless the connection to NET2 fails. When the MCP
detects the direct connection failure to NET2, the MCP uses the indirect route to
NET2 through the router in NET1.

NW TCPIP MONITOREVENTS command

The NW TCPIP MONITOREVENTS command enables the system administrator to
monitor and log network (TCP and UDP) events on a port-by-port basis.

The TCP events that can be monitored are CLOSE, LISTEN, OPEN, and RESET.

The data transmission UDP event (send and receive) is also available.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The new features/enhancements for this release are:

 (NFS) Support for AES-CTR ciphers

Communications secured by SSH now support AES-CTR ciphers.
 (NFS) New code files included with TCP/IP for MCP v3 Networking
The following new code files are included with TCP/IP for MCP v3 Networking:
 *SYSTEM/CONFIGURE/TCPIP
The TCP/IP for MCP v3 Networking configuration program.
 *SYSTEM/NETINFOSUPPORT
A support library used by *SYSTEM/CONFIGURE/TCPIP
 *SYSTEM/CONFIGURE/TCPIP/DEFAULTS
Default TCP/IP configuration data used by *SYSTEM/CONFIGURE/TCPIP.
 Enhanced performance for Connectivity Services connections

9–22 8807 7144–023

 TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services

Connectivity Services connections have been enhanced by increasing the

maximum message size. This enhanced functionality allows Connectivity Services
connections to achieve the same performance as TCP/IP connections.
 Update to TCP/IP for conformance with RFC 6434
The MCP implementation of TCP/IP now conforms with the latest IPv6 standards,
as specified in RFC 6434. This update minimizes potential interoperability
problems with the implementation of IPv6 on third-party products.
 Update to TCP/IP for conformance with RFC 5961
The MCP implementation of TCP/IP now conforms with RFC 5961. This update
improves the robustness of TCP to blind in-window attacks.
 Enhanced TCP/IP timer scalability
The MCP implementation of TCP/IP timers is now more efficient, enabling
applications with high transaction rates to achieve higher levels of performance.
 Ability to connect to a Stealth Virtual Gateway
You can now connect an MCP system to a network that is protected by Unisys
Stealth by using a Stealth Virtual Gateway (SVG).
 Enhancement for Dynamic Domain Name Server (DDNS)
Kerberos authentication is now supported for DDNS updates.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services is included as
part of the operating environment. Source code is available for
this product. It is included as part of the operating environment
source product, which you can license separately.

Product Information
TCP/IP Implementation and Operations Guide 3787 7693
MCP Sockets Service Programming Guide 4310 5330
Networking Commands and Inquiries Help 4310 3506
ClearPath Enterprise Servers TCP/IP for MCP v3 Networks 8205 0386
Implementation and Operations Guide

8807 7144–023 9–23

Transaction Center

Transaction Center
Product Overview
Transaction Center enables you to easily and quickly configure and control the
Transaction Server from a Windows workstation. The Transaction Center interface is
consistent with the other centers used by ClearPath MCP servers.

General Features
Transaction Center
 Provides dialog boxes from which you can point and click to select from a
specified list.
 Contains Update windows that provide immediate verification of a user’s input
data. Similarly, configuration elements that are created to duplicate an existing
element propagate all the attributes of the duplicated element.
 Represents with text—for ease of understanding—attributes that are numerically
represented in the Program Agent Facility (PAF).
 Provides access to the configuration file and operations commands through the
PAF interface.
 Supports all current Transaction Server commands that are available through PAF.
 Provides a wizard for configuring applications.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The TTRAILS file can now be optionally set to private using the SECURITYTYPE option
to minimize the possibility of exposing sensitive information.

Ordering Information
Transaction Center is included as part of the operating environment for ClearPath
servers. Source code is available for this product. It is included as part of the operating
environment source products, which you can license separately.

Product Information
Transaction Center Help 8807 9488

9–24 8807 7144–023

 Transaction Server

Transaction Server
Product Overview
Transaction Server is a message communication facility that provides
high-performance software architecture for transaction processing. To achieve both
high performance and resource efficiency, Transaction Server has been closely
integrated with other enterprise server software products.

General Features
Transaction Server offers a broad range of features associated with
transaction-oriented systems. These features are implemented as separate modules
to enable you to select only those features required for specific transaction types.
Resources are allocated only for those required features. If you have transaction
processing requirements beyond those defined by Transaction Server, you can create
custom modules to be used as a natural part of the system, without compromising
system integrity or reliability.

Custom Connect Facility (CCF)

The Custom Connect Facility (CCF) protocol-specific handler (PSH) is middleware that
provides a path between MCP transports and the Transaction Server, which provides a
standard method for workstation clients to communicate with the Transaction Server
applications.

CCF PSH extends the capabilities of the Transaction Server to include such interfaces
as Transaction Server Sockets (used by Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP).

CCF PSH consists of a Router module and individual protocol converter modules
(PCMs). PCMs translate specific network protocols into a common internal CCF
protocol used for communication. PCMs are "pluggable" modules that provide specific
functionality. The following PCMs are offered with CCF.

PCM Type Explanation

TCP/IP PCM TCP/IP protocol support.

Pipes PCM Named Pipe support.

Term PCM Support of standard Unisys terminal emulation through use of the CCF
Terminal Services Protocol
CUCI PCM Communications with Transaction Server
Logon PCM Security validation with Client Access Services

WEBPCM WEBPCM support (an interface from Transaction Server to Web users
through the Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP). The
WEBAPPSUPPORT library is also is included with WEBPCM for processing
input and output messages.

8807 7144–023 9–25

Transaction Server

Custom Connect Facility (CCF) WEBPCM

The following security features are available.

 The ATLASSECURITY library tracks users for possible hacker lockout by their IP
addresses.
 The SECOPT LOGONATTEMPTS attribute specifies the number of attempts to log
on before a user is locked out. This feature prevents unauthorized users from
repeatedly trying to guess a user’s password.
 The Accesscode and Chargecode user attributes further establish a user’s identity,
control security, and restrict access to disk files.
 When a user fails validation, an MCS Security Violation Entry message is logged in
the SUMLOG.
 When a user is locked out, an MCS Message Entry message is logged in the
SUMLOG.
 The SESSIONID attribute identifies a string of text that makes the session cookie
name used by WEBPCM unique among other WEBPCM services. This feature
allows a user to access multiple applications with a separate session ID for each
application. Multiple services can share a SESSIONID.

WEBPCM also supports the HostCSS system option. HostCSS enables the default
host character set to be specified when the default CCSVERSION is ASERIESNATIVE.

Ease of Installation
Ease of installation and use are also key elements in Transaction Server design. You
can define and maintain the entire transaction processing environment by using the
COMS Utility and the Program Agent Facility (PAF). The COMS Utility component offers
menu-driven support and a batch interface command language for the definition of the
entire Transaction Server environment. The COMS Utility has been designed to guide
the installation through the establishment of the Transaction Server system. It is also
supported with an online help facility. You can use the Program Agent Facility to
programmatically maintain the Transaction Server environment definition.

Windowing Support
Another important feature of Transaction Server is multiple views (or windows). This
feature provides flexibility for both the users and developers. A single terminal can
simultaneously open multiple windows, permitting communication with multiple
application systems. Multiple window types are also available. A single user can open
multiple windows of various types and move between them without having to log on
or off.

9–26 8807 7144–023

 Transaction Server

WEBPCM Support for Kerberos and NTLM Authentication Methods

With WEBPCM, you can configure directories and applications to use one of these
types of authentication:

 Basic (HTTP)
 NTLM only
 Kerberos or NTLM

If configured for NTLM only, WEBPCM tells the client to use NTLM when accessing a
resource that requires authentication. NTLM provides a way to send the usercode and
password in encrypted format, instead of in clear text.

If configured for Kerberos or NTLM, WEBPCM tells the client to use either method
when access to a resource requires authentication. If the server receives a Kerberos
token for authentication and if the server can access Kerberos software on ClearPath
MCP, the server provides authentication using Kerberos. If Kerberos is not available on
ClearPath MCP, the server tells the client to use NTLM authentication.

Ordering Information
Transaction Server is included as part of the operating environment for ClearPath
servers. Source code is available for this product. It is included as part of the operating
environment source product, which you can license separately.

Product Information
Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP Configuration Guide 8600 0312
Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP Operations Guide 8600 0833
Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP Programming Guide 8600 0650
Custom Connect Facility Administration and Programming Guide 4310 3266
WEBAPPSUPPORT Application Programming Guide 3826 5286

8807 7144–023 9–27

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP is a Java-based, cross-platform client/server
application. It enables users of ClearPath MCP servers to access MCP server
applications over the Internet or an intranet using a Java- capable Web browser.

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP is ideal for quickly and easily Web-enabling MCP
applications for the Internet.

You can also install Web Enabler as a stand-alone client application. In this
environment, a Web browser is not required for normal operation. When running as an
application, Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP offers most of the features (with the
exception of Web page scripting) provided in the browser-based version. In addition,
certain security restrictions are relaxed and additional features are enabled by default.

General Features
Customization
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP supplies over 300 functions and events to scripting
languages such as JavaScript and Visual Basic Script. Combined with the power of
HTML, Dynamic HTML, and XML, it provides tremendous flexibility and power to
enhance the functionality and user interface of your applications. Signed applets are
supported for Macintosh users.

Graphical User Interface

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP includes easy-to-use, context-sensitive menus that
enable you to modify the look-and-feel of current and future sessions on the fly. Web
Enabler provides a consistent look-and-feel across platforms. You can choose a look-
and-feel reminiscent of a traditional T27 terminal or one that resembles a modern Web
page.

Global Access
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP provides global Web access to MCP server
applications. If Internet access is available, users have virtually immediate access to
MCP applications from anywhere in the world.

If necessary, HTTP Tunneling software can be installed and configured inside a private
network. This software allows a Web Enabler applet or application to bridge a firewall
and access an MCP server within the private network.

Internationalization
Web Enabler includes support for the Japanese and Chinese languages as well
additional support for European languages.

A graphical user interface (GUI) tab is provided specifically for customizing language
features. In addition, a Java based encoder interface is available for users that require
special fonts with nonstandard character mappings; this interface provides a way of

9–28 8807 7144–023

 Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP

converting user-encoded byte arrays to and from Unicode strings. The encoder can
also be used to determine if a Unicode character is to be represented as a double-
wide character.

The Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP user interface can also be localized by modifying
the Java resource files, HTML text, and bitmap graphics.

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP supports user-defined encodings and can be
configured to display Asian characters. Additional T27K functions are available in
Japan.

Performance and Scalability

Unlike many alternative methods for Internet-enabling MCP applications, Web Enabler
for ClearPath MCP requires no changes to existing applications and requires no
intermediate gateways or manual conversion of terminal-based forms and screens.
Using a "two-tier" approach (that is, the MCP server and your workstation-based Web
browser), Web Enabler maintains transaction performance and scalability similar to
your existing terminal network.

Platform Independence
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP provides cross-platform support with a single version
of the application.

Reduced Installation, Maintenance, and Upgrade Costs

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP can be delivered over the network to the client on an
as-needed basis. Client software does not need to be manually installed or updated by
users to access applications on an MCP server.

Web Enabler Wizard

The Web Enabler Wizard is an applet that provides users with a convenient way to
create HTML pages and publish them to a Web server. Once published, these pages
can be accessed by anyone with access to the URL.

Pages created with the Web Enabler Wizard can include JavaScript to provide custom
behavior for your applet.

8807 7144–023 9–29

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following describes new features and enhancements made for this release:

 Enhancement of HTTPTunnel to support end-to-end data encryption

HTTPTunnel now supports end-to-end data encryption, including data
communication to and from the tunnel.
 (NFS) Support for HTML file parameters that can not be overridden
The HTML file administrator can now specify parameters that cannot be
overridden by saved cookies or files.

Configuration Requirements
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP requires a Web browser on a supported platform. For
detailed information, consult the Compatibility matrices at
http://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

Ordering Information
Web Enabler is included as part of the operating environment. Licenses for concurrent
access to the ClearPath servers using Web Enabler are required. Licenses for 5, 25, or
50 concurrent users are included with the operating environment, depending on the
model of your ClearPath server.

Table 9–1. Included Web Enabler Licenses

# of Licenses Included in Operating

Server Environment Packages

FS1760, FS1770, FS1001, FS1002, SP1760 25

FS600, FS4280, FS4290, FS6280, FS6290 50
CS460 and CS470, GE0501 and GE0502; 25
GE1001 and GE1002; DE1001, DE1002, GE1001,
GE1002, GE1500, and GE1501
CS880, CS890, CS4280, CS4290, CS4380, 50
CS4390, CS6280, CS6290, CS6380, CS6390,
CS8290, CS8380, CS8390

Licenses for additional concurrent users with Web Enabler are available separately
using the styles listed in the following table.

Platform Style
ClearPath The ordering style for Web Enabler is CSC 1001-WEM for
one concurrent user.

Source code is not available for this product.

9–30 8807 7144–023

 Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP

Product Information
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP Implementation Guide 4310 3423

8807 7144–023 9–31

Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP

Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP are a collection of prebuilt Microsoft
COM and JavaBean components that can be used by Visual Basic and Java developers
to build Web-enabled applications that communicate with MCP applications.

General Features
A component is a prebuilt, reusable piece of software that can be quickly and easily
combined with other components or custom-written code to build a complete
custom-tailored application. Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP are a
collection of components that enable developers to create customized Visual Basic or
Java applets and applications that access MCP server applications. Together, they
provide services ranging from basic communication to full T27 emulation.

Component Overview
 WebEnabler Control. This Microsoft COM Control can be used in a Visual Basic
application. It implements a fully featured, multipurpose T27 terminal emulator.
Web Enabler Control can be used to provide programming services to applications
that act as T27 clients or process T27 data stream messages.
 WebStation. This JavaBean component can be used in a Java application or applet.
It implements a fully featured, multipurpose T27 terminal emulator. WebStation
can be used to provide programming services to applications that act as T27
clients or process T27 data stream messages.
 TerminalService. This JavaBean component implements the Terminal Services
protocol of the Transaction Server Custom Connect Facility (CCF). Terminal
Services provides the facilities necessary to emulate the services offered in the
past to data communications devices. These facilities include terminal attribute
negotiation, virtual terminal editing, and character set translation.
 NXConnector. This JavaBean component implements several low-level CCF
framing protocols including the COMSock Standard Message Frame. It is used for
basic communication between a client application and CCF.

Server Connection Shortcut

The run-time environment menu system (Advanced menu) includes the Connect To
option. You can use this option to reconnect to the current server or connect to
another server.

9–32 8807 7144–023

 Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP

Configuration Requirements
System Software Transaction Server
See the Compatibility Matrices at the URL below.
Compatibility Matrices at
https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP
Client Software The COM version of Web Enabling Components for
ClearPath MCP can be used in conjunction with Microsoft
Visual Basic 6.0 and the Microsoft Virtual Machine build
3194 or later.
The Java Bean versions of Web Enabling Components for
ClearPath MCP can be used in any Java 1.1 or higher
development environment and with Java 1.1 or higher
Java Virtual Machine (JVM 1.1).

Ordering Information
Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP is included as a part of the operating
environment. Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP Implementation 4310 5816
Guide

8807 7144–023 9–33

Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP

Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP is a highly scalable, standards-based,
high-performance HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Web server that runs in an MCP
environment. It communicates with browsers by using HTTP version 1.1 over a TCP/IP
network.

The Site Manager—a component of the Web Transaction Server—is a graphical

interface that runs in a Web browser and enables Web administrators to easily
configure and manage the Web Transaction Server.

The Web Transaction Server software incorporates Web server capabilities into every
ClearPath enterprise server. You can use it to access and distribute hypertext
documents and hyperlinked multimedia information, including text, images, audio,
video, and Java applets. A variety of client workstations can access the Web
Transaction Server as a document repository or as a gateway to MCP applications.

The Web Transaction Server offers fast performance and efficient ways to access
files and execute programs that access or create files. It can help you to track the
amount of traffic on your Web site. End results are lower overhead costs, improved
productivity, and increased profitability.

General Features
Web Transaction Server includes the following features.

 Supports Apache-style Server Side Includes (SSI). SSI allows data to be

dynamically inserted into file and application responses, such as common footers
and headers.
 Provides high-performance Web access to MCP databases, applications, and
resources.
 Provides the capability to publish hypertext documents and hyperlinked
multimedia information to the Internet, World Wide Web, intranets, and extranets.
This information includes text, graphics, audio, video, and Java applets.
 Provides the ability to upload files over HTTP which provides the following
capabilities:
 Uploaded files can be mapped to MCP record files, such as those of CDATA
type, and character set translation is supported.
 Settable maximum file upload sizes, which protects the MCP system from the
cost of uploading files that are too large for the system to handle.
 Large file uploads are tanked to disk instead of being stored in memory,
mitigating high memory usage by Web Transaction Server during large
uploads.
 Multiple files can be uploaded in a single upload.

9–34 8807 7144–023

 Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP

 Support for the Jupload applet.

 Allows trusting HTTP proxies to identify the actual end client. Logging shows the
real end client, and applications can access the IP address of the client.
 Provides the mechanism for an internal communication intranet within your
organization. Individuals and groups can use the intranet to create and store
documents for internal access.
 Enables you to view disk files and directories on a ClearPath server from a
browser.
 Supports multiple, individually configured Web sites on one server. A single MCP
server can represent multiple Web sites. You can configure most server features
on a Web site basis.
 Scales to support thousands of simultaneous users.
 Includes a flexible MCP security mechanism that provides protection against
unauthorized use. A usercode and password are required to access the
administration Web site, the Site Manager, the configuration file, and any private
files. You can also use TCP/IP Security to restrict access to particular Web sites on
the server. The Web Transaction Server logs security violations when USERDATA
or SECURITYSUPPORT rejects a user log-on attempt.
 Includes an application interface, which enables you to develop gateways from the
Web Transaction Server to specific MCP databases, applications, and resources.
 Is compatible with any HTTP-compliant client or proxy.
 Incorporates a high-performance application programming interface (API) (server
extension) for user-written applications and supports existing MCP-based
Common Gateway Interface (CGI) library applications.
 Improves performance by caching frequently-accessed information. The software
stores the cached files in memory, so that each time a document is requested, it is
retrieved from the cache, rather than from the disk. This process improves
document access time.
 Supports Transaction Server applications initiated independently of the Web
Transaction Server through the Custom Connect Facility WEBPCM.
 Is operated easily. The Web Transaction Server has a graphical interface for
configuration and monitoring. The Web Transaction Server also provides high
availability and resiliency with an unattended restart/recovery capability. The Web
Transaction Server is automatically initiated as a DSS provider at the first browser
request.
 Can be used with the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform (EAP) for ClearPath
MCP to run Java EE applications or used with Apache Jakarta Tomcat to run Java
Server Pages on the MCP.
 Includes support for the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) through ClearPath Secure
Transport.
 Supports file uploads to the MCP through the File Manager program.
 Supports character set handling (Internationalization)

8807 7144–023 9–35

Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP

 Web Transaction Server supports internationalization through additional character

set handling. The server translates ClearPath MCP text files to a specific character
set as specified by Web site directives. These documents can be in character sets
other than ASERIESEBCDIC, and they are properly translated to character sets that
Web clients can interpret. This support enables the server to meet requirements
for character sets such as Traditional Chinese.
Each Web site can specify a source character set or use the ClearPath MCP
HOSTCCS option to specify a source character set.
The server can append a charset setting in the Content-Type HTTP header of the
response, making browser interpretation of the response more reliable.
 Supports NTLM v1 or v2 authentication methods
With the Web Transaction Server, you can configure directories and applications
to use one of these types of authentication:
 Basic (HTTP)
 NTLM
If configured for NTLM, the Web Transaction Server tells the client to use
NTLM when accessing a resource that requires authentication. NTLM provides
a way to send the usercode and password in encrypted format, instead of in
clear text.
 Supports SSL client certificates
The Web Transaction Server can request client certificates on an SSL port. This
request occurs when the client opens an SSL connection. If the client certificate is
valid or if the client does not supply a certificate, the connection opens.
The server can restrict resources to only those clients who provide a certificate
validated by ClearPath MCP SSL. Thus, you can configure applications, virtual
directories, or physical directories to require client certificates for access. If a
client tries to access a resource that requires a certificate, and a certificate is not
supplied, the request is rejected with a 403 (Forbidden) error.
Server API applications can request the full certificate or portions of the
certificate.
 AJPSUPPORT Module
The AJPSUPPORT module supports the ability to connect Web Transaction Server
to an instance of Tomcat that is running on either the same ClearPath MCP system
or any remote system (such as a Windows platform). This module accepts
requests from HTTP clients and passes those requests over a TCP socket to one
or more Tomcat instances.
This module uses the API to Web Transaction Server. Through the AJPSUPPORT
module, Web Transaction Server supports
 Different levels of Tomcat
 Tomcat instances embedded in a JBoss application server
 AJP protocol (level 1.3)
 Initiating the MCP Java Virtual Machine (JVM) that runs the Tomcat instance

9–36 8807 7144–023

 Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP

 Delay authentication retry feature to deter hackers from guessing MCP passwords
 Protection against HTTP response splitting attacks
 Protection against cross-site scripting attacks

Ordering Information
The Web Transaction Server is included as part of the operating environment. Source
code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP Site 4310 3415
Manager Help
Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP 4310 3365
Administration and Programming Guide

8807 7144–023 9–37

WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP

WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP is message-oriented middleware that allows
Transaction Server programs and other application programs on ClearPath MCP
servers to participate in message-oriented processing applications. WebSphere MQ
for ClearPath MCP can communicate with platforms on which IBM WebSphere MQ is
available.

WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP offers the two paths that provide WebSphere MQ
functionality to applications running in the MCP environment:

 A WebSphere MQ bridge to Transaction Server direct-windows applications. The

bridge enables unmodified, existing Transaction Server direct windows programs
to exchange messages with WebSphere MQ applications on other platforms. The
two portion of this data path are
 Custom Connect Facility protocol-specific handler (CCF PSH)
 Connector protocol-specific handler (Connector PSH)
 The Message Queuing Interface (MQI)—the IBM standard WebSphere MQ API—is
available to programs written in COBOL74, COBOL85, ALGOL, NEWP, and C.

WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP uses the IBM MQSeries product or the IBM
WebSphere MQ product running in the Windows environment to manage message
queues and facilitate message exchange between applications.

General Features
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP is ideal for integrating applications that have the
following characteristics:

 Run on several different platforms, such as IBM i, Sun Solaris, Microsoft Windows,
HP-UX, and Unisys ClearPath OS 2200.
 Demand reliable, secure, and recoverable message delivery.
 Can run independently, with or without an active network connection, depending
on business requirements.
 Need to be able to trigger application initiation to process messages.

WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP minimizes the impact on existing MCP workloads
by offloading queues and the queue manager’s workload to Windows.

If you run WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP on the internal Intel processor of your
ClearPath server, you can potentially achieve performance benefits. However, you can
also use the WebSphere MQ for Windows on a stand-alone Intel server.

You can also use any systems management tool that supports WebSphere MQ for
Windows. This versatility gives you automated management of WebSphere MQ
across the enterprise. Examples of suitable systems management tools include BMC

9–38 8807 7144–023

 WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP

PATROL for WebSphere MQ and Tivoli Monitoring for Business Integration:

WebSphere MQ.

Remote Control of WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP

The WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP Explorer enables you to manage and control
the WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP service running on a remote computer. A site
can administer multiple installations of the WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP service
from a single, centralized location.

User Exit
A user exit is a dynamic link library (DLL) exporting several functions that the Custom
Connect Facility (CCF) protocol-specific handler (PSH) routers can call before
forwarding a message to the Transaction Server and after receiving a response from
the Transaction Server. The router passes certain configuration information to the user
exit during initialization. WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP provides the names of the
queue manager and the input queue being used by the router. It also provides the IP
address and port number of the ClearPath MCP server, the name of the invoking
router, and a reference to the router copy of the XlateEBCDIC control.

Security Exit
A security exit is a DLL enforcing security on a message-by-message basis that the
Connector PSH routers can call before forwarding a message to the Transaction
Server. The router passes certain configuration information to the security exit during
initialization. WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP provides the names of the queue
manager and the input queue being used by the router. It also provides the IP address
and port number of the ClearPath MCP server, the name of the invoking router, the
name of the Transaction Server window, and a reference to the router copy of the
XlateEBCDIC control.

MQAPI RPC Server Kerberos Security

The MQAPI remote procedure call (RPC) interface to WebSphere MQ for ClearPath
MCP can be configured to require ClearPath MCP client applications to provide
Kerberos credentials at the time of connection. This configuration enables system
administrators to control access to WebSphere MQ that is provided to the ClearPath
MCP application.

Configuration Requirements
Windows  Windows operating system
Environment See the compatibility matrices at URL below.
 IBM WebSphere MQ
Compatibility Matrices at
https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

8807 7144–023 9–39

WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP

MCP Software  Custom Connect Facility (CCF) must be installed if you

plan to use CCF PSH routers.
 Connector PSH (CONNPSH) must be installed if you plan
to use Connector PSH routers.
 Unisys TCP/IP implementation.
 WIN RPC must be installed if you plan to use the API
feature.
 MCP Transaction manager must be installed if
transaction semantics are to be supported.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath The group style for WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP is
CSP 10nn-MQ, where nn represents performance groups 10
through 160 (in increments of 10).

Product Information
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP User’s Guide 8999 8983
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP Help 8999 9585

9–40 8807 7144–023

Section 10
Systems Management

Overview
Introduction
This section describes products that support the management of distributed,
heterogeneous networks.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Operations Sentinel
 SMA OpCon
 SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks
 SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP
 Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator
 Workload Management for ClearPath MCP

8807 7144–023 10–1

Operations Sentinel

Operations Sentinel
Product Overview
Operations Sentinel goes beyond server management to simplify the operations
complexity of your enterprise-wide IT infrastructure. As a fully featured solution, it
automates, consolidates access, monitors, and manages multiple heterogeneous
systems. The result is a streamlined process that reduces your total cost of
ownership for both Unisys and other vendor products.

Operations Sentinel provides superior service quality at a reduced cost with the
following benefits:

 High system stability and availability

 Immediate system and application status
 Greater operator productivity
 Complete remote management
 Lower operations and support costs

You can use Operations Sentinel to centrally operate multiple MCP-based servers, as
well as Microsoft Windows, OS 2200, Solaris, UnixWare, Linux, AIX, HP-UX, SVR4,
other UNIX systems, VMS, and other system types.

Operations Sentinel is a client-server application. The server component runs on

Windows Server XP Professional, 2003, 2008 or 2008R. The Operations Sentinel
Console and Operations Sentinel Status on a Windows-based workstation enables you
to monitor the state of all connected systems, recognize and respond to exception
conditions, and assume control of any system, either local or remote. Operations
Sentinel reduces the human interaction required to run each system, focuses the
operator’s attention on key events, and enables one operator to effectively control the
network of systems.

Operations Sentinel Interface for MCP supports Operations Sentinel monitoring,

automation, and management for an MCP system or partition through a TCP/IP
connection. Resiliency is built in with the capability to simultaneously communicate
with two Operations Sentinel servers. You can install a second copy of the interface
software to provide a management test environment along with your production
environment.

Operations Sentinel Department Edition includes licenses for 25 Windows and other
non-MCP nodes, and Operations Sentinel Enterprise Edition includes unlimited
licenses.

Equivalent Operations Sentinel Interface software is available for other system types
to enable their connection to Operations Sentinel.

10–2 8807 7144–023

 Operations Sentinel

General Features
Environments Managed
The environments that Operations Sentinel can manage range from large, centralized
data centers with multiple mainframe-class systems to fully distributed environments.
The systems being managed can be of one type or many different types.

The following figure shows an installation with multiple ClearPath MCP servers, in
multiple data centers that are centrally controlled from a single point. Using
Operations Sentinel, you can also control other systems such as a Windows server
shown in the following figure.

In this figure, Operations Sentinel represents a Windows server running the

Operations Sentinel server software and one or more additional Windows
workstations running the client software.

Data centers A and B can be several hundred miles apart and yet be run from one
location. For example, data center B might be a disaster recovery center that can be
run in emergencies from data center A (the production site). The cartridge library unit
(CLU) in data center B is a robotic tape subsystem that complements the remote
operations features of Operations Sentinel.

8807 7144–023 10–3

Operations Sentinel

Key Features
Operations Sentinel offers the following key features:
 Topological high-level graphic displays for a unified view of dissimilar systems
with a single click, which enables you to drill down and access detailed
information.
 An audit trail of messages and events with search and filter capabilities for quick
isolation of specific information, plus a consolidation function to correlate
information involving multiple systems.
 Resource monitoring for MCP, UNIX, and OS 2200 systems that tracks 30 to 40
different attributes for each system.
 Alert notification through cell phone pages, e-mail, serial devices (such as an LED
wall panel display or a PC running a voice messaging package) and so on.
 Total or direct control of local and remote servers and systems:
 Remote operator display sessions (ODT) to MCP systems
 Replicated console windows (for UNIX and other systems)
 Direct console access for OS 2200 partitions in the ClearPath Server Dorado
Series
 Remote desktops to control workstations and servers that run a Windows
Operating System
 Message and event communications with managed systems
 Partition Desktop for UNIX and Windows partitions in ClearPath servers
 Terminal emulation and Secure Shell (SSH) sessions
 Automation facilities that extend self-healing with prescribed solutions, functional
samples, and capabilities for tailoring as described in the following points.
 Every operator message from each connected system passes through the
Operations Sentinel Autoaction Message System (SP-AMS), where it is
compared to a database of message patterns that you define. When a match
occurs, SP-AMS carries out a corresponding set of actions.
 Actions include raising an alert, updating data in Operations Sentinel Status,
logging an audit trail message, or sending a message to the originating system
or another managed system, which can initiate a powerful sequence involving
multiple systems.
 Correlation for events and messages includes easy-to-use conditional logic
that does not require programming expertise.
 An integrated toolset for change management and offline verification tests is
provided.

10–4 8807 7144–023

 Operations Sentinel

 Graphical application for customized monitoring of hardware objects (such as disk

and tape drives) and software objects (such as processes) on managed systems.
 Customizable to meet needs of various users: operators, managers, help desk
attendants, support personnel, and other data center staff.
 Display of text, icons, window backgrounds
 Online help that is enhanced with your operations knowledge base
 Contextual notepads that support shift communications
 Launch of your external applications on behalf of a managed system
 Built-in self-healing. For example, agents automatically redirect communications,
integral Operations Sentinel services recover themselves, and the Dorado console
recovers by itself to resume operations without intervention.
 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap service plus a predefined
database of traps and corresponding Operations Sentinel events for immediate
results.
 Support to set log policy for log files that are to be transferred to Enterprise
Output Manager.
 Integration with a wide range of systems and network management products:
 Server Sentinel
 HP OpenView
 NetIQ AppManager
 Service-led integration with job schedulers, media management, problem
management, and performance management products from Unisys and other
vendors.
 Event Server application programming interface (API) for tightly coupled
integration and management customization

Operations Sentinel Interface for ClearPath MCP

The Operations Sentinel Interface software running on each MCP system or partition
supports the following capabilities.

 Configurable heartbeat between the MCP system and Operations Sentinel.

 Resiliency support that minimizes manual intervention for failovers. The primary
and secondary Operations Sentinel servers for each managed ClearPath MCP
system or partition are identified and assist with command and alert automation
employed through Operations Sentinel.
 Reporting of real-time system event, usage, and performance data from the MCP
system to update bar charts, tables, and Operations Sentinel Status displays. The
data contains a variety of information, including file usage, communication activity,
and error information, plus job and task activity.
 Reporting of MCP system log entries for automation, based on a user-defined
filter policy.

8807 7144–023 10–5

Operations Sentinel

 Response to commands sent from the Operations Sentinel server as a result of

initiated automation actions. Commands submitted are processed on the MCP
system as if operations personnel had entered them. Commands sent from other
servers to the MCP system using Operations Sentinel cross-system automation
capabilities are also processed this way.
 Disk utilization monitoring for disk families and individual disk packs, based on the
monitoring threshold levels you set. This software also raises or clears alerts in
Operations Sentinel Console when utilization crosses user-defined thresholds.
 Reporting of periodic information about disk utilization to maintain ongoing
information about configured disk families and disk packs in Operations Sentinel
Status displays.
 API library support for MCP software programs, such as an application or database
monitor, so that these programs can send additional system status information
directly to Operations Sentinel.

Configuration Requirements
Refer to the Software Release Announcement for Operations Sentinel Level 17.0
(7862 6512) for information about the configuration requirements. The document is
available from the Product Support Site. (www.support.unisys.com)

Ordering Information
An Operations Sentinel order comprises a number of hardware and software
components. Details can vary depending on the number, type, and location of systems
to be managed. Contact your Unisys representative for details. Source code is not
available for this product.

You must order the Operations Sentinel Interface for ClearPath MCP separately.

Product Information
Single Point Operations Interface for ClearPath MCP 7844 8131
Installation and Configuration Guide
Single Point Operations Interface for ClearPath MCP Software 7847 5449
Release Announcement
Operations Sentinel Administration and Configuration Guide 7862 2321
Operations Sentinel Autoaction Message System 7862 6900
Administration Guide
Operations Sentinel Event Server Application Program 7844 8107
Interface Programming Guide
Operations Sentinel Event Server C# API Programming Guide 3850 6556
Operations Sentinel Master Glossary 7847 4244
Operations Sentinel Software Release Announcement 7862 6512

10–6 8807 7144–023

 SMA OpCon

SMA OpCon
Product Overview
OpCon from SMA Solutions is an event-driven workflow automation solution. SMA’s
cross-platform technology delivers enhanced operational efficiency throughout the
entire enterprise. OpCon empowers organizations to streamline operations, improve
service, and reduce IT costs.

With OpCon, you can schedule and monitor a myriad of processes, file transfers,
reports, print runs, and backups for fast and flawless execution. You can manage an
entire network from one screen without platform-specific expertise, thus increasing
productivity.

OpCon eliminates the need to purchase, train people on, and support multiple
products and platforms. You can incorporate any application or platform quickly and
easily.

This software consists of a core processing component that deploys on a Windows

server and can be replicated for high availability requirements. Each system configured
for scheduling requires an operating system specific agent to provide the appropriate
automation.

General Features
OpCon from SMA Solutions delivers, but is not limited to, the following major features.

 Authentication, encryption, and firewall support

Restricts access to functions, views, and data by user, department, time period, or
task. All processes and functions are strictly controlled by user-defined security
privileges.
 Distributed architecture across various platforms and operating systems
Works with mainframes and PCs. Offloads and removes excessive overhead from
applications processing systems.
 Powerful engine
Handles everything from file transfers across the enterprise to disaster recovery
and middleware configuration.
 Integrated dependencies
Implements hundreds of heterogeneous cross-platform dependencies as if they
were common to all systems. No outside tables or off-schedule processes are
needed.
 Dynamic adjustments
Automatically responds to changes in the environment according to the policies,
scenarios, and contingency plans you define in the database.

8807 7144–023 10–7

SMA OpCon

 Independent and dependent schedules

Supports both sequential and parallel processing. Automatically handles conflicts,
dependencies, resources, and priorities.
 Customizable processes
Automates processes sequentially, concurrently, or independently. Prioritizes
certain processes over others.
 Rerun and recovery
Provides extensive rerun and recovery capabilities for applications, schedules, and
entire departments.
 Scalability
Supports new and emerging technologies as well as legacy systems.
 Flexibility
Supplies utilities to
 Accept parameters that are used to create an external event
 Pass predefined commands to a specified process or to the MCP
 Provide file and process checking as pre-run jobs
 Monitor resources and automatically respond to system and job messages
 Rapid execution
Handles interruptions, dependencies, and outside events in a fraction of the time
required by humans. Prioritizes urgent tasks to ensure successful completion.

Configuration Requirements
MCP See the Compatibility Matrices at the URL below.
Environment
Compatibility Matrices at
http://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

Windows  Operating System  Database

Environment
 Windows Vista  Microsoft SQL Server
 Windows Server 2008  Microsoft SQL Server
2008
 Windows Server 2008
R2  Microsoft SQL Server
2008 R2
 Windows 7
 Microsoft SQL Server
2012

10–8 8807 7144–023

 SMA OpCon

Ordering Information
Contact your Unisys representative to obtain information about the correct ordering
style for SMA Solutions OpCon. Source code is not available for this product.

8807 7144–023 10–9

SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks

SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks

Product Overview
The SNMP Agent software enables an enterprise server TCP/IP host to be managed
by any standard SNMP manager system residing in the TCP/IP network.

The SNMP Agent supports

 Access to Internet Management Information Base II (MIB-II) attributes

 Access to the MIB-II Transmission Group extension attributes (802.3, FDDI, and
ATM)
 Access to enterprise-specific MIB attributes for ClearPath servers
 Community names
 Traps
 Get, GetNext, and Set operations
 An application program interface (API) to object managers

The SNMP Agent provides communication to standard implementations of SNMP

managers, either from Unisys or from outside vendors, as long as the implementation
adheres to the SNMP protocol and the following Request for Comments (RFC)
documents:

 RFC 1155 Structure and Identification of Management Information

 RFC 1157 A Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
 RFC 1212 Concise MIB Definitions
 RFC 1213 MIB-II
 RFC 1398 Ethernet-like Extension MIB
 RFC 1512 FDDI MIB
 RFC 1695 ATM MIB

General Features
The SNMP Agent provides the following features.

 Supports access to the following MIB-II functional groups:

 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) Group
 Internet Protocol (IP) Group
 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Group
 Internet Control Messages Protocol (ICMP) Group
 System Group
 SNMP Group

10–10 8807 7144–023

 SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks

 Interfaces Group
 Transmission Group
 Ethernet-like Interface Type MIB (attributes relating to connections on an
802.3/Ethernet LAN interface)
 FDDI MIB (attributes relating to connections on an FDDI interface)
 ATM MIB (RFC 1695)
 Enables the local system administrator of the agent to control and monitor the
state of the SNMP Agent using networking operations interface commands.
 Includes the CNS Object Manager, which is implemented as a host library and
manages the network interfaces (LAN, MEMORY, ATM, and FDDI lines) attached
to an enterprise server.

 Supports enhanced trap control.

 Ensures that management stations displaying SNMP traps can organize the traps
by their User Datagram Protocol (UDP) source IP address. The NW SNMP
TRAPSOURCE command supports this feature.

Ordering Information
Platform Style
ClearPath SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks is included as part of the
operating environment.

Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
SNMP Agent Implementation and Operations Guide 3787 7719
SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP Implementation 3789 7246
Guide

8807 7144–023 10–11

SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP

SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
An SNMP object manager is a system software component that initiates and manages
system resources, such as interfaces to the various objects it manages, and
communicates with the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Agent. The
SNMP Agent communicates with the object manager through an agent application
programming interface (API).

The managed objects represent system resources. The objects are defined in a
Management Information Base (MIB).

A user accesses the MIB from a management station. Object managers enable anyone
at an SNMP management station such as System Management Center, to access
configuration and performance information about the enterprise server components.
The SNMP Agent is the interface between the object manager and the management
station.

The following object managers are included as part of the operating environment:

 Host Resources
 Core Network Services
 TCP/IP Network Provider
 MCP Resource
 System Assistant

The following figure shows how the SNMP object managers exist in an enterprise
server environment.

10–12 8807 7144–023

 SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP

General Features
Core Network Services (CNS) Object Manager
The CNS Object Manager is an extension of the SNMP Agent and is responsible for
managing the MIB-II interface group and link layer protocols (such as LAN and FDDI) of
the enterprise server and portions of the enterprise-specific Management Information
Base (MIB).

Host Resources Object Manager

The Host Resources Object Manager retrieves configuration and performance
information about enterprise servers that is displayed in an SMTP management
station. The information that an SNMP management station can access is described in
the Host Resources MIB.

MCP Resource Object Manager

The MCP Resource Object Manager retrieves configuration and performance
information about MCP environment components such as processors, memory, and
disk families. It also enables you to set threshold values for variables in the MIB.

8807 7144–023 10–13

SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP

By using the MCP Resource Object Manager, you can

 Monitor MCP processor and memory usage.
 Monitor MCP disk family configuration and usage.
 Set warning thresholds for various MCP resource performance MIB variables.
 Set critical thresholds for various MCP resource performance MIB variables.
 Receive SNMP traps when thresholds are exceeded.
 Access information about the objects being monitored.
 Obtain a summary status of all the groups of objects being monitored.

MCP Resource Object Manager Transaction Server Tank File Management

The Transaction Server tank file can fill quickly without you being aware of a problem.
This feature enables you to perform policy-based management of Transaction Server
tank usage by setting warning and critical thresholds. When one of these thresholds is
traversed, the MCP Resource Object Manager issues a Transaction Server Monitor
Threshold trap containing the cmGeneralStatusTankFileUsed object ID (OID) and the
new status value.

You can inquire on

 Threshold settings
 The tank family name (as defined by the Transaction Server utility)
 Tank usage percentage
 The current status (OK, WARNING, CRITICAL) as determined by the threshold
settings.

A threshold setting of zero indicates that the threshold level is not monitored.

System Assistant Object Manager

The System Assistant Object Manager generates traps that warn the user that error
conditions or violations have occurred.

The System Assistant Object Manager receives data from the System Assistant
whenever the System Assistant detects certain types of events, such as system
errors or violations. System Assistant sends the data related to this event, with a
request to generate a trap, to the System Assistant Object Manager. The System
Assistant Object Manager generates the trap and sends it to the SNMP agent, which
sends it to the SNMP manager.

10–14 8807 7144–023

 SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP

Traps are generated and sent whenever the System Assistant Object Manager
receives notification of the following types of events:

 Mainframe error
 Hardware error
 Program dump
 Process abort
 I/O error
 Security violation

TCP/IP Network Provider Object Manager

The TCP/IP Network Provider Object Manager is an extension of the SNMP Agent
software and is responsible for managing the MIB-II TCP/IP/UDP groups. This
functionality is incorporated into the TCP/IP network on the enterprise server.

Implementation of Nonsave Inuse Memory Objects

Nonsave in-use Memory Objects have been added to the Unisys-SMI MIB and the
MCP Resource Object Manager to replace Overlay objects, which have been de-
implemented.

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following features and enhancements were added for MCP Release 19.0:

 (NFS) Enhanced SNMP diagnostic message in SUMLOG

The bad community name and the IP address of the host from where the bad
community name originates are logged in the SUMLOG. This diagnostic message
occurs when an SNMP Management Station with a community name different
than the community name configured in the SNMP configuration file attempts to
communicate with the MCP.
 (NFS) Enhanced SNMP allocation unit information for large disk sizes
SNMP can now report larger disk size values. Disk capacity can be calculated using
the following formula:
Disk capacity = hrStorageAllocationUnit * hrStorageSize

Ordering Information
SNMP Object Managers is included as part of the operating environment. Source code
is not available for this product.

Product Information
SNMP Agent Implementation and Operations Guide 3787 7719
SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP 3789 7246
Implementation Guide

8807 7144–023 10–15

Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator

Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator

Product Overview
If you have a business-critical application and want to ensure that the application
recovery time objectives (RTOs) and recovery point objectives (RPOs) are met, you
need Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator software.

Business Continuity Accelerator software ensures continuous availability of

applications and data by accelerating and automating the process of relocating an
application workload and its associated data from a primary server to an alternate
server. The software then reinitiates the execution of those applications on an
alternate server.

Automation reduces the time, the required skill level, and the risk of human error
associated with redeploying a workload running on a primary server to an alternate
server. Automation also makes the process repeatable and predictable.

Business Continuity Accelerator can also help you reduce the number of servers
dedicated to business continuity by repurposing a server as necessary—for example,
from test and development. By reducing the number of idle business continuity
servers, this solution reduces costs, optimizes resources, and ensures greater risk
protection.

The primary and alternate servers are active participants in a “constellation.” A

constellation is a group of ClearPath MCP servers or partitions capable of transferring
or assuming workloads among themselves.

You can use Business Continuity Accelerator software in a variety of situations to

ensure continuous availability of critical applications and data. For instance, you can

 Relocate a workload to an alternate server in a remote data center as a result of a

disaster.
 Move a workload to an alternate server while the primary server is unavailable
because of maintenance or upgrade activities.
 Migrate a workload to a new system or application software release while
providing a secure fallback position.
 Permanently move a workload onto a newly purchased server.
 Relocate a server environment to another physical server as needed for purposes
such as testing, modeling, or backup.

If you have a ClearPath MCP server with several partitions, Business Continuity
Accelerator software can help you develop and execute a customized business
continuity plan for each partition.

Business Continuity Center is the Windows graphical user interface (GUI) to the
Business Continuity Accelerator product. This GUI enables you to easily set up a
business continuity environment.

10–16 8807 7144–023

 Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator

General Features
Business Continuity Accelerator software provides a one-button solution for business
continuity, eliminating the need for multiple product interfaces to develop and execute
a business continuity plan.

Developing a Business Continuity Plan

Business Continuity Accelerator software includes the Business Continuity Manager
(SYSTEM/BCMGR) utility, which guides you through the development of your business
continuity plan and generates tailored scripts based on your needs and configuration.
These scripts automate execution of the plan when needed.

You can use Business Continuity Accelerator software to build a customized solution
with other products in the ClearPath MCP business continuity product portfolio. These
products include

 Remote Database Backup

 EMC Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF)
 EMC MirrorView
 SAN Mirror Disk Manager
 SAN StoreSafe Manager
 SAN Spare Disk Manager
 SMA OpCon
 Disaster recovery image enablers
 Metered Business Continuance workloads

You can use Business Continuity Accelerator software to relocate a workload

between partitions within the same cabinet or to an alternate server in a remote data
center thousands of miles away. Although the Business Continuity Accelerator
software has no distance limitations, you need to know the distance ranges supported
by your storage replication solutions.

Business Continuity Accelerator supports three-host configurations, which allows for

both a local and remote disaster recovery (DR) site for a single production host. A
three-host configuration requires two replicated copies of the data set.

You can select the data replication mode—synchronous or asynchronous—that is

most appropriate for your application.

When your business continuity requirements change, when a server configuration

changes, or when more storage is added, you can use the Business Continuity
Manager utility to generate new automation scripts.

Business Continuity Accelerator enables you to perform non-disruptive DR tests

without having to interrupt either the production server or the DR server. This is
accomplished by using EMC replication Business Continuance Volumes (BCVs) for
failovers.

8807 7144–023 10–17

Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator

Executing a Business Continuity Plan

When a business continuity plan is executed—as part of a test or in response to a real
event—the Business Continuity Accelerator software

 Automatically detects a failed server.

 Notifies administrators of the need for attention by using multiple event
notification schemes, including e-mail and instant messaging to mobile devices.
 Offers administrators a choice to
 Accept or reject the automatic transfer of the workload to an alternate server.
 Optionally provide for an automatic transfer after a defined amount of time
has transpired with no administrative acceptance or rejection.

If the decision is made to transfer the workload to an alternate server, the

administrator enters a single command, and the Business Continuity Accelerator
software uses previously generated scripts to respond as follows:

 Automatically manages the transfer of the primary server resources including

 Storage subsystem
 Software license keys
 Image enablers that control server performance
 Halt/load parameters
 USERDATAFILE contents
 Network addresses and the host name identity
 Halt/loads the alternate server using a copy of the primary server halt/load unit.

Users can continue to perform useful work until the primary server is restored.

When the primary server becomes available, the system administrator can issue a
single command to cause the Business Continuity Accelerator software to reverse its
actions, thus redeploying the workload and associated resources to the primary
server.

Advantages
Business Continuity Accelerator software eliminates the need for system operators to
perform a series of manual operations, such as

 Halt both systems using Server Control.

 Make the disk drives normally used by the primary server available to the alternate
server using products such as EMC Navisphere or EMC Control Center.
 Make partition configuration changes using LOADER.
 Change halt/load units and load a partition using Server Control.

10–18 8807 7144–023

 Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator

 Deal with the DEAD 431 system stop related to host-based mirrored halt/load
units.
 Copy the SYSTEM/KEYSFILE from the primary server to the alternate server using
Native File Transfer or using tape or CD-ROM media.
 Activate Image Enabler performance keys using the system console.

Configuration Requirements
Primary and alternate ClearPath MCP servers must be configured with image enablers,
MCP operating environments, and network adapters as well as a network connection
between them. In addition, the alternate server must be configured with adequate
disaster recovery, emergency recovery, or business continuance capacity to assume
the workload of the primary server.

Two networked storage subsystems must be configured with a data replication

capability.

Your Unisys representative can identify the specific hardware and software
components required to deploy the Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator in your
installation.

Ordering Information
Contact your Unisys representative to order the Unisys Business Continuity
Accelerator.
The Business Continuity Accelerator product includes System Assistant.
Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Business Continuity Installation and Operations Guide 8600 2953
Business Continuity Center Help 3839 7022
System Assistant Operations and Programming Guide 8600 0825

8807 7144–023 10–19

Workload Management for ClearPath MCP

Workload Management for ClearPath MCP

Product Overview
Workload Management for ClearPath MCP enables you to simplify the process of
managing workloads. You can specify the performance level required for applications
to match your business goals and priorities. The system determines the amount of
resources, such as processor usage, needed to meet a goal. Workload Management
for ClearPath MCP constantly monitors the system and automatically adjusts
processing to meet the specified goals.

Workload Management for ClearPath MCP consists of the following major

components:

 Workload Manager
 Workload Center

General Features
Workload Management for ClearPath MCP is a management tool that simplifies the
process of managing a system’s workload. It provides the following:

 Real-time monitoring of system resource usage by workload groups defined by

Unisys and by users

 Control and monitoring of metered MIPS usage by applications running on

metered ClearPath MCP servers

 Dynamic resource balancing to meet business-level rules

 Runaway program detection that protects CPU usage of the MCP system

 Host event notifications of process and system events that affect the
performance of the system and its workload

 Automatic user-definable actions in response to unexpected process and system

events

 Historical reporting on workload usage, performance goal compliance, and

individual process resource usage

 Tracking and reporting on system-wide metered MIPS usage and MCP operating
system MIPS usage that cannot be charged back to a specific process

 Secure Socket Layer (SSL) encryption for secure data exchange between the
Workload Center and the MCP server

Some of the benefits of Workload Management for ClearPath MCP are that it

 Reduces the need for specialized, technical skills

10–20 8807 7144–023

 Workload Management for ClearPath MCP

 Enables you to organize, manage, and monitor your workloads according to

business goals
 Allows business-critical applications to receive the resources they require while
less important applications run as resources are available
 Protects your CPU usage and shows where your CPU (MIPS) dollars are being
spent
 Makes your system more adaptive and responsive to changing environments

Workload Center
Workload Center is the interface to Workload Manager. This interface provides a
centralized location from which you can simultaneously administer, control, and
monitor workload configurations on qualified ClearPath MCP servers connected to the
network.

Configuration Requirements
MCP  See the Compatibility Matrices at the URL below.
Environment
 MCPServer (installed automatically with WLMSUPPORT)
Windows  See the Windows operating system Compatibility Matrices
Environment at: the URL below.
 Microsoft .NET Framework 4.0 or later
 MCPInfo (installed automatically with Workload Center)
Compatibility Matrices at
https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

ClearPath MCP Release 19.0 Features/Enhancements

The following features and enhancements were added for MCP Release 19.0:

 Enhanced Host Capabilities list to include consumption-based hosts

Workload Manager now displays the information for consumption-based hosts in
the Host Capabilities list.
 (NFS) Updated Workload Group column name
The Workload Group column name in the Assisted Workload Discovery Processes
list view pane has been updated to WLG Task Attribute.
 (NFS) Enhanced log entries for policy activation and deactivation failures
Log entries for policy activation and deactivation failures are now recorded in the
SUMLOG.
 (NFS) Enhanced filter options dialog boxes
The filter option dialog boxes of the Statistics Viewer have been redesigned to
minimize unused space.

8807 7144–023 10–21

Workload Management for ClearPath MCP

 (NFS) Support for new functionality in Assisted Workload Discovery

Assisted Workload Discovery now has a View menu and Choose Details menu.

Ordering Information
Workload Management for ClearPath MCP is included as part of the operating
environment for ClearPath servers. Source code is not available for this product.

Product Information
Workload Center Help 3850 8123
Workload Management User’s Guide 3850 8115

10–22 8807 7144–023

Section 11
Advanced Development
Environments

Overview
Introduction
The enterprise server program development strategy maximizes productivity by
emphasizing the use of advanced development environments and by providing a
variety of programmer productivity tools for use with third-generation languages
(3GL). Because the enterprise server system is optimized for the execution of high-
level languages, assembly language is neither needed nor provided.

In This Section
The following products are described in this section:

 Agile Business Suite (AB Suite)

 Enterprise Application Environment (EAE)

Unisys recommends Agile Business Suite as the development environment for

ClearPath MCP and Windows users who want to develop new applications for either
MCP or Windows or a combination of these two operating environments.

Agile Business Suite is the follow-on product for EAE users and is a major technology
step forward. It offers many additional benefits.

Enterprise Application Environment offers proven value for many users. It is available
for use with ClearPath MCP and ClearPath OS 2200. Engineering support for EAE on
windows and Unix/Linux stopped at the end of 2011. Unisys advises ClearPath MCP
EAE users to migrate to AB Suite.

8807 7144–023 11–1

Agile Business Suite (AB Suite)

Agile Business Suite (AB Suite)

Product Overview
Unisys Agile Business Suite is a model-driven development toolset that enables you to
rapidly build, deploy, run, and maintain business-critical applications for multiple
operating environments.

AB Suite Developer makes use of the Visual Studio IDE of Microsoft.

Agile Business Suite Runtime for the ClearPath MCP Operating System provides the
infrastructure that manages and supports applications that are generated by Agile
Business Suite Developer and run on Unisys ClearPath MCP Systems.

Using Agile Business Suite Developer, you can define a platform-independent model
(PIM) of a business application and generate it for either Microsoft .NET Framework or
Unisys ClearPath MCP. The generated solution can include the database, online
transactions, batch reports, and a variety of end-user or programming interfaces,
including Web services. Regardless of the platform of choice, Agile Business Suite
optimizes the generated solution for that operating environment.

The recently released integration with ClearPath ePortal offers ClearPath EAE and AB
Suite users a complete set of additional options to build and use User Interfaces, like
for all smart phones.

General Features
Agile Business Suite Runtime
Agile Business Suite Runtime for ClearPath MCP provides the following features:

 Support for high-volume transactions and reports that are optimized for the COMS
transaction manager
 Database audit and recovery routines to automatically code the high-availability
capabilities in the model
 Built-in, application-level security to manage access to specific transactions or
reports by usercode or group
 Intersystem communications mechanisms to enable generated Agile Business
Suite solutions to seamlessly interact with other applications, enabling a Service-
Oriented Architecture (SOA)
 Runtime Transfer Utility (RTU) to easily move Agile Business Suite solutions
among production systems, ensuring consistency and auditability, and avoid
application downtime when generating a new release of a solution
 Application Program Interfaces (APIs) for all supported end-user client options
including those generated using Agile Business Suite and those developed with
other tools

11–2 8807 7144–023

 Agile Business Suite (AB Suite)

Agile Business Suite Developer

Agile Business Suite Developer is a Windows-based tool that enables developers to
work collaboratively with end users to create transaction-oriented business solutions.
It is built on Microsoft Visual Studio and adds model-driven development techniques
along with the ability to generate a complete solution for multiple deployment
environments. It consists of the following highly integrated modules:

 System Modeler, which is the primary UML-based design and development tool
 SQL Server-based repository, which stores information about all aspects of the
solution
 Debugger, which executes unit and functional tests
 Builder, which automatically generates and deploys the application
 Client Tools generators, which can be used to automatically produce various end-
user interface options from a single screen definition. These end-user options
include:
 ASP .NET Web forms
 Visual Basic .NET clients
 Web Services
 Presentation Client, a graphical interface that can be distributed to the desktop
or function as a browser-based interface
 XML input file for ePortal Developer

New Features/Enhancements
Agile Business Suite 6.1 delivers a wide array of new capabilities. For more
information, see the appropriate Agile Business Suite Release 6.1 Software Release
Announcement at the AB Suite Documentation Libraries (on the AB Suite Support
page).

Configuration Requirements
For configuration information for the various releases, check the Software
Qualification and Support Matrix files at the following URL:

https://www.support.unisys.com/common/matrices/matrixTOC.aspx?pla=MCP&nav=MCP

For more information, refer to the Unisys Product Support website.

Ordering Information
Contact your Unisys representative to determine the proper licensing styles you need
for your particular environment, or, refer to the appropriate Agile Business Suite
Release 6.1 Software Release Announcement.

Source code is not available for this product.

8807 7144–023 11–3

Agile Business Suite (AB Suite)

Product Information

Agile Business Suite Installation and Configuration Guide 3826 5815

Agile Business Suite Component Enabler User Guide 3826 5872
Agile Business Runtime for the ClearPath MCP Administration Guide 3833 4033
Agile Business Suite Runtime for the Windows® Operating System 3826 5856
Administration Guide
Agile Business Suite Developer User Guide 3826 5823
Agile Business Suite ClearPath MCPRuntime Software Release 3833 4041
Announcement
Agile Business Suite Windows Runtime Software Release 3826 5948
Announcement
Agile Business Suite Developer Software Release Announcement 3826 5930
Agile Business Suite Automated Test Tool Guide 8207 2901
Agile Business Suite LDL+ Programming Reference Manual 3826 5849
Agile Business Migration Reference Manual 8222 3967
Enterprise Application Environment to Agile Business Suite Migration 3826 5922
Guide

11–4 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Application Environment (EAE)

Enterprise Application Environment (EAE)

Note: Agile Business Suite (AB Suite) is the follow-on product for EAE users. AB
Suite offers many additional benefits on top of the strong elements of EAE.
Because Unisys realizes that ClearPath MCP EAE users need time to migrate to AB
Suite, Unisys continues to support the EAE for MCP environment. For new
development projects, Unisys recommends AB Suite.

Product Overview
Enterprise Application Environment provides business-oriented software for rapid
development of high-volume, mission-critical, transaction processing applications. It
facilitates the design, development, operation, and maintenance of client/server
applications, and enables fast-track implementation of software changes that might
otherwise remain on a developer's to-do list.

Products and Components within the Enterprise Application

Environment
Enterprise Application Developer
This product provides a Windows-based development environment for defining,
designing, developing, testing, debugging, and prototyping Enterprise Application
Environment systems.

Enterprise Application Developer combines the convenience of workstation

development with the ability to handle large groups of developers working on a multi
user repository server. Using Enterprise Application Developer, users can develop
Enterprise Application Environment systems ClearPath OS 2200 and ClearPath MCP
platforms.

Enterprise Application Builder

This component, bundled with Enterprise Application Developer, brings everything
together by generating Enterprise Application Environment systems from the
development workstation, directly to the target host.

Enterprise Application Bundled Runtime

This product installs the Enterprise Application Runtime environment on the host,
enabling users to install and deploy their Enterprise Application Environment systems.
Enterprise Application Runtime provides a wide range of administrative and system
management capabilities for maintaining and configuring your runtime systems. It also
includes Client Tools (the AB Suite Client Tools) that support a variety of end-user and
application interface options.

8807 7144–023 11–5

Enterprise Application Environment (EAE)

EAE Release 3.3 Features

Release 3.3 for EAE is the current release, and no new release is planned for EAE.
However, through Interim Correction IC) releases, the following capabilities are
available:
 Integration with ClearPath ePortal for MCP
 Use of AB Suite client tools
 Masking of sensitive data
 SCCI application programming interface for integration with industry standard
version control tools. It is important that existing EAE Version Control Bank users
use this SCCI API to migrate towards one of the industry standard Version Control
tools.

Ordering Information
Contact your Unisys representative to determine the proper licensing styles you need
for your particular environment or use the appropriate Enterprise Application
Environment 3.3 Software Release Announcement.

For more information, refer to the Unisys Product Support website.

Configuration Requirements
Check the Product support page at
https://www.support.unisys.com/common/epa/home.aspx.

Then scroll to Application Development Solutions and click on the plus sign (+) to
show the choices. Click Enterprise Application Environment.

11–6 8807 7144–023

 Enterprise Application Environment (EAE)

Product Information
Enterprise Application Component Enabler Class Reference 7861 6661
Summary
Enterprise Application Component Enabler Developer’s Guide 7861 6091
Enterprise Application Remote Access Guide 7861 6562
Graphical Interface Workbench to Enterprise Application Client 6885 3167
Tools Migration Guide
Enterprise Application Runtime for ClearPath MCP Installation 7861 6208
and Configuration Guide
Enterprise Application Runtime for ClearPath MCP 7861 6216
Administration Guide
Enterprise Application Programming Reference Manual 7861 6075
Enterprise Application Builder Guide 7861 6166
Enterprise Application Ad Hoc Inquiry Guide 7861 6059
Enterprise Application Environment Host to Developer 7862 6074
Migration Guide
Enterprise Application Client Tools Software Release 7862 6280
Announcement

8807 7144–023 11–7

Enterprise Application Environment (EAE)

11–8 8807 7144–023

Appendix A
Support, Source, and SSU Subscription
Information

The following table lists available software products, their support category, whether
separate source code is available, and whether the Select Software Update (SSU)
subscription applies to the product.

Support Category 1 means that the product is currently supported and being
enhanced, while Support Category 2 means that the product is currently supported
but not being enhanced. The Source Code Available designation I means “included”
with the Operating Environment (or other base products if noted) when you license
the source code.

An SSU subscription designation of Y means that an SSU subscription includes an

entitlement to receive functional update (enhancement) releases of the product. An
SSU subscription designation of N means that functional update releases are not an
entitlement. Contact your Unisys representative for information on licensing functional
update releases for products with an SSU designation of N.

Source
Support Code
Product Name Category Available? SSU?

Activity Reporting System (BARS) 1 Y Y

Administration Center 1 N Y
Advanced Data Dictionary System (ADDS) 2 Y Y
Agile Business Suite 1 N N
ALGOL Compiler 1 Y Y
ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS) 1 Y Y
Application Data Access 1 N Y
Application Integration Services 1 N Y
Billing Support Library 2 I Y
BNA over IP for Application Hosts 2 N Y
Business Information Server 1 N N
C Compiler 1 N Y

8807 7144–023 A–1

Support, Source, and SSU Subscription Information

Source
Support Code
Product Name Category Available? SSU?

C Test and Debug System (TADS) 1 N Y

CD-ROM Formatter 1 N Y
ClearPath ePortal 1 N N
ClearPath Interface to Microsoft Message Queuing 1 N Y
ClearPath Interface to Microsoft Transaction 1 N Y
Integrator
ClearPath Kerberos Security 1 N Y
ClearPath MCP Communication Services for Microsoft 1 N Y
Windows
ClearPath Visual IDE 1 N Y
ClearPath Secure Transport 1 N Y
Client Access Services 1 N Y
Client System Component, Enterprise Version, for 1 N N
Automated Tape Libraries
COBOL74 Compiler 2 Y Y
COBOL74 Test and Debug System (TADS) 1 Y Y
COBOL85 Compiler 1 N Y
COBOL85 Test and Debug System (TADS) 1 N Y
Command and Edit (CANDE) Language 1 I Y
Connectivity Services 1 N Y
Cross-Reference Symbolic 1 I Y
Data Comm ALGOL Compiler 1 Y Y
Data Compression 1 N Y
Database Certification 1 Y Y
Database Encryption 1 N y
Database Interpreter 1 I Y
Note: Source Code is included with Enterprise
Database Server
Database Operations Center 1 N Y
Data Exchange 1 N Y
dbaTOOLS 1 N N
Disk Encryption 1 N Y
DSI File Manager 1 N N
DSI Library Manager 1 N N

A–2 8807 7144–023

 Support, Source, and SSU Subscription Information

Source
Support Code
Product Name Category Available? SSU?

DSI Tape Manager 1 N N

Editor 1 Y Y
Enterprise Application Environment 1 N N
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider for 2 N Y
ClearPath MCP
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath MCP 1 I Y
Enterprise Database Server Inquiry 2 Y Y
Enterprise Database Server Transaction Processing 2 Y Y
System (TPS)
Enterprise Output Manager 1 N Y
Note: Operating environment copy only
Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output (ERGO) 2 Y Y
FORTRAN77 Compiler 1 Y Y
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System (TADS) ! Y Y
FTP Services for ClearPath MCP 1 I Y
Heritage Host Services 1 Y Y
Heritage Network Services 2 Y Y
HTTP Client for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
Installation Center 1 N Y
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) 1 N Y
Locum Real-Time Monitor 1 N Y
Locum Safe & Secure 1 N Y
Locum SafeSurvey 1 N Y
Locum SecureAudit 1 N Y
Master Control Program (MCP) 1 I Y
McpCryptoApi for User Applications 1 N Y
MCP TapeStack 1 N Y
MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the Java 1 N Y
Platform
Menu-Assisted Resource Control (MARC) 1 I Y
Metering Technology 1 N Y
Multi-Factor Authentication 1 N Y
MultiLingual System (MLS) 1 I Y
Native File Transfer 1 I Y

8807 7144–023 A–3

Support, Source, and SSU Subscription Information

Source
Support Code
Product Name Category Available? SSU?

Network Administrative Utility (NAU) 2 I Y

Network Operations Interface (NOI) 1 N Y
Network Services 1 N Y
NEWP Compiler 1 Y Y
Operating Environment Encryption Option 1 N Y
Operations Center 1 N Y
Operations Sentinel 1 N N
Pascal Compiler 2 Y Y
Print Center 1 N Y
Print System 1 I Y
Program Binder 1 I Y
Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Backup Source 1 N Y
Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) as a Recovery Source 1 N Y
Quiesce Database Copy (QDC) for Single Host 1 N Y
Systems
Relational Database Server for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
Remote Database Backup 1 Y Y
Remote Print System 1 Y Y
REPORTER III 2 Y Y
Report Program Generator (RPG) Compiler 2 Y Y
SAN DataMover 1 N Y
SAN Mirror Disk Certify 1 N Y
SAN Mirror Disk Manager 1 N Y
SAN Spare Disk Manager 1 N Y
SAN StoreSafe Manager 1 N Y
Screen Design Facility (SDF) and SDF Plus 2 Y Y
Secure Access Control Module 1 Y Y
Secure File Transfer for ClearPath MCP 1 I Y
Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
Security Center 1 N Y
Security Software Development Kit (SDK) 1 N Y

A–4 8807 7144–023

 Support, Source, and SSU Subscription Information

Source
Support Code
Product Name Category Available? SSU?

Security Support Library 1 I Y

Sightline Capacity Power Agent (CPA) 1 N N
Sightline Enterprise Data Manager (EDM) 1 N N
Sightline Expert Advisor/Vision (EA/V) 1 N N
Sightline Interface Agents 1 N N
Sightline Performance Power Agent (PPA) 1 N N
Sightline Workload Analyzer (SWA) 1 N N
SMA OpCon 1 N N
SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks 1 N Y
SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
Software Inventory Assessment Utility 1 N Y
Software License Management for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
SORT Compiler 2 I Y
SURE Software Management and Change Control 1 N N
System Assistant 1 Y Y
System Logger 1 Y Y
System Software Utilities 1 I Y
Tape Encryption 1 N Y
TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath MCP 1 I Y
TCP/IP Interprocess Communications Services 1 N Y
TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE) 1 I Y
TeamQuest Express 1 N N
TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes 1 N N
TeamQuest Model 1 N N
TeamQuest Online 1 N N
TeamQuest Probes 1 N N
TeamQuest SMFII 1 N N
TELNET Services 1 I Y
Transaction Center 1 N Y
Transaction Server 1 I Y
Unisys Business Continuity Accelerator 1 N Y
Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y

8807 7144–023 A–5

Support, Source, and SSU Subscription Information

Source
Support Code
Product Name Category Available? SSU?

Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y

Web Enabling Components for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
Win RPC 1 N Y
Work Flow Language (WFL) 1 I Y
Workload Management for ClearPath MCP 1 N Y
WRAP File Enabler 1 N Y
*Not Supported

A–6 8807 7144–023

Appendix B
Operating Environment Content

The operating environment package for a ClearPath MCP system contains the basic system
software needed to operate the server.

The following table provides codes that apply to the Table B-1.

Code Letter Description

C In the Operating Environment Companion Package

E In the separately orderable Operating Environment Encryption
Option, subject to U.S. government export controls
s In the separately orderable Operations Sentinel Add-On Package
n/a Not available on these servers
Blank Products not included in this operating environment package. These
products are optional and must be ordered with a separate style.

8807 7144–023 B–1

 Operating Environment Content

Table B-1 lists the various workload types and products.

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

Operating
Environments
Administration Center     
CD-ROM Formatter     
CANDE     
Client Access Services     
Installation Center     
MARC     
Master Control Program     
Operations Center     
Print Center     

Print System     

Software Inventory     
Assessment Utility
Software License
Management for ClearPath     
MCP
System Software Utilities     
Win RPC     
Work Flow Language     
Security

B–2 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

ClearPath Secure Transport (e) (e) (e)  (e) (e)

Disk Encryption  

Kerberos Authentication     
(e)
Kerberos Data Encryption (e) (e)  (e)  (e)
(e)
Lightweight Directory
    
Access Protocol

Locum AdminDesk
    
Basic Version

Locum SafeSurvey
    
Summary Version

Locum Secure Audit     

Summary Version
Locum RealTime Monitor     
Summary Version
McpCryptoApi for User 
(e) (e) (e)  (e)
Applications (e)

Secure Access Control     

Module
Secure File Transfer for   
ClearPath MCP

8807 7144–023 B–3

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

Secure Shell (SSH) for (e) (e)  (e)  (e)

ClearPath MCP (e)
Security Center     
Security Support Library   
Tape Encryption  

Application
Development
ALGOL Compiler   
ALGOL Test and Debug   
System

Application Integration
Services Basic Edition –   
ClearPath MCP
Environment
Application Integration
Services Basic Edition –
Microsoft Windows
Environment – 
development/test licenses
for 4 server cores or 4
client devices

Application Integration Services

Enterprise Edition
C Compiler     

C Test and Debug System   

B–4 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

ClearPath Visual IDE (1 connection

per named user to each MCP

instance)

COBOL74 Compiler   

COBOL74 Test and Debug   

System
COBOL85 Compiler    

COBOL85 Test and Debug   

System

Cross-Reference Symbolic     
Data Comm ALGOL   
Compiler
Editor   
FORTRAN77 Compiler   

FORTRAN77 Test and   

Debug System
NEWP Compiler   
Pascal Compiler   
Program Binder     

Programmer’s Workbench for     

ClearPath MCP
RPG Compiler   

8807 7144–023 B–5

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

Screen Design Facility Plus   

SORT Compiler     

Unisys XML Parser for     

ClearPath MCP
Tools and Utilities
Activity Reporting System   
Billing Support Library   
Data Compression  

Enterprise Output Manager

Host Software and    
Departmental Server (1 copy)

Enterprise Output Manager

DDA Designer (1 user)
Enterprise Output Manager
Web Assistant (1 copy)
Host Component for EMC  
Time Finder
MCP TapeStack  
MultiLingual System     
Remote Print System   
SAN Data Mover  
SAN Mirror Disk Certify  

B–6 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

SAN Mirror Disk Manager  

SAN Spare Disk Manager  

SAN StoreSafe Manager  
System Assistant   
System Logger   
TCP/IP Print Enabler     
WRAP File Enabler   
Database, Query, and
Reporting

Advanced Data Dictionary   

System
Application Data Access   
Database Certification  
Database Encryption
Database Interpreter   

Database Operations     
Center
Data Exchange

Enterprise Database OLEDB     

Data Provider for ClearPath
MCP
Enterprise Database Server for     
ClearPath MCP

8807 7144–023 B–7

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

Enterprise Database Server   

Inquiry

Enterprise Database Server  

Transaction Processing
System
Extended Retrieval with   
Graphic Output
Open Data Access   
Licenses for unlimited  except  except except
Libra 4xx, Libra 4xx, Libra 4xx,
connections
MCP Bronze MCP Bronze MCP Bronze

Open Data Access user  Libra 4xx,  Libra 4xx,  Libra 4xx,
MCP Bronze MCP Bronze MCP Bronze
licenses (number varies by
style) others: others: others:
n/a n/a n/a
Quiesce Database Copy  
(QDC) as a Backup Source
Quiesce Database Copy
(QDC) as a Recovery  
Source

Quiesce Database Copy

 
(QDC) for Single Host
Systems

Relational Database Server for

  
ClearPath MCP

B–8 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

Remote Database Backup 

(developer/test license)
Remote Database Backup  
(runtime license)
REPORTER III  
Communications and
N et wor kin g

BNA over IP for Application   

Hosts

ClearPath MCP
Communications Services for     
Microsoft Windows

Connectivity Services     
Core Network Services     
Interactive Datacomm     
Configurator
Heritage Host Services   
Heritage Network Services   
Native File Transfer   
Network Administrative     
Utility

8807 7144–023 B–9

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

Network Operations     
Interface

Shared Adapter Network     

Services for Ethernet

Virtual LAN Services     

Internet and
Transaction Processing

ClearPath MCP Interface to   

Microsoft Message
Queuing
HTTP Client for ClearPath     
MCP

MCP Transaction Resource

    
Adapter for the JavaTM
Platform

Open DTP OSI Transaction   

Processing

OSI over TCP/IP Services     

TCP/IP Application Services for     

ClearPath MCP

B–10 8807 7144–023

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

TCP/IP Interprocess     
Communications Services

Transaction Center     

Transaction Server     
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP
(number of licenses varies by     
server model)

Web Enabling Components     

for ClearPath MCP

WebSphere MQ for   
ClearPath MCP

Web Transaction
Server for ClearPath     
MCP

Sys te ms M an a ge men t

Operations Sentinel Basic Edition (s) (s) ( (s) (s)

s)
Operations Sentinel
Department Edition

8807 7144–023 B–11

 Operating Environment Content

Table B–1. Workload Types and Products

W o r klo a d T ype General Purpose Agile Business Suite Development

and Enterprise
Application
Environment

Libra
Models 4xx, 880, Libra Libra Models Libra
Libra Models MCP
4x80, 6x80, 8x80 Models 890, 4xx, 4x80 Server
S o ft wa r e P r o duc t 890 4x90, Developer
4x90, 6x90, s
6x90, 8x90 MCP Bronze MCP Silver Studio
8x90 SDK
MCP Silver

Operations Sentinel  (s)  (s) (s)

Interface
SNMP Agent for     
TCP/IP Networks

SNMP Object Managers     

for ClearPath MCP

Unisys Business Continuity 

Accelerator

Workload Management for     

ClearPath MCP

Advanced Development
Environments

Agile Business Suite MCP

runtime (development/test
license)
Enterprise Application
Environment MCP runtime
(development/test license)

B–12 8807 7144–023

Appendix C
Acronym List for Software Products

A
ADDS, Advanced Data Dictionary System

ADM, Automatic Display Mode

ANSI, American National Standards Institute

API, application programming interface

ARP, Address Resolution Protocol

ASCII, American Standard Code for Information Interchange

ASDI, actual segment descriptor

ASP, Active Server Page

ATM, asynchronous transfer mode

ATMI, Application to Transaction Manager Interface

B
BARS, Activity Reporting System

BLOB, binary large object

BNA, Unisys Network Architecture

BSD, Berkeley Systems Development

8807 7144–023 C–1

Acronym List for Software Products

C
CAL, Client Access License

CANDE, Command and Edit

CCF, Custom Connect Facility

CCI, Common Client Interface

CCS, coded character set

CD-R, compact disc recordable

CD-ROM, compact disc read-only memory

CGI, Common Gateway Interface

CLOB, character large object

CLP, Cell Loss Priority

CMT, COBOL Migration Tool

CNA, ClearPath Network Appliance

CNS, Core Network Services

CDO, Collaborative Data Objects

COM, component object model

COM+, Component Services

COMTI, Component Object Model Transaction Integrator

CORBA, Common Object Request Broker Architecture

COTS, commercial off-the-shelf

CPU, central processor unit

CRM, communications resource manager

CSU, Command Store Utility

C–2 8807 7144–023

 Acronym List for Software Products

D
DAP, Directory Access Protocol

DASDL, Data and Structure Definition Language

DBA, database administrator

DBMS, database management system

DCA, Distributed Control Agent

DCOM, distributed component object mode

DDA, data dependent attributes

DLC, data link control

DMP, Dialog Management Protocol

DMTF, Desktop Management Task Force

DNS, domain name server

DOC, Online Documentation System

DS, differentiated services

DSS, Distributed Systems Services

DTD, document type definition

DTP, distributed transaction processing

E
EAP, Enterprise Application Platform

EBCDIC, Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code

EIDL, E-Mode Interface Definition Language

EJB, Enterprise Java Beans

ELAN, emulated LAN

ERGO, Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output

ERP, enterprise resource planning

8807 7144–023 C–3

Acronym List for Software Products

ESR, Electronic Service Request

EUDC, end user defined characters

F
FDDI, fiber distributed data interface

FTP, File Transfer Protocol

G
GDS, generalized data stream

GOSIP, Government OSI Profile

GSS, generic security services

GUI, graphical user interface

H
HTML, Hypertext Markup Language

HTTP, Hypertext Transfer Protocol

I
IC, Interim Correction

ICE, Integrated Communications Environment

ICMP, Internet Control Message Protocol

ICP, integrated communications processor

IDL, interface definition language

IEC, International Electrotechnical Commission

IEEE, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IETF, Internet Engineering Task Force

IIS, Internet Information Server

IMG, Interactive Menugraph Generator

IOM, I/O module

IPC, Interprocess Communications

C–4 8807 7144–023

 Acronym List for Software Products

ISO, International Standards Organization

IT, information technology

I-SQL, Interactive Structured Query Language

J
JAAS, Java Authorization and Authentication Service

JDBC, Java Database Connectivity

JDK, Java Development Kit

JMS, Java Messaging Service

JMX, Java Management Extension

JCA, Java Connector Architecture

JNDI, Java Naming and Directory Interface

JRE, Java Run-Time Environment

JSP, JavaServer Pages

JTA, Java Transaction API

JVM, Java Virtual Machine

K
KDC, Key Distribution Center

L
LAN, local area network

LANE, LAN emulation

LCN, logical channel number

LCW, LAN-connected workstation

LDAP, Lightweight Directory Access Protocol

LEC, LAN emulation client

LLC, logical link control

8807 7144–023 C–5

Acronym List for Software Products

M
MARC, Menu-Assisted Resource Control

MCAPI, MCP Crypto Application Program Interface

MCP, Master Control Program

MCS, message control system

MFA, Multi-Factor Authentication

MHS, Message Handling System

MIB, Management Information Base

MLI, message level interface

MLS, MultiLingual System

MMC, Microsoft Management Console

MPC, Master Processor Card

MMQ, Microsoft Message Queue

MQ, Message Queuing

MQI, Message Queuing Interface

MRJ, Mac OS Runtime for Java

MTA, Message Transfer Agent

MTS, Microsoft Transaction Server

N
NAU, Network Administrative Utility

NIC, network interface card

NVT, Network Virtual Terminal

O
ODBC, Open Database Connectivity

ODT, operator display terminal

OI, operator interface

C–6 8807 7144–023

 Acronym List for Software Products

OLE, object linking and embedding

OLE DB, object linking and embedding database

OLTP, Online Transaction Processing

OSI, Open Systems Interconnection

P
PAD, packet assembler/disassembler

PAF, Program Agent Facility

PCM, protocol converter module

PDF, Portable Document Format

PDL, page description language

PDN, Public Data Network

PKI, Public Key Infrastructure

PLM, port level manager

PSH, protocol-specific handler

PVC, permanent virtual circuit

Q
QLLC, qualified link level control

QoS, quality of service

R
RFC, Request for Comment

RJE, remote job entry

RIP, Routing Information Protocol

RM, resource manager

RMI, Remote Method Invocation

ROC, Report Output Control

RPC, Remote Procedure Call

8807 7144–023 C–7

Acronym List for Software Products

RPG, Report Program Generator

RSN, record serial number

S
SA, System Assistant

SAR, service archives

SASL, Simple Authentication and Security Layer

SCP, System Console Processor

SCSI, small computer systems interface

SDF, Screen Design Facility

SDK, Software Development Kit and Software Developer's Kit

SMTP, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

SNA, Systems Network Architecture

SNMP, Simple Network Management Protocol

SOA, Service Oriented Architecture

SOAP, Simple Object Access Protocol

SPS, Single Point Security

SQL, Structured Query Language

SSL, Secure Sockets Layer

SSP, Supplemental Support Package

SSU, Select Software Update

SVC, switched virtual circuit

T
TADS, Test and Debug System

TCP/IP, Transaction Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

TCS, transport converter service

TELNET, Telecommunications Network Protocol

C–8 8807 7144–023

 Acronym List for Software Products

TIC, TCP/IP Interprocess Communication

TFL, Transaction Formatting Language

TLS, transport layer security

TM, transaction manager

TOS, type of service

TP, transaction program

TPE, TCP/IP Printing Enabler

TPS, Transaction Processing System

TTP, Terminal Transport Protocol

U
UDDI, Universal Description Discovery and Integration

UDP, User Datagram Protocol

URL, uniform resource locator

V
VLAN, virtual LAN

VM, virtual machine

VSS, virtual sector size

8807 7144–023 C–9

Acronym List for Software Products

W
WAN, wide area network

WAP, Wireless Application Protocol

WFL, Work Flow Language

WML, Wireless Markup Language

WSDL, Web Services Description Language

X
XATMI, X/Open Application to Transaction Management Interface

XHTML, Extensible HTML

XML, Extensible Markup Language

C–10 8807 7144–023

Appendix D
Product Renaming Tables

The following tables provide renaming information to help you reference software
products.

Old Names Mapped to New Names

Found in
This
Old Product Name New Product Name Section

BNA Host Services Heritage Host Services 8

BNA Network Services II Heritage Network Services 8
Client System Component UW Client System Component (CSC) for 5
(CSC/ENT) for Automated Tape ACSLS
Libraries
Cool ICE Internet Commerce Enabler 9
Communications Management Transaction Server 9
System (COMS)
Data Management System II (DMSII) Enterprise Database Server Inquiry 7
Inquiry
Database Certification Utility Database Certification 7
DCALGOL Compiler Data Comm ALGOL Compiler 4
DEPCON Enterprise Output Manager for ClearPath 5
MCP
DM Interpreter Database Interpreter 7
DMSII Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath 7
MCP
DMSII Transaction Processing Enterprise Database Server Transaction 7
System (TPS) Processing System
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) FTP Services for ClearPath MCP 9
InfoGuard Access Control Module Secure Access Control Module 3
InfoGuard Accountability Facility Secure Accountability Facility 3
InfoGuard Identification Facility Secure Identification Facility 3
InfoGuard Password Management Password Management Facility 3

8807 7144–023 D–1

Product Renaming Table

Found in
This
Old Product Name New Product Name Section
Facility
J2EE Connector for MCP MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for the 9
Transactions Java Platform

Kerberos Security Mechanism ClearPath Kerberos Security 3

(KSM)
LINC Deployment Enterprise Application Runtime for 11
ClearPath MCP
LINC Development Enterprise Application Developer 11
LINC Generate Enterprise Application Builder for ClearPath 11
MCP
Native File Transfer (NFT) Native File Transfer 8
NX/AdminCenter Administration Center 2
NX/Atlas Web Server Web Transaction Server for ClearPath MCP 9
NX/CD Formatter CD-ROM Formatter 2
NX/COMSCenter Transaction Center 9
NX/DBCenter Database Operations Center 7
NX/Edit Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath 4
MCP
NX/InstallCenter Installation Center 2
NX/Network Services Network Services 8
NX/Network Services ATM LAN Shared Adapter Network Services for ATM 8
Emulation LAN Emulation
NX/OpCenter Operations Center 2
NX/PrintCenter Print Center 2
NX/Secure Transport ClearPath Secure Transport 3
NX/Services Client Access Services 2
NX/Virtual Machine for the Java Virtual Machine for the Java Platform on 4
Platform (NX/VM) ClearPath MCP
NX/WebStation for Java Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP 9
OLE DB Data Provider Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Provider 7
for ClearPath MCP
Open/OLTP for ClearPath MCP Open Distributed Transaction Processing 9
Open Transaction Integrator Open Transaction Integrator 9
(OpenTI)
Remote Database Backup (RDB) Remote Database Backup 7

D–2 8807 7144–023

 Product Renaming Table

Found in
This
Old Product Name New Product Name Section

Remote Print System (ReprintS) Remote Print System 5

Report Program Generator (RPG) RPG Compiler 4
Compiler
Single Point Operations Operations Sentinel 10
TCP/IP Application Services (TAS) TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath 9
MCP
TCP/IP Interprocess TCP/IP Interprocess Communications 9
Communications Services
Telnet Terminal Services TELNET Services 9
Web Transaction Enabler (WebTx) Transaction Integrator 9

8807 7144–023 D–3

Product Renaming Table

New Names Mapped to Old Names

Found
in This
New Product Name Former Product Name Section

Administration Center NX/AdminCenter 2

CD-ROM Formatter NX/CD Formatter 2
ClearPath Kerberos Security Kerberos Security Mechanism (KSM) 3
ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft COMTI for ClearPath MCP 9
Transaction Integrator
ClearPath Secure Transport NX/Secure Transport 3
Client Access Services NX/Services 2
Database Certification Database Certification Utility 7
Database Interpreter DM Interpreter 7
Database Operations Center NX/DBCenter 7
Data Comm ALGOL Compiler DCALGOL Compiler 4
Enterprise Application Component PowerClient ActiveLINC 11
Enabler
Enterprise Application Developer LINC Development 11
Enterprise Application Runtime for LINC Deployment 11
ClearPath MCP
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data OLE DB Data Provider 7
Provider for ClearPath MCP
Enterprise Database Server for DMSII 7
ClearPath MCP
Enterprise Database Server Inquiry Data Management System II (DMSII) 7
Inquiry
Enterprise Database Server DMSII Transaction Processing System 7
Transaction Processing System (TPS)
Enterprise Output Manager for DEPCON 5
ClearPath MCP
FTP Services for ClearPath MCP File Transfer Protocol (FTP) 9
Heritage Host Services BNA Host Services 8
Heritage Network Services BNA Network Services II 8
Installation Center NX/InstallCenter 2
MCP Transaction Resource Adapter for J2EE Connector for MCP Transactions 9
the Java Platform
Native File Transfer Native File Transfer (NFT) 8

D–4 8807 7144–023

 Product Renaming Table

Found
in This
New Product Name Former Product Name Section

Network Services NX/Network Services 8

Open Transaction Integrator Open Transaction Integrator (OpenTI) 10
Operations Sentinel Single Point Operations 10
Print Center NX/PrintCenter 2
Programmer’s Workbench for NX/Edit 4
ClearPath MCP
Remote Database Backup Remote Database Backup (RDB) 7
Remote Print System Remote Print System (ReprintS) 5
RPG Compiler Report Program Generator (RPG) Compiler 4
Secure Access Control Module InfoGuard Access Control Module 3
SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath SNMP Object Managers 10
MCP
TCP/IP Application Services for TCP/IP Application Services (TAS) 9
ClearPath MCP
TCP/IP Interprocess Communications TCP/IP Interprocess Communications (TIC) 9
Services
TELNET Services Telnet Terminal Services 9
Transaction Center NX/COMSCenter 9
Transaction Server Communications Management System 9
(COMS)
Virtual Machine for the Java Platform NX/Virtual Machine for the Java Platform 4
on ClearPath MCP (NX/VM)
Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP NX/WebStation for Java 9
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP MQSeries for ClearPath MCP 9
Web Transaction Server for ClearPath NX/Atlas Web Server 9
MCP

8807 7144–023 D–5

Product Renaming Table

D–6 8807 7144–023

Index

A Pascal, 4-39
Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath
MCP, 4-42
acronym list for software products, C-1
SURE, 4-48
Activity Reporting System (BARS), 5-2
Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath
ADDS (Advanced Data Dictionary
MCP, 4-51
System), 7-3
ATM
Administration Center, 2-2
Heritage Network Services support, 8-16
Advanced Data Dictionary System
(ADDS), 7-3
Advanced Development Environments, 11-1
Agile Business Suite, 11-2 B
Enterprise Application Environment
(EAE), 11-5 BARS, 5-2
Agile Business Suite, 11-2 Billing Support Library, 5-3
c onfiguration requirements, 11-3 Binder, 4-41
Agile Business Suite (AB Suite), 11-1 BNA
Release 5.0 new Host Services, 8-6
features/enhancements, 11-3 over IP for Application Hosts, 8-2
ALGOL compiler, 4-3 Business Information Server, 9-2
ALGOL Test and Debug System (TADS), 4-5
Application Data Access, 7-5
application development C
facilities
ALGOL Test and Debug System C compiler, 4-7
(TADS), 4-5 C Test and Debug System (TADS), 4-10
C Test and Debug System (TADS), 4-10 CANDE, 2-12
COBOL74 Test and Debug System capacity management, 2-22
(TADS), 4-23 CCF, 9-25
COBOL85 Test and Debug System CD Formatter, 2-3
(TADS), 4-27 certification of mirrored disk data, 5-28
Cross-Reference Symbolic, 4-29 ClearPath Application Integration Services
Editor, 4-32 Product, 4-12
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System ClearPath Kerberos Security, 3-29
(TADS), 4-37 ClearPath MCP Communications Services
Program Binder, 4-41 for Microsoft Windows, 8-3
Sort, 4-47 ClearPath MCP Interface to Microsoft
languages Message Queuing, 9-6
ALGOL compiler, 4-3 ClearPath Secure Transport, 3-28
C, 4-7 Client Access Services, 2-5
COBOL74, 4-21 Client Support Component , Enterprise
COBOL85, 4-24 Version, for Automated Tape
Data Comm ALGOL, 4-30 Libraries (CSC/ENT), 5-4
FORTRAN77, 4-35 COBOL74 compiler, 4-21
NEWP, 4-38

8807 7144–023 Index–1

Index

COBOL74 Test and Debug System Advanced Data Dictionary System

(TADS), 4-23 (ADDS), 7-3
COBOL85 compiler, 4-24 Application Data Access, 7-5
COBOL85 Test and Debug System Database Certification, 7-7
(TADS), 4-27 Database Interpreter, 7-9
Command and Edit (CANDE) language, 2-12 dbaTOOLS, 7-16
communications and networking dbaTOOLS AccessLog Module, 7-16
BNA over IP for Application Hosts, 8-2 dbaTOOLS Analyzer Module, 7-18
ClearPath MCP Communications Services dbaTOOLS Monitor Module, 7-17
for Microsoft Windows, 8-3 Enterprise Database OLE DB Data
Connectivity Services, 8-5 Provider, 7-12
Heritage Host Services, 8-6 Enterprise Database Server Inquiry, 7-35
Native File Transfer, 8-10 Enterprise Database Server Transaction
Network Administrative Utility, 8-11 Processing System (TPS), 7-36
Network Operations Interface, 8-14 Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output
Communications Management System (ERGO), 7-38
(COMS), 9-25 Quiesce Database Copy as a Backup
compilers Source, 7-40
ALGOL, 4-3 Quiesce Database Copy as for Single
C, 4-7 Host Systems, 7-42
COBOL74, 4-21 Remote Database Backup, 7-47
COBOL85, 4-24 REPORTER III, 7-51
Data Comm ALGOL, 4-30 dbaTOOLS, 7-16
FORTRAN77, 4-35 AccessLog Module, 7-16
NEWP, 4-38 Analyzer Module, 7-18
Pascal, 4-39 dbaTOOLS Library, 7-16
RPG, 4-46 Monitor Module, 7-17
COMS, 9-25 ordering information for dbaTOOLS
Connectivity Services, 8-5 AccessLog, 7-21
Cross-Reference Symbolic, 4-29 ordering information for dbaTOOLS
Custom Connect Facility (CCF), 9-25 Analyzer, 7-20
ordering information for dbaTOOLS
Library, 7-19
D ordering information for dbaTOOLS
Monitor, 7-20
data collection for NAP information, 6-17 DBCERTIFICATION, 7-7
Data Comm ALGOL compiler, 4-30 DCALGOL compiler, 4-30
Data Compression, 5-7 disaster recovery, 7-47
data dictionary, Advanced Data Dictionary Disk Encryption, 3-3
System, 7-3 disks, mirrored, 5-28, 5-29, 5-32
Data Management System II (DMSII) Inquiry DM Interpreter, 7-9
(renamed Enterprise Database documentation CD-ROM, 1-2
Server Inquiry), 7-35 documentation updates, 1-2
database backup, 7-47 DSI FileManager, 5-8
Database Certification, 7-7 DSI LibraryManager, 5-10
Database Encryption, 7-8 DSI TapeManager, 5-12
Database Interpreter, 7-9
database management systems
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath E
MCP, 7-26
database tools e-commerce
SURE, 4-48

Index–2 8807 7144–023

 Index

Web Enabler, 9-28 H

Web Enabling Components for ClearPath
MCP, 9-32
Heritage Host Services, 8-6
Web Transaction Server, 9-34
heterogeneous files, transporting across
Editor, 4-32
networks, 5-39
EMAIL utility, 2-39
host services, BNA, 8-6
Enhanced Virtual LAN Network Service
described, 8-16
Enterprise Application Environment
(EAE), 11-1, 11-5
I
new features/enhancements, 11-6
Enterprise Database OLE DB Data Independently released product
Provider, 7-12 ClearPath Application Integration Services
Enterprise Database Server Product, 4-12
new features/enhancements, 7-32 Enterprise Output Manager, 5-14
Enterprise Database Server Extended Installation Center, 2-13
Edition, 7-26 internationalization support, 5-19
Enterprise Database Server for ClearPath Internet servers
MCP, 7-26 Web Transaction Server, 9-34
Enterprise Database Server Inquiry, 7-35 Internet support
Enterprise Database Server Transaction ClearPath Secure Transport, 3-28
Processing System (TPS), 7-36 TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath
Enterprise Output Manager, 5-14 MCP, 9-12
ERGO, See Extended Retrieval with Graphic TELNET Services, 9-14
Output Web Enabler, 9-28
EVLAN Network Service Web Enabling Components for ClearPath
described, 8-16 MCP, 9-32
Extended Retrieval with Graphic Output Web Transaction Server, 9-34
(ERGO), 7-38 IPsec, 9-21

F J

Fast Ethernet Java support, 9-28

Heritage Network Services (BNA)
support, 8-16
file wrapping, 5-39 K
foreign character support, 5-19
FORTRAN77 compiler, 4-35 Kerberos security, 3-29
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System
(TADS), 4-37
FTP Services for ClearPath MCP, 9-12 L
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access
G Protocol), 3-5
licensing for software, 2-34
Generic Security Service Application Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
Program Interface (GSS-API), 3-45 (LDAP), 3-5
Locum RealTime Monitor
overview, 3-12
sample dashboard, 3-12
Locum Safe & Secure, 3-9

8807 7144–023 Index–3

Index

Locum SafeSurvey SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks, 10-10

overview, 3-16 SNMP Object Managers, 10-12
sample time-line graph, 3-16 Network Operations Interface, 8-14
Locum SecureAudit, 3-21 Network Services
sample time-line graph, 3-21 overview, 8-16
Locum Security Alerting, Assessment, Network Services SA
Auditing, and Administration Heritage Network Services (BNA)
Products, 3-7 support, 8-16
Locum security products NEWP compiler, 4-38
benefits, 3-7 NFT (Native File Transfer), 8-10
licensing, 3-8 NX/AdminCenter (renamed Administration
log analysis, 5-36 Center), 2-2
NX/Atlas Web Server, 9-34
NX/CD-ROM Formatter (renamed CD-ROM
M Formatter), 2-3
NX/COMSCenter (renamed Transaction
MARC (Menu-Assisted Resource Center, 9-24
Control), 2-19 NX/InstallCenter (renamed Installation
Master Control Program (MCP), 2-14 Center), 2-13
MCP, 2-14 NX/OpCenter (renamed Operations
MCP Cryptographic Services, 3-27 Center), 2-25
MCP Release 17.0 new NX/Print Center (renamed Print Center), 2-27
features/enhancements NX/Services (renamed Client Access
Enterprise Database Server, 7-32 Services), 2-5
MCP TapeStack, 5-17
McpCryptoApi for User Applications, 3-30
Menu-Assisted Resource Control O
(MARC), 2-19
message queuing, 9-38 object managers, SNMP, 10-12
metered systems, 2-22 old product names, list of, D-1
metering technology, 2-22 OLE DB Data Provider, 7-12
middleware Operating Environment Encryption Option
WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP, 9-38 ClearPath Secure Transport, 3-28
migration MCP Cryptographic Services, 3-27
COBOL68 to COBOL85, 4-21, 4-26 McpCryptoApi, 3-30
COBOL74 to COBOL85, 4-21, 4-26 Remote Web Enabler ODT
mirrored disks Communication Using Secure
certifying data consistency, 5-28 Sockets Layer (SSL), 3-30
managing, 5-29 Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath
monitoring, 5-32 MCP, 3-31
MLS, 5-19 XML Encryption, 3-31
monitoring systems, 10-2 operating environments
MultiLingual System (MLS), 5-19 Administration Center, 2-2
CD-ROM Formatter, 2-3
Client Access Services, 2-5
N Command and Edit (CANDE), 2-12
Installation Center, 2-13
Native File Transfer, 8-10 Master Control Program (MCP), 2-14
NAU (Network Administrative Utility), 8-11 Menu-Assisted Resource Control
Net OI, See Network Operations Interface (MARC), 2-19
Network Administrative Utility (NAU), 8-11 metering technology, 2-22
network management Operations Center, 2-25

Index–4 8807 7144–023

 Index

Print Center, 2-27 RPG, 4-46

Print System, 2-29 programming tools
Software License Management for ALGOL Test and Debug System
ClearPath MCP, 2-34 (TADS), 4-5
System Software Utilities, 2-38 C Test and Debug System (TADS), 4-10
Transaction Server, 9-25 COBOL74 Test and Debug System
WIN RPC, 2-41 (TADS), 4-23
Work Flow Language (WFL), 2-43 COBOL85 Test and Debug System
Operations Center, 2-25 (TADS), 4-27
Operations Sentinel, 10-2 Cross-Reference Symbolic, 4-29
Editor, 4-32
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System
P (TADS), 4-37
Program Binder, 4-41
Pascal compiler, 4-39 SORT compiler, 4-47
Password Management Facility, 3-34
performance monitoring
Sightline Capacity Power Agent (CPA), 6-2 Q
Sightline Enterprise Data Manager
(EDM), 6-3 Quiesce Database Copy
Sightline Expert Advisor Vision (EA/V), 6-6 as a Backup Source, 7-40
Sightline Interface Agents, 6-9 for Single Host Systems, 7-42
Sightline Performance Power Agent
(PPA), 6-13
Sightline Workload Analyzer (SWA), 6-15 R
TeamQuest Express, 6-16
TeamQuest Extended NAP Probes, 6-17 Relational Database for ClearPath MCP, 7-43
TeamQuest Model, 6-18 Remote Database Backup, 7-47
TeamQuest Online, 6-19 remote log-in support, 9-14
TeamQuest Probes, 6-21 Remote Print System, 5-22
TeamQuest SMFII, 6-23 Remote Procedure Call (RPC) protocol, 2-41
Print Center, 2-27 Remote Web Enabler ODT Communication
Print System, 2-29 Using Secure Sockets Layer
printer sharing, TCP/IP networks, 5-37 (SSL), 3-30
printing environment renaming tables, D-1
Print Center, 2-27 REPORTER III, 7-51
Print System, 2-29 RPG Compiler, 4-46
Remote Print System, 5-22
product description topics, 1-1
product renaming table, D-1 S
Program Binder, 4-41
Programmer’s Workbench for ClearPath
SAN Mirror Disk Certify, 5-28
MCP, 4-42
SAN Mirror Disk Manager, 5-29
programming languages
SAN StoreSafe Manager, 5-32
ALGOL, 4-3
Secure Access Control Module, 3-33
C, 4-7
Secure Accountability Facility, 3-34
COBOL74, 4-21
Secure Identification Facility, 3-35
COBOL85, 4-24
Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath MCP, 3-31,
Data Comm ALGOL, 4-30
3-38
FORTRAN77, 4-35
Secure Transport, 3-28
NEWP, 4-38
security
Pascal, 4-39
ClearPath Kerberos Security, 3-29

8807 7144–023 Index–5

Index

ClearPath Secure Transport, 3-28 software

Locum RealTime Monitor, 3-12 installing on MCP, 2-13
Locum Safe & Secure, 3-9 support codes, A-1
Locum SafeSurvey, 3-16 software development kits
Locum SecureAudit, 3-21 for MCP applications, 3-45
Locum Security products, 3-7 Software Inventory Assessment Utility, 2-33
MCP Cryptographic Services, 3-27 Software License Management for
McpCryptoApi for User Applications, 3-30 ClearPath MCP, 2-34
Operating Environment Encryption SORT compiler, 4-47
Option, 3-27 source code availability summary, A-1
Password Management Facility, 3-34 SSH Remote Command Utility, 2-40
Remote Web Enabler ODT SSU designations, A-1
Communication Using Secure supervisor programs, 5-34
Sockets Layer (SSL, 3-30 SURE, 4-48
Secure Access Control Module, 3-33 system analysis and performance, 5-36
Secure Accountability Facility, 3-34 System Assistant, 5-34
Secure Identification Facility, 3-35 System Logger, 5-36
Secure Shell (SSH) for ClearPath system monitoring, 10-2
MCP, 3-31, 3-38 system performance monitoring, 5-2
Security Center, 3-40 system performance, TeamQuest
Security Support Library, 3-47 Express, 6-16
Software Developers Kit (SDK) for System Software Utilities, 2-38
ClearPath Plus servers, 3-45 SYSTEM/CONFIGURATOR, 2-38
Tape Encryption, 3-48 SYSTEM/DUMPALL, 2-38
XML Encryption, 3-31 SYSTEM/DUMPANALYZER, 2-38
Security Center, 3-40 SYSTEM/FILECOPY, 2-39
Security Software Developers Kit (SDK) for SYSTEM/FILEDATA, 2-39
ClearPath Plus servers, 3-45 SYSTEM/LOGANALYZER, 2-39
Security Support Library, 3-47 SYSTEM/MAKEUSER, 2-39
Select Software Update subscription SYSTEM/PDIR, 2-39
designations, A-1 SYSTEM/PMIX, 2-40
servers, Internet, 9-34 SYSTEM/XREFANALYZER, 4-29
Shared Adapter Network Services for
Ethernet
described, 8-16 T
shared adapters
and Heritage Network Services TADS.View debugging tool, 4-33
(BNA), 8-16 tape copying, migration, and
Sightline Capacity Power Agent (CPA), 6-2 consolidation, 5-17
Sightline Enterprise Data Manager Tape Encryption, 3-48
(EDM), 6-3 tape management software, 5-12
Sightline Expert Advisor/Vision (EA/V), 6-6 TCP/IP Application Services for ClearPath
Sightline Interface Agents, 6-9 MCP, 9-12
Sightline Performance Power Agent TCP/IP Print Enabler (TPE), 5-37
(PPA), 6-13 TeamQuest
Sightline Workload Analyzer (SWA), 6-15 Express, 6-16
Single Point Operations, 10-2 Extended NAP Probes, 6-17
Single Point Operations Interface for Model, 6-18
ClearPath MCP, 10-2 Online, 6-19
SMA OpCon, 10-7 Probes, 6-21
SNMP Agent for TCP/IP Networks, 10-10 SMFII, 6-23
SNMP Object Managers for ClearPath telephony system data collection, 6-17
MCP, 10-12

Index–6 8807 7144–023

 Index

TELNET Services, 9-14

testing software
ALGOL Test and Debug System W
(TADS), 4-5
C Test and Debug System (TADS), 4-10 Web Enabler for ClearPath MCP, 9-28
COBOL74 Test and Debug System Web Enabling Components for ClearPath
(TADS), 4-23 MCP, 9-32
COBOL85 Test and Debug System Web products
(TADS), 4-27 ClearPath Secure Transport, 3-28
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System Web Enabler, 9-28
(TADS), 4-37 Web Enabling Components for ClearPath
tools, programming MCP, 9-32
ALGOL Test and Debug System Web Transaction Server, 9-34
(TADS), 4-5 Web Transaction Server, 9-34
C Test and Debug System (TADS), 4-10 WebSphere MQ for ClearPath MCP, 9-38
COBOL74 Test and Debug System WIN RPC, 2-41
(TADS), 4-23 WinMQ, 9-6
COBOL85 Test and Debug System Work Flow Language (WFL), 2-43
(TADS), 4-27 Workload Management for ClearPath
Cross-Reference Symbolic, 4-29 MCP, 10-20
Editor, 4-32 WRAP File Enabler, 5-39
FORTRAN77 Test and Debug System
(TADS), 4-37
Program Binder, 4-41 X
SORT compiler, 4-47
TADS.View, 4-33
XML
TPS, 7-36
Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath
Transaction Center, 9-24
MCP, 4-51
transaction processing
XML Encryption, 3-31
Transaction Center, 9-24
Transaction Server, 9-25
Transaction Server, 9-25
transporting heterogeneous files, 5-39

U
Unisys Business Continuity
Accelerator, 10-16
Unisys XML Parser for ClearPath MCP, 4-51
unwrap system software, 2-40, 5-39
utilities, system software, 2-38

8807 7144–023 Index–7

Index

Index–8 8807 7144–023

.
© 2019 Unisys Corporation.

*88077144-023*
All rights reserved.

8807 7144–023